ML19296B878
| ML19296B878 | |
| Person / Time | |
|---|---|
| Site: | LaSalle  |
| Issue date: | 01/31/1980 |
| From: | COMMONWEALTH EDISON CO. |
| To: | |
| Shared Package | |
| ML19296B877 | List: |
| References | |
| NUDOCS 8002220319 | |
| Download: ML19296B878 (350) | |
Text
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 LA SALLE COUNTY POWER STATION INSTRUCTIONS FOR UPDATING YOUR MARK II DAR To update your copy of the LSCS-MARK II DAR, remove and destroy the following pages and figures and insert pages and figures as indicated.
("lI
~ "
hi
' "~" '
i CONTENTS Pages i to xii Pages i to xi Chapter 1.0 All existing pages New Chapter 1.0, including and figures pages 1.0-1 through 1.0-8 and 1.1-1 through 1.1-4, and Figures 1.1-1 through 1.1-4 Chapter 2.0 All existing pages New Chapter 2.0, including and figures pages 2.0-1 through 2.0-3 and 2.1-1 through 2.1-4 Chapter 3.0 All existing pages New Chapter 3.0, including dnd figures pages 3.0-1 through 3.0-4, 3.1-1 through 3.1-6, 3.2-1 through 3.2-21, Figures 3.2-1 through 3.2-5, pages 3.3-1 through 3.3-31, Figuren 3.3-1 through 3.3-22, and pages 3.4-1 through 3.4-8 Chapter 4.0 All existing pages New Chapter 4.0, including and figures pages 4.1-1 through 4.1-4,
- 4. 2-1, 4. 3-1 through 4.3-4, 4.4-1 through 4.4-8, Figures 4.4-1 (18 sheets) and 4.4-2 (3 sheets), and pages 4.5-1 through 4.5-4 Chapter 5.0 Tab for " Chapter 5.0". New Cha_,ter 5.0, including pages 5.1-1 through 5.1-25, Figures 1
8002220 sh 3 [ G
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 REMOVE INSERT Chapter 5.0 (Cont'd) 5.1-1 through 5.1-16; pages 5.2-1 through 5.2-6, Figures 5.2-1 through 5.2-3; pages 5.3-1 through 5.3-12, Figures 5.3-1 through 5.3-4; page 5.4-1; and pages 5.5-1 and 5.5-2.
Chapter 6.0 Tab for " Chapter 6.0." New Chapter 6.0, including pages 6.1-1 through 6.1-5; and pages 6.2-1 through 6.2-17 and Figures 6.2-1 through 6.2-8 Chapter 7.0 Tab for " Chapter 7.0." New Chapter 7.0, including pages 7.1-1, 7.1-2, and 7.1-3; pages 7.2-+1 through 7.2-4; page 7.3-1; and pages 7.4-1 and 7.4-2 Chapter 8.0 Tab for aapter 8.0." New Chapter 6.0, including pages 8.1-1 through 8.1-5; and pages 8.2-1 and 8.2-2 Chapter 9.0 Tab for " Chapter 9.0." New Chapter 9.0, including pages 9.0-1 and 9.0-2 Appendix A All existing pages Pages A-1 through A-7 and figures Appendix B Appendix B remains as ,
already printed except for the following I
O D h1 g h
' t[ gag S Q'l I
deletions and insertions:
2
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 REMOVE INSERT Appendix B (Cont'd)
Page B.0-1 Page B.0-1 Pages B.2-51 and B.2-52 Pages 3.2-51 and B.2-52 Appendix C All existing pages and New Appendix C, including pages figures C-1 through C-4G and Figures C-1 through C-15 Appendix D All existing pages and New Appendix D, including figures pages D-1 and D-2 Appendix E, F, and G After new page D-2 Tab " Appendix E," pages E-1 through E-6, Figure E-1, Tab " Appendix F," pages F-1 through F-4, Tab " Appendix G,"
and pages G-1 and G-2 3
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE
1.0 INTRODUCTION
1.0-1 1.1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PLANT 1.1-1 2.0 MARK II POOL DYNAMICS HISTORY 2.0-1 2.1
SUMMARY
OF DESIGN ASSESSMENT 2.1-1 3.0 LOADS CONSIDERED 3.0-1 3.1 ORIGINAL DESIGN LOADS 3.1-1 3.1.1 Loads on the Structure 3.1-1 3.1.2 Loads on Piping and Equipment 3.1 a 3.2 SAFETY / RELIEF VALVE (SRV) LOADS 3.2-1 3.2.1 Design-Basis SRV Loads - Rams Heads 3.2-3 3.2.1.1 Conservatism in SRV Rams Head Methods 3.2-4 3.2.1.2 Safety / Relief Valve Discharge Cases 3.2-8 3.2.1.2.1 Single Valve Actuation 3.2-8 3.2.1.2.2 Asymmetric SRV Actuation 3.2-9 3.2.1.2.3 Automatic Depressurization System (ADS) 3.2-9 3.2.1.2.4 All Valve Discharge Cases 3.2-10 3.2.1.2.5 Second Actuation 3.2-13 3.2.1.3 Safety / Relief Valve Boundary Loads 3.2-14 3.2.1.4 Submerged Structure Loads 3.2-15 3.2.2 Assessment for SRJ Loads - T-Quencher 3.2-15 3.2.2.1 Conservatism of the T-Quencher Load Definition 3.2-15 3.2.2.2 SRV Quencher Discharge Cases 3.2-16 3.2.2.2.1 Single Valve 3.2-16 3.2.2.2.2 Asymmetric SRV Load 3.2-16 3.2.2.2.3 Automatic Depressurization System (ADS) 3.2-16 3.2.2.2.4 All Valve Discharge 3.2-17 3.2.2.3 Quencher Boundary Loads 3.2-17 3.2.2.4 Quencher Submerged Structure Loads 3.2-17 3.2.3 Assessment of NRC Acceptance Criteria - SRV 3.2-17 3.3 LOSS-OF-COOLANT ACCIDENT (LOCA) LOADS 3.3-1 3.3.1 Design-Basis LOCA Loads 3.3-4 3.3.1.1 Load Definitions 3.3-4 3.3.1.1.1 LOCA Water Jet Ioads 3.3-4 3.3.1.1.2 LOCA Charging Air Bubble Load 3.3-4 3.3.1.1.3 Pool Swell 3.3-5 3.3.1.1.4 Pool Fallback 3.3-5 3.3.1.1.5 Condensation Oscillation 3.3-5 3.3.1.1.6 Chugging 3.3-6 3.3.1.1.7 Lateral Loads on Downcome s 3.3-8 3.3.1.2 LOCA Boundary Loads 3.3-11 i
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 TABLE OF CONTENTS (Cont'd)
PAGE 3.3.1.2.1 LOCA Water Jet 3.3-11 3.3.1.2.2 Charging Air Bubble 3.3-11" 3.3.1.2.3 Pool Swell 3.3-11 3.3.1.2.4 Pool Fallback 3.3-12 3.3.1.2.5 Condensation Oscillation 3.3-12 3.3.1.2.6 Chuggin9 3.3-12 3.3.1.3 LOCA Submerged Structure Loads 3.3-12 3.3.1.3.1 LOCA Water Jet 3.3-13 3.3.1.3.2 Charging Air Bubble 3.3-13 3.3.1.3.3 Pool Swell 3.3-13 3.3.1.3.3.1 Pool Swell Impact Loads 3.3-14 3.3.1.3.3.2 Pool Swell Drag Loads 3.3-16 3.3.1.3.4 Pool Fallback 3.3-16 3.3.1.3.3 Condensation Oscil10 tion Drag Loads 3.3-16 3.3.1.3.6 Chugging Drag Loads 3.3-18 3.3.1.4 Annulus Pressurization Loads 3.3-20 3.3.2 Assessment of NRC Acceptance Criteria - LOCA 3.3-25 3.3.2.1 LOCA Water Jet Loads 3.3-26 3.3.2.2 Pool Swell 3.3-28 3.3.2.2.1 Pool Swell Velocity 3.3-28 3.3.2.2.2 Pool Swell Impact 3.3-28 3.3.2.3 Drag Load Calculations 3.3-29 3.3.2.4 Chugging Lateral Loads 3.3-29 3.3.3 References 3.3-31 3.4 LSCS POSITION ON NUREG-0478 LEAD PLANT ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA 3.4-1 4.0 LOAD COMBINATIONS CONSIDERED 4.1-1 4.1 CONTAINMENT AND INTERNAL CONCRETE STRUCTURES 4.1-1 4.2 CONTAINMENT LINER 4.2-1 4.3 OTHER STRUCTURAL COMPONENTS 4.3-1 4.3.1 Concrete Structures 4.3-1 4.3.2 Steel Structures 4.3-1 4.4 BALANCE-OF-PLANT PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 4,4-1 4.4.1 Wetwell Piping 4,4_1 4.4.2 Non-Wetwell Piping 4,4_1 4.4.2.1 Load Combination and Acceptance Criteria 4.4-1 4.4.2.2 Evaluation of Bounded Load Combination -
Rams Head Definition 4.4-2 4.4.2.3 Justi^ication of Alternative Acceptance Critelia 4.4-2 4.4.2.4 Summary 4.4-3 4.4.3 Equipment 4.4-3 11 ,
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 TABLE OF CONTENTS (Cont'd)
PAGE 4.5 NSSS PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 4.5-1 4.5.1 Loading Combinations and Acceptance Criteria 4.5-1 4.5.2 References 4.5-2 5.0 REEVALUATION AND DESIGN ASSESSMENTS 5.1-1 5.1 CONTAINMENT AND INTERNAL CONCRETE STRUCTURES 5.1-1 5.1.1 Structural Analysis for SRV Loads 5.1-1 5.1.2 Structural Analysis fo; LOCA Loads 5.1-3 5.1.2.1 Vent Clearing Analysis 5.1-3 5.1.2.2 Pool Swell Analysis 5.1-3 5.1.2.3 Condensation Oscillation Analysis 5.1-4 5.1.2.4 Chugging Analysis 5.1-5 5.1.2.5 ECCS Reflood Analysis 5..-'
5.1.3 Downcomer Effects on the Drywell Floor 5.1-7 5.1.4 Design Assessment Margin Factors 5.1-10 5.1.4.1 Critical Design Sections 5.1-10 5.1.4.2 Design Forces and Margin Factors 5.1-11 5.1.5 References 5.1-12 5.2 CONTAINMENT WALL AND BASEMAT LINER ANALYSIS 5.2-1 5.2.1 Basemat Liner 5.2 .1 5.2.1.1 Description of Liner and Liner Stiffeners 5.2-1 5.2.1.2 Loads for Analysis 5.2-1
- 5. 2.1. 3 Load Combinations 5.2-2 5.2.1.4 Acceptance Criteria 5.2-2 5.2.1. Analysis 5.2-3 5.2.2 containment Wall Liner 5.2-3 5.2.2.1 Description of Liner 5.2-3 5.2.2.2 Loads for Analysis 5.2-4 5.2.2.3 Load Combinations 5.2-4 5.2.2.4 Acceptance Criteria 5.2-4 5.2.2.5 Analysis 5.2-4 5.3 OTHER STRUCTURAL COMPONENTS 5.3-1 5.3.1 Concrete Structures 5.3-1 5.3.1.1 Acceptance Criteria 5.3-1 5.3.2 Steel Struct;ces 5.3-2 5.3.2.1 Acceptance Criteria 5.3-2 5.3.3 Downcomers and Downcomer Vent Bracing 5.3-2 5.3.3.1 General Description 5.3-3 5.3.3.2 Loads for Analysis 5.3-4 5.3.3.3 Design Load Combinations 5.3-6 5.3.3.4 Acceptance Criteria 5.3-7 5.3.3.5 Analysis 5.3-8 5.3.4 References 5.3-9 111
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 TABLE OF CONTENTS (Cont'd)
PAGE 5.4 BOP PIPING ANALYSIS 5.4-1 5.5 EQUIPMENT (BOP) 5.5-1 5.5.1 Reevaluation and Design Assessment Methods 5.5-1 5.5.1.1 Analysis 5.5-1 5.5.1.1.1 Static Analysis 5.5-1 5.5.1.1.2 Dynamic Analysis 5.5-1 5.5.1.1.2.1 Acceptance Criteria 5.5-2 5.5.1.2 Testing 5.5-2 5.5.1.2.1 Single Frequency Testing 5.5-2 5.5.1.2.2 Random Frequency Testing 5.5-2 5.5.1.2.3 Acceptance Criteria 5.5-2 6.0 SUPPRESSION POOL WATER TEMPERATURE MONITORING SYSTEM 6.1-1 6.1 SYSTEM DESIGN 6.1-1 6.1.1 Safety Design Basis 6.1-1 6.1.2 General System Description 6.1-1 6.1.3 Normal Plant Operation 6.1-3 6.1.4 Abnormal Plant Operation 6.1-3 6.2 SUPPRESSION POOL TEMPERATURE RESPONSE 6.2-1 6.2.1 Introduction 6.2-1 6.2.2 Temperature Response Analysis 6.2-2 6.2.2.1 Model Description 6.2-3 6.2.2.2 General Assumptions and Initial Conditions 6.2-4 6.2.2.3 Description of Non-LOCA Events 6.2-6 6.2.2.3.1 Stuck-Open Relief Valve (SORV) Conditions 6.2-6 6.2.2.3.2 SRV Discharge During RPV Isolation Conditions 6.2-7 6.2.2.4 Description of LOCA Event 6.2-9 6.2.3 Results/ Conclusions 6.2-9 7.0 PLANT MODIFICATIONS AND RESULTANT IMPROVEMENTS 7.1-1 7.1 STRUCTURAL MODIFICATIONS 7.1-1 7.2 BALANCE OF PLANT PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 7.2-1 7.3 NSSS PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 7.3-1 7.4 SRV DISCHARGE QUENCHER 7.4-1 8.0 PLANT SAFETY MARGINS 8.0-1 8.1 CONSERVATISM IN PLANT DESIGN 8.1-1 iv
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 TABLE OF CONTENTS (Cont'd)
PAGE 8.1.1 Conservatism in Pool Dynamic Loads 3 1-1 8.1.2 Structural Conservatism 3.1- 2 8.1.3 Mechanical Conservatism 8.1-3 8.1.4 Conservatism in NSSS Design 9.1-4 8.2 PLANT STRUCTURAL MARGINS DURING MAXIMUM TRANSIENT CONDITIONS 3.2-1
9.0 CONCLUSION
S '.1-1 A.0 COMPUTER PROGRAMS A-1 A.1 DYNAX A-1 A.2 FAST A-2 A.3 KALSHEL A-2 A.4 TEMCO A-3 A.5 PIPSYS A-5 A.6 RSG A-6 A.7 SRVA A-6 B.O RESPONSES TO NRC QUESTIONS B.0-1 B.1 QUESTIONS OF JUNE 23, 1976 B.1-1 B.2 QUESTIONS OF JANUARY 19, 1977 B.2-1 B.3 QUESTIONS OF JUNE 30, 1978 B.3-1 C.0 SUBMERGED STRUCTURE METHODOLOGY C-1 C.1 INTRODUCTION C-1 C.2 DRAG AND LIFT COEFFICIENTS FOR UNSTEADY FLOW C-3 C.2.1 General Considerations C-3 C.2.2 LOCA Charging Air Bubble C-8 C.2.3 Pool Swell C-10 C.2.4 Fallback C-12 C.2.5 SRV Air Bubbles C-14 C.3 INTE!2ERENCE EFFECTS ON ACCELERATION DRAG C-15 C.3-1 Method of Analysis C-15 C.3.2 Two Stationary Cylinders (Real Cylinders) C-16 v
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 TABLE OF CONTENTS (Cont'd)
PAGE C.3.3 Stationary Cylinders Near a Plane Boundary (Real and Imaginary Cylinders) C-18 C.3.4 Total Acceleration Drag Force C-19 C.3.5 Practical Application C-20 C.3.6 Model/ Data Comparisons C-22 C.4 INTERFERENCE EFFECTS ON STANDARD DRAG C-23 C.4.1 Interference Between Two Cylinders of C-23 Equal Diameter C-23 C.4.2 Interference Between More Than Two Cylinders of Equal Diameter C-24 C.4.3 Drag on Small Cylinder Upstream of Large Cylinder C-28 C.4.4 Standard Drag on Smaller Cylinder Downstream of Large Cylinder C-31 C 4.5 Standard Drag on the Large Cylinder C-32 C.4.6 Structures of Non-Circular Cross Section C-32 C.4.7 Interference Between Non-Parallel Cylinders C-32 C.5 UNIFORM VELOCITY AND ACCELERATION EVALUATED AT THE GEOMETRIC CENTER OF A STRUCTURE C-33 C.6 iA 3AT:lP-SPECIFIC P>77FFTFPS C-37 C.7 REFERENCES C-38 D.0 NSSS OPERABILITY ASSURANCE D-1 E.0 RPV INTERNALS LUMPED-MASS MODEL ANALYSIS METHODS E-l F.0 NSSS PIPING SYSTEMS ANALYSIS METHODS F-1 G.0 CALCULATION OF PRESSURE TIME HISTORIES IN THE AMiGIUS G-1 vi
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 LIST OF TABLES NUMBER TITLE PAGE 1.0-1 Mar k II Containment Supporting Program:
LOCA-Related Tasks 1.0-4 1.0-2 Mark II Containmer* Supporting Program:
SRV-Related Tasks 1.0-6 1.0-3 Mark II Containment Supporting Program:
Miscellaneous Tasks 1.0-7 1.1-1 Primary Containment Principal Design Para-meters and Characteristics 1.1-2 3.1-1 Functional Capability Acceptance Criteria (Equation 9 of NB-3652 and NC-3652) 3.1-6 3.2-1 SRV Discharge Line Clearing Transient Para-meterization 3.2-18 3.2-2 SRV Bubble Dynamics Parameterization 3.2-19 3.2-3 Second Actuation Assumptions 3.2-20 3.2-4 Second Actuation Results 3.2-21 3.4-1 Conformance of the LSCS Design to NUREG-0478 Criteria 3.4-2 4.1-1 Design Load Combinations 4.1-4 4.3-1 LOCA and SRV Design Load Combinations -
Reinforced Concrete Structures Other Than Containment 4.3-3 4.3-2 LOCA and SRV Design Load Combinations -
Structural Steel Elastic Design 4.3-4 4.4-1 Load Combinations for Equipment and Piping 4.4-7 4.4-2 Load Combinations and Allowable Stress Limits for BOP Equipment 4.4-8 4.5-1 Load Combinations and Acceptance Criteria for NSSS Piping and Equipment 4.5-3 5.1-1 Margin Table for Basemat for All Valves Discharge 5.-13 5.1-2 Margin Table for Basemat for 2 Valves Discharge 5.1-14 5.1-3 Margin Table for Basemat for ADS Valves Discharge 5.1-15 5.1-4 Margin Table for Basemat for LOCA Plus Single SRV 5.1-16 5.1-5 Margin Table for Containment for All Valves Discharge 5.1-17 5.1-6 Margin Table for Containment for 2 Valves Discharge 5.1-18 5.1-7 Margin Table for Containment for AnS Valves Discharge 5.1-19 5.1-8 Margin Table for Containment for LOCA Plus Single SRV 5.1-20 5.1-9 Margin Table for Reactor Support for All Valves Discharge 5.1-21 v11
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev.7 1/80 LIST OF TABLES (Cont'd)
NUMBER TITLE PAGE 5.1-10 Margin Table for Reactor Support for 2 Valves Discharge 5.1-22 5.1-11 Margin Table for Reactor Support for ADS Valves Discharge 5.1-23 5.1-12 Margin Table for Reactor Support for LOCA Plus Single SRV 5.1-24 5.1-13 Margin Table for Drywell Floor and SRV and LOCA Loads 5.1-25 5.2-1 Summary of Containment Wall Liner Plate Stresses / Strains for All SRV Cases 5.2-5 5.2-2 Summary of Containment Wall Liner Anchorage Load / Displacement for All SRV Cases 5.2-6 5.3-1 LOCA and SRV Design Load Combinations Reinforced Concrete Structures Other Than Containment 5.3-10 5.3-2 LOCA and SRV Design Load Combinations Structural Steel Elastic Design 5.3-11 5.3-3 Capability of Concrete (Other Than Containment) and Steel Structures 5.3-12 6.2-1 Stuck-Open Relief Valve from Power Operation - Event A 6.2-12 6.2-2 Stuck-Open Relief Valve from Hot Standby -
Event B 6.2-13 6.2-3 Isolation and Reactor Depressurization -
Event C 6.2-14 6.2-4 Isolation and Reactor Depressurization -
Event D 6.2-15 6.2-5 Intermediate Break Accident (Liquid) With ADS - Event E 6.2-16 6.2-6 Summary of Results Suppression Pool Temperature Response Analysis G.2-17 7.2-1 hatested HVAC Equipment 7.2-3 8.2-1 Margin Factors for Containment During Maximum Transient Conditicn 8.2-2 vili
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 LIST OF FIGURES NUMBER TITLE 1.1-1 Primary Containment 1.1-2 Suppression Chamber - Plan View 1.1-3 Suppression Chamber - Section "L-L" 1.1-4 Suppression Chamber - Section "M-M" 3.2-1 Second Actuation - ATWS Pump Trip Off 3.2-2 Second Actuation - ATWS Pump Trip On 3.2-3 Second Actuation - Mitigating Approach 3.2-4 Orientation of SRV Discharge Line Device for Automatic Depressurization System Actuation 3.2-5 Cross Section of Suppression Pool and Definition of Suppression Chamber Walls Loading Zones 3.3-1 Multiple Main Vent Chugging Load Factor 3.3-2 Downcomer Vent Clearing Jet Angle During LOCA 3.3-3 Jet Impingement Load 3.3-4 Drag Coefficients 3.3-5 Drag Load on Submerged Structures Due to Downcomer Vent Clearing 3.3-6 Maximum Impact Pressure on Small Structures 3.3-7 Maximum Impact Force on Pipes 3.3-8 Maximum Impact Force on I-Beams 3.3-9 Time History of Impact Load For Small Structures in Pool Swell Region 3.3-10 Chugging Load 3.3-11 Drywell/Wetwell Pressure Transients For a Main Steamline Break 3.3-12 Drywell/Wetwell Temperature Transients For a Main Steamline Break 3.3-13 Drywell/Wetwell Pressure Transients for Recirculation Line Break 3.3-14 Drywell/Wetwell Temperature Transients For Recircula-tion Line Break 3.3-15 Drywell/Wetwell Pressure Transients For an Inter-mediate Break 3.3-16 Drywell/Wetwell Temperature Transients For an Intermediate Break 3.3-17 Drywell/Wetwell Pressure Transients Due to SBA 3.3-18 Drywell/Wetwell Temperature Transients Due to SBA 3.3-19 Sequence of Annulus Pressurization Events 3.3-20 Acoustic Load Illustration 3.3-21 Annulus Pressurization Loading Description 3.3-22 Restricted Pipe Motion During Blowdown 4.4-1 Response Spectra Comparison Design Basis vs. Chugging 4.4-2 Restraint Load Change Distribution 5.1-1 Pool Dynamics Model with I3I Effect 5.1-2 Drywell Floor Analytical Model 5.1-3 Circumferential Variation of Moment in Drywell Floor Due to Concentrated Radial Moment Applied at Radius 23'-3" ix
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 LIST OF FIGURES (Cont'd)
NUMBER TITLE 5.1-4 Radial Variation of Moment in Drywell Floor Due to Concentrated Radial Moment Applied at Radius 23'-3" 5.1-5 Circumferential Variation of Moment in Drywell Floor Due to Cencentrated Circumferential Moment Applied at Radius 23'-3" 5.1-6 Radial Variation of Moment in Drywell Floor Due to Concentrated Circumferential Moment Applied at Radius 23'-3" 5.1-7 Base Mat Plan - Top Reinforcing Layout 5.1-8 Base Mat Plan - Bottom Reinforcing Layout 5.1-9 Containment Wall Post-Tensioning Tendon Layout 5.1-10 Containment Wall Reinforcing Layout 5.1-11 Reactor Support - Concrete Plug 5.1-12 Reactor Support - Reinforcing Layout Before Modification 5.1-13 Unit 1 Drywell Floor Reinforcing Layout 5.1-14 Unit 2 Drywell Floor Reinforcing Layout 5.1-15 Design Sections - Primary Containment and Reactor Support 5.1-16 Design Sections - Drywell Floor 5.1-17 Representative Base Mat Interaction Diagram
,- 5.1-18 Reptesentative Containment Interaction Diagram 5.2-1 Base Mat Liner Detail 5.2-2 Base Mat Liner Stiffener Detail 5.2-3 Containment Wall Liner Detail 5.3-1 Downcomer Vent Bracing at Elevation 721'-0" 5.3-2 Downcomer Vent Bracing at Elevation 697'-0" 5.3-3 Partial Downcomer Bracing Model Inner Rings 1 and 2 5.3-4 Partial Downcomer Bracing Model Outer Rings 3 and 4 C.2-A Pool Temperature vs. Mass Flux - Svent A:
SORV from Power Operation 6.2-2 Pool Temperature Response - Event A: SORV from Power Operation 6.2-3 Pool Temperature Response - Event B: SORV from Hot Standby 6.2-4 Pool Temperature vs. Mass Flux - Event C: Isolation and Reactor Depressurization 6.2-5 Pool Temperature Response - Event C: Isolation and Reactor Depressurization 6.2-6 Pool Temperature vs. Mass Flux - Event D: Isolation and Reactor Depressurization 6.2-7 Pool Temperature Response - Event D: Isolation and Reactor Depressurization 6.2-8 Pool Temperature Response - Evegt E: Intermediate Break Accident with ADS (0.1 ft Liquid Break)
X
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 LIST OF FIGURES (Cont'd)
NUMBER TITLE Q20. 5[ -l Experimental Data as Compared to Computer Code Prediction Q20.58-2 Comparison of Computer Code with EPRI Test Data, Water Velocity vs. Time G20.58-3 Comparison of Computer Code with EPRI Test Data, Water Level vs. Time Q20.58-4 Pool Surface Position vs. Time Q20.58-5 Pool Surface Velocity vs. Time Q20.58-6 Pool Surface Velocity vs. Position Q20.58-7 Air Slug and Wetwell Pressure Q20.71-1 Pool Surface Elevation - Run 36 Q20.71-2 Pool Surface Elevation - Run 37 Q20.71-3 Pool Surface Velocity - Run 36 Q20.71-4 Pool Surface Velocity - Run 37 Q20.71-5 Bubble Pressure - Run 36 020.71-6 Bubble Pressure - Run 37 Q20.75-1 Multiple Main Vent Chugging Load Factor C-1 LOCA Air Clearing Velocity C-2 LOCA Air Clearing Acceleration C-3 Top View of 36* Sector of a Typical Mark II Suppression Pool C-4 Schematic View of Section A-A of Typical Mark II Suppression Pool C-5 Model/ Data Comparisons C-6 Cylinder Locations C-7 Flow Around Unequal Cylinders C-8 Top and Side View of Structure and Source Locations C-9 Location of Horizontal Submerged Structure in the Suppression Pool C-10 Top and Side View of (Second) Structure and Source Location C-ll Location of Vertical Subnerged Structure in the Suppression Pool C-12 Horizontal Component of Velocity Along a Structure Segmented Into 4, 8 and 32 Sections C-13 Vertical Component of Acceleration Along a Structure Segmented Into 4, 8 and 32 Sections C-14 Radial Component of Velocity Along a Structure Segmented Into 4, 6, 8 and 32 Sections C-15 Radial Component of Acceleration Along a Structural Segmented Into 4, 6, 8 and 32 Sections E-1 Lumped-Mass Model of RPV, Internals and Reactor Building xi
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80
1.0 INTRODUCTION
The purpose of this final revision of the Design Assessment Report (DAR) is to demonstrate that the La Salle Cocnty Station (LSCS) containment can accommodate all hydrodynamic load phenom-ena associated with the SRV discharge and LOCA in the BWR Mark II containment concept, to document conformance with the Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) Lead Plant Acceptance Criteria of NUREG-0487, and to provide a response to questions posed by the NRC.
The Mark II Containment Dynamic Forcing lunctions Information Report (DFFR) NEDO/NEDE 21061 has already been submitted to the NRC in September 1975.
The purpose of the DFFR was:
- a. to identify and describe the time-history of those normal and abnormal operating conditions related to both the SRV discharge and the design-basis LOCA which must be considered in plant design;
- b. to explain the generic methods of analysis used to obtain the forcing functions that are required to predict loads on structures and components in the suppression chamber region; and
- c. to justify these methods of analysis on the basis of analytical models and test data.
In some cases, the forcing function defined in the DFFR is believed to be excessively conservative. In a few other cases, it is believed that additional test data are required to confirm the conservatism of the forcing functions defined in the DFFR.
Therefore, a Mark II Containment Supporting Program (NEDC 1.0-1
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 21297) was established and is being implemented. This support-ing program is expected to confirm the conservatism of the forcing functions defined in the DFFR and to provide test data sufficient to allow analytical model improvements that result in design load reductions. The generic Mark II Contain-ment Supporting Program is summarized in Tables 1.0-1 through 1.0-3.
This report (DAR) employs the analytical models, test data, and other information from the DFFR to assess the design adequacy of the La Salle County Station containment structures, piping, and equipment.
The objective of this report is to demonstrate that the MRC Lead Plant Acceptance Criteria are satisfied and to describe how results of the generic Mark II containment supporting program are being incorporated in the design reassessment.
This report provides the NRC Staff with all information neces-sary to continue and complete the licensing of La Salle County Station as scheduled. All pertinent information related to loads, load specification, load combinations, acceptance cri-teria, plant modification, plant margins, and confirmation of loads that applies to the La Salle County Station has been compiled in this document. A bounding load approach has been used to permit an early evaluation and approval. Specific commitments ar e made to do further analysis and tests to refine and confirm loads in those cases where there is a significant licensing issue. It is expected that when these more refined loads are determined increased margins will be conclusively demonstrated.
This report, together with the DFFR (NEDO/NEDE 21061-P),
Mark II Containment Supporting Program NEDO 21297, FSAR, and reports referenced in this document, constitutes a complete basis for issuance of an Operating License. In addition, an in-plant SRV test will be performed to confirm the adequacy of loads used for design assessment.
1.0-2
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 In this report the individual loads and load combinations that are being utilized in the reassessment are identified and described in the first four sections. Reports defining the individual loads and providing justification for application to the La Salle County containment are referenced rather than repeated. This is consistent with the objective of this report.
The methods used in re-evaluating the structures, piping systems and equipment are described in Section 5.0. The plant modifica-tion and resultant changes that have been completed are described in Section 7.0. The plant margins and conservatisms are sum-marized in Section 8.0.
It is concluded that the present evaluation of the design is completely adequate. Significant design modifications and resultant plant changes have been identified so that the LSCS plant is completely safe and does not represent any hazard to the public. Tn fact, it is anticipated that future results from the genet'c Mark II Containment Supporting Program and the LSCS in-plant SRV testing will conclusively demonstrate increased design margins in the plant. Therefore, LSCS plant startup should proceed as scheduled.
1.0-3
TABLE 1.0-1 MAPK TI CONTATfDOW. - SUPPORTING PRMRAM IDCA-RFTATED TASKS TASK ACTIVITY TARGET LATE IIAD PIMf SER/
N"MBFR ACTTVTTY TYPE COMPTITION TOCUMENTATION TOCUMEW/PUPr] INTEINELIATE PLANT A.1 "kT" TEST PIOGRAM h se I Test Report completed NED0/NEDE 13kk2-P-01 5/76 - 5/76 LP SER/IP Phase I Appl Memo Completed Application Meno 6 /76 - 6/76 & SER/IP Phase II & III Test Rpt Completed NED0/NEDE 13468-P 12/76 - 1/77 LP SER/IP Application Memorandu- Completed NEDO/NEDP '3678-P 1/77 - 2/77 LP SER/IP A.2 POOL SWELL M) DEL Model Report Completed NED0/NEDE 215kk-P 12/76 - 2/77 LP SER/IP REPORT A.3 IMPACT TESTS PSTF 1/3 Scale Tests completed NED0/NEDE 13426-P 8/75 - 9/75 LP SER/IP Mark I 1/12 Scale Tests completed NEDO/NEDC 20989-2P 9/75 - 11/75 LPSER/IP A.4 IMPACT KTD .T., PSTF 1/3 Scale Tests Completed NED0/NEDE 13k26P 8/75 - 9/75 LP SER/IP Mark I 1/12 Scale Tests Completed NED0/NEDC20989-2P 8/75 - 11/75 LP SER/IP A.5 IDADS ON SI 9 MERGED IDCA/IGI Air Nbble Model Completed NED0/NEDE21471-P 9/77 - 1/78 LP SER/IF E ST1UCTURES IOCA/Ril Water Jet % del Completed NED0/NEDE 21472-P 9/77 - 1/78 LPSER/IP 8 Ring Vortex Model Completed Letter Report 5/79 - 5/79 LP/IP g e 2Q 80 Topical Report IP o App 12 cations Methods Completed NED0/NEDE 21730-P 12/77 - 1/78 LPSER/IP I- Quene. Air Bubble Model kQ 79 NEDO 21471 Supplement IP U Quencher Air Bubble kQ 79 NEDE 21730 Supplement IP n Appl. Memo. Supp. $
1/4 Scaling Tests Completed NEDE 23817-P 9/78 - 12/78 5 Steam Condensation Methods LSCS LACR 7/78 - 7/78 CER A.6 C11UGGING ANALYSIS AND Single Cell Report Completed NED0/NEDE23703-P 9/77 - 11/77 LP SER TESTING Multivent Model Completed NED0/NEDE 21669-P 2/78 - 3/78 IP kT FUI Report Completed NEDO/NEDE 23710-P h/78 - 3/78 LP SER A.7 CRUGGING SINGLE YENT CREARE Report Completed NED0/NEDE 21851-P 6 /78 - 7 /78 Info A.9 ERPI TEST EVALUATION EIRI-4T Comparison Completed NEDO 21667 8/77 - 9/77 & SER*
EPRI 1/13 SCALE TESTS 3D Tests Completed EPRI NP kkl 4/77 - -- LP CER*
EPRI SINGLE CEI' TESTS Unit Cell Teste kQ 79 EPRI Report Info p A.ll MULTIVENT SUBSCALE Preliminary M7 Prog Plan Completed NEDO 23697 12/77-1/78 LPSER/IP TESTING AND ANALYSIS MV Test Program Plan completed NEDO 2%77 Rev 1 1/79 h/79 IP 4
& Proc.
- Itase I q IP M Phase I Test Report kQ 79 Report M7 Test Prog Flan
& Proc
- Phase II LQ 79 NEDO 23677, Rev.1, Supp.1 IP Phase II Test Report 2Q 80 Report IP CONMAP Tests Completed P.eport 6/79 - 8/79 Info MilM Verification 1/10 Scale Completed NEDE 2511I-P 5/79 - 7'79 Info
TABLE 1.0-1 (Ooat'd)
IDCA-REIATED TASKS TASE ACTIVITY TARGET IATE LEAD FIMr SER/
NUMPER ACTTYITY TYPE COMPLETION DoctMENTATION DOCtMFlfr/ SUBMITTAL ImTWEIATE FIAFP A.13 SINGIE VENT IATERAL Dynamic AnaJysis Completed NEDO 2h106-P 3/78 - 7/76 IP IDAI6 Stenary Report "Alpleted NEDT 23806-P 10/78 - 11/78 IP rynamic Analysis (Extension) hQ 79 Report A.16 IMPROVED CHUGIING IDAD Impulse Evaluation Completed Letter Report 6/78-7/78 LP SER*
DEFINITION Improved Chug Icad Defn. 1Q 63 Report IP A.17 STEAM CONDENSATION hT C.O. Test 2Q 80 Report IP OSCILL. CD IDAD CO Data Evaluation 3Q 80 Report LP/IP DEFINITION E
8 F 4
?
u s
~
=
4
TABIE 1.0-2 MARK IT CONTAINMENT - SUPTORTING P90 GRAM SW-REIATED TATE TASK ACTIVITY TARGET DATE IEAD PIANT SER/
NUMBER ACTT7ITY TYPE WMPIETTON DOCTMENT.*TTON DOCLNENT/SUPMTTTAL IPfrE1NFDIATE PIANT B.1 QUENCHER D(PIRICAL DFFR 2 del Completed NED0/NEDE21061-P 9/76 - 9/76 IP MODEL Supporting Data Completed NED0/NEDE21078-P 5/75 - 7/75 IP B.2 RAEEEAD EDEL DFFR 2 del Completed NED0/NEDE21061-P 9/76 - 9/76 2 SER Supporting Inta Completed NED0/NEDE 21062-P 7/75 - 10/75 LP SER Analysis Completed NED0/NEDE 20%2-P 5/75 - 7/75 2 SER
@NTICELID IN-PIAfff Preliminary Test Ppt. Completed NED0/NEDC21MS-P 12/76 - 1/77 LP SER B.3
!!ydmfynamic Report C epleted NED0/NEDC 21581-P 8/77 - 8/77 & SER S/W TEETS B.5 S/W QUr1CIER IN-PIANT Test Plan Completed NETH 20988 Rev. 2 12/76 - 3/77 IP CAORSO TESTS Test Plan Addendum 1 Completed NEDM 20988 Rev. 2, Add 1 10/7T - 3/78 IP Test Plan Addendum 2 C mpleted NEIN 20988 IW. 2, Add 2 4/78 - 7/78 IP Test Sumary Completed Letter Report 3/79 - 3/79 E Phase I Test Report Capleted NED0/NEDE-25100-P 5/79 - 6/79 IP Phase II Test Report 1Q 80 Report IP h 5
( B.6 TIEINAL MIXING PODEL Analytical Model Completed NED0/NEDC23689-P 3/78 - 3/78 Info ill B.10 MONTIrvnin FSI Analysis of ISI Completed NEDO 23834 6/f8-7/78 & SER N
=
B.11 DFFR RAEHEAD EDEL Data /Model Comparison Completed NSC-GEN 03% 9/77-10/77 LP Sr.R TO ENTICEI2D DATA B.12 RAEHEAD SW MET!ODO- Analytical Methods Completed NEDO 2tD70 10/77 - 11/TT LP SER IDCY SLM RRY E
?
2
TABLE 1.0-3 MARK II COWfAINMETF - SUPIORTIN", PWM MISCFILANFSJS TASIS TASE ACTIVITY TARGET DATE IEAD PfANT SER/
NUMBER AC"TIVITY TYPE COMPIETTON ~OCUMENTATTON DOCUMENT /SUINITTAL INTEINEDIATF PIANP C.O SUPPORTING PIDGRAM Supp Prog Rpt Capleted NEDO 21297 5/76 - 6/76 -
Supp Pmg Ppt Rev.1 Completed NEDO 21297 - Rev. 1 h/78-4/78 -
Supp Prog Ppt Rev. 2 2Q 80 NEDO 212(17 - Rev. 2 C.1 DFFR RE7ISION3 Revision 1 Ce pleted NU O/NEDE 21C61-P Rev. 1 9/75 - 4/76 -
Revision 2 Ocupleted NED0/NEDE 21061-P Rev. 2 9/76 7/76 -
Revision 3 Cepleted NED0/NEDE 21061-P Rev. 3 6/78 - 6/78 -
C.3 NRC ROUND 1 DFFR Rev. 2 Ceplet.en NED0/NDE 21061-P Rev. 2 9/76 - 9/76 LP SER*/IP QUESTIONS DFFR Rev. 2 Amendment 1 Cmpleted NEI4/NEDE 21%1-P Rev. 2 12/76 - 2/77 2 SER'/IP Amendment 1 DFFR Rev. 3 Appendix A Completed NED0/NEDE 21061-P Rev. 3 6/78-5/79 LP SER'/IP Appendix A U
C.5 SES JUSTIHCATION Interim Report Completed (NEDE 24010) 4/77 - 3/77 8 SE3 Report Completed NED0/NEDE 2kOlO-P 7/77 9/77 LP SER*/IP h g SES Exec. Report Completed Sumary Report 4/78 - 5/78 LP SER*/IP g
- o SES Criteria Appl. Completed NED0/NEDE 24010-P Suppl. 1 10/78 - 11/78 LP SER'/IP 4 SRSS Bases Completed NED0/NEDE 2h010-P Suppl. 2 12/78 - 2/79 2/IP U SES Justification Sup Completed NEDO 24010 Suppl. 3 8/79 11/79 w/IP g w
C.6 NRC 10VND 2 QUESTIONS DFFR Amendment 2 Carqpleted NED0/NEDE 21061-P Rev. 2 6/77 - ,77 LP SER*/IP Amendment 2 DFFR Amend 2, Suppl 1 Completed NED0/NEDE 21061-P Rev. 2 8/77 - 9/77 & SER*/IP Amendment 2 Supp. 1 DFFR Amend 2, Suppl 2 Completed NED0/NEDE 21061-P Rev. 2 9/77 - 11/77 LP SER'/IP Amend. 2 Supp. 2 DFFR Rev. 3. Appendix A 4Q 79 NEDO/NEDE21061-P,Rev.3 LP SER*/IP Appendix A C.7 JUSTIFICATION OF "4T" Chugging Icada Complete NED0/NEDE 23617-P 7/77-8/77 LP SER/IP BOUNDING ICADS Justification Cmplete NED0/NEDE 2bo13-P 6/77 - 8/77 LP SER/IP Complete ND0/NDE 2holk-P 6/77 - 8/77 LP SER/IP E 4
Complete NED0/NEDE 24015-P 6/77 - 8/77 LP SER/IP Complete NED0/NEDE 2h016-P 6/77 - 8/77 LP SER/IP "
Complete NED0/NEDE 2hol7-P 6/7/ - 8/77 LP SER/IP Complete NED0/NEDE 23627-P 6/77 - 8/77 LP SER/IP y N
C.8 S/R7 AND CHUGGIl0 Prestressed Concrete Completed NED0/NEDE21936-P 7/78-7/78 LPSER/IP $
FSI Reinforced Concrete Steel
TABLE 1.0-3 (Cont'd)
MISCEIJANEOtB TASKS TASK AC"fT* TTY TAICET PATE LEAD FIANT SER/
DOCUMENT.ATTON DOCUMF3T/ SUBMITTAL TNITWEDIATE PIAY. r FRMBFR ACTIVITY _{JL COMPIFTTON MONITOR WORIE TH3TS Monitor Tests 2Q 80 None C.9 IDAD COMBINATIONS & Criteria Justification Completed NEDO 21985 9/78-12/78 C C.13 FUNCTIONAL CAPABILITY CRITERIA C.lk NRC ROUND 3 QUESTIONS Letter Report completed Letter Report S/78 - 6/78 LP SER*/IP EFFR, Rev. 3, Appendix A NECO/NEDE 21061-P 6 /78 - 5 /79 D SER*/IP Rev. 3 Appendix A NRC Question Responses 4Q 79 Letter Report IP C.15 SUBMERGED STIUCTURE CRITERIA C
8 E
N
." w w
N
=
5
?
-a N
- Suomitted in respaise to NBC question.
LP SER: Zimer, IMalle, Shoreham g IP: All Other Plants o
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 1.1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF PLANT The La Salle County Station (LSCS) is a two unit nuclear powered electrical generating station which utilizes two General Electric Company BWR-5 (1969 product line) nuclear reactors, with an electrical power output of approximately 1100 MWe each.
The pricary containment det!"- is based on the Mark II concept (over/under, drywell/ suppression chamber), as represented in Figure 1.1-1. The containment is a 1/4-inch steel-lined, post-tensioned concrete structure. The lining material in the drywell is ceH>on steel and in the wetwell is 304 stainless steel. Pertinent pnysical data on the containment is summarized in Table 1.1-1.
The drywell is connected to the suppression pool through 98 suppression vent downcomer pipes. These downcomers function as the path for pressure suppression of steam released in the drywell during a LOCA. The arrangement of the downcomers at the drywell floor is shown in Figure 1.1-2.
The arrangement of piping and structures in the suppression chamber area is shown in Figures 1.1-2, 1.1-3, and 1.1-4.
D3wncomer pipes, SRV discharge lines, drywell floor support columns, ECCS piping, cad other pertinent features have been identified on these drawings.
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 TABLE 1.1-1 PRIMARY CONTAINMENT PRINCIPAL DESIGN PARAMETERS AND CHARACTERISTICS II. DESIGN PRESSURE A. Containment Internal Design Pressure 45 psig B. Negative Differential Design Pressure 5 psi C. Drywell Floor Dift'erential Design Pressure
- 1. downward 25 psi
- 2. upward 5 psi II. VOLUMES A. Drywell Free Air Volume 221,500 ft B. Suppression Chamber Free Air Volume 166,400 ft C. Suppression Chamber Water Volume 142,160 ft 3 III. DOWNCOMER SUPPRESSION VENTS A. Number of Downcomers 98 B. Internal Diameter 23.5 inches C. Wall Thickness (Nominal) 0.375 inches D. Material SA-240, TP304 E. Length
- 1. unembedded length 45.8 feet
- 2. total length 49.3 feet
- 3. submergence depth 12 feet IV. SAFETY / RELIEF VALVE DISCHARGE LINES A. Number of Discharge Lines 18 B. Size 12 inch C. Drywell Schedule 40 Wetwell Schedule 80 (with Schedule 160 elbows at selected locations)
D. Material SA-106 Grade B 1.1-2
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 TABLE 1.1-1 (Cont'd)
E. ASME Code Class 3 F. Type of Discharge Device T-Quencher G. Height of T-Quencher Centerline Above Base Mat 5 feet H. Line Lengths, Location, and Valve Setpoints Valve Set Line Number Line Pressure Length of Nzimuth Number (psig) (ft) Fittings Location Radius MSO4BA 1185 159 13-90* elbows 288* 20.61 3-45' elbows MSO4BB 1175 183 11-90' elbows 72* 20.61 1-45' elbows MSO4BC* 1205 172 12-90' elbows 230* 36.50 2-45' elbows MSO4BD* 1205 136 8-90* elbows 50* 36.50 2-45' elbows MSO4BE* 1195 131 9-90' elbows 310' 36.50 2-45* elbows MSO4BF 1185 153 13-90' elbows 108' 20.61 1-60' elbows MSO4BG 1130 182 13-90' elbows 210' 20.61 1-45' elbows MSO4BH 1175 168 15-90' elbows 252' 20.61 4-45' MSO4BJ 1175 160 9-90* elbows 24' 20.61 2-45' elbows MSO4BK 1175 165 13-90' elbows 130' 36.50 1-45' elbows MSO4BL 1185 170 12-90* elbows 330' 20.61 3-45' elbows MSO4BM 1185 192 13-90' elbows 170' 36.50 1-45' elbows 1-72' elbows
- Indicates an ADS valve discharge.
1.1-3
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 TABLE 1.1-1 (Cont'd)
Valve Set Line Number Line Pressure Length of Azimuth Number (psig) (ft) Fittings Location Radius MSO4BN 1195 161 8-90' elbows 190' 36.50 4-45' elbows MSO4BP 1130 163 11-90' elbows 10' 36.50 MSO4BR* 1195 147 10-90' elbows 264* 36.50 2-45' elbows MSO4BS* 1196 162 11-90' elbows 150' 20.61 4-45' elbows MSO4 BUS 1205 170 11-90' elbows 350' 36.50 4-45* elbows MSO4BV* 1205 154 10-90' elbows 84* 36.50
- Indicates an ADS valve discharge.
1.1- 4
Rev. 2 6/78 J
O D @{lO" r- u.
{ Jl l '-
W
~~~~
b.~%e
~
. .B R- .me' gg#,
~~
mm [2 . _ . _
* * *I " 4, -JL t 1[.$-
L, s
- 3. E ate ..
i
)
"M'
/ / ,
\,
2.
a mwe(
./ e. e.s .'4, REACTot STAS:u1ER a _ _J / l 1
i siroc.Tuzr y L._rn ._J' .- ~_
u , . . .v
- . ' *l'M .**'*
REACTOT ) _
P, . *.~.
$4 ELD - _ . . . - .
.I - , . . . , - - , ,, m._teur'_
t s*g g- 7- !
\ ms W
- 1 REAC,Toit l PE.DE $TAL. _',' T - f'.". 7. ..ma:*
.ua .- ' p:n.:.: w-
_. I ' -
, t .. .
,d -
..e a
. .m_m r -
~ ~
, ,. g. E I __., %.-
- -- A,'_' I 'i n .s* G, Q
.m y- w: y ,.. ) _
=
l
- ==
,, .r. , >~4 . . ~ -
- ,g._.-. . .;._. ,
, , ~-
l r tbM .'
^
[ ~
\ %) '
l l
~
=. - - -
F j + y ow *.ese
, C -
( ~-*' < *;:.n? ;l a., ~
i
{
- o, ,
" w gon'-s *
, g 4 't ' -
tI gI 1 2
/
l 3
~ 7..::::.
W .m 5$ O ,.
A 6 Ah.
LA SALLE COUNTY STATION MARK 11 DESIGN ASSESSM ENT REPORT FIGURE 1.1-1 PRIMARY CONTAINMENT
~ ~
e 9 l YN 1M 4 l 9 .'
M *W y ,O *
\ . w es '" y Ao. .
hyg a my, .you af' %-
%
- as. tin #' j/
I 4
'" -fsw as.t-:5 *i ,
pga BBE%7[w[j i
- n. . , , f .x- T{N u ~. g , ' - '
a.) e s_.7 g a.n
!y s
M., '
,l l[
E%'
k,'..
s 2 q,,.
44
-A r w.Twie i
h.a
- n wTsa. , ,. /'fs E99'*apl@jC g <,
-l g
sk 7e m . . . .. o. , y n......-
4 .h y
i s
/ , . -
j n, ,.
,,,3. , 4 l t g ., , . .
.y N]5 s
. . ,s j i , , -t.
s\
,zQ -4 %' ,
- \
N' . - , .
.. .\.
> n ~i m k -
Yn-- , y, ,'
/
_ -n-M ' $j I' 9,' d4 ' ~ (/ '2O %j l
,j . . _ ,
[ ;~ km y
, t :'.
[
{f[%g'*n#gm A A. i.
%: 1 k K ._ ,.,.__ j e .l.,=/
/
r... , _. (. . . a. x3-(i g @ m; s
,. (_ _ xx _
- 3 c
'\
j' d
sn...
\\ \, 3.- ; \
,. 4. ,
~
@-* as-zw .
\ '
. l l j; ' ga ' 4]T' \ 11
~
\ ~
~
x L ... % . -
_... -1<e. ,
w, - - 4.Q';n - '
'N ; X ..- _p- N _g
- - .. 4 .
I*' * * * '
- H" M J j
,,,g N ,
s.
- y -
%s nn.. ....,
- . _ ,,.o 7 v n
< 4F x
\
L %$L. *' -
2 _.,, - l y N.=
'if .,N
~ '
N'-
/
qJj
..e , .
~ g~.- .
(2 2etNej
.py 4: . ,,
f /
<4f './ . .
. w . ,om Q
- a( -)
. g.co mn.ex _
t
\ l j * // j 8
- ,p
(
4 _ l >e7 1 $
1...-.,
-WF{]m yQp4(
~. _7
' ,7 , K,, "'1p ,e gey, 7 jfgo
. N, . ,
? k~ / \ Ic_ y. ,
m-w '{N\\. ,
M v].m.#s f '"2
% @S % Vsb
'/ lQ
~
Y
.x
>(Aa .
/
' N u-s e-
%- " "*"E n,3g/\\' Nh! '
, g 7 hhk.
m-me r ~
Y }(( [21 1 A /' ,e 1, w .rg
\
/ '\\ :-w, e -
- .V' mr, Q' - ,\j i 9- A~ j
' :; \
g,'
' ~
!,'l ,
g"
_- w.A >
.- w _n..n.a \ s r
/*'p _
ssy .
. f ___
- e,qemdL___. ~~~ ' .jj' '"
1
~
~cgeg u \
( ; . M~ ~nE RL-w mA ,i-
$y M "' 7T". 't'
+
.j Nd w \ - Q- M ,
y,,a; ,,d
.\ '
T l} f
- I ",)?( 'M l\ f y . se" . ~ f [; ,;
8 ,, ,:
y J} [
1, .
.y pl' , j y / .i ::
/ -( .
l11, -.n m
'*>/ /,
/ (/j ,
,x ,
/;-+ -
, 2 -o - men
>~ -
7-
' ' # "2'
- . )',',.q, 4
- j'
- 9 , .<
- - t ,.
l '
c;
~
F-%? 2 i ~ i
=.
. F4M < ,. 's'h'*.
S
%. .- m y
.. 'g _
e --#'
f f LA SALLE COUNTY STATION N(( eekd:T51 /,
w>
- * ~ ; -
s g, " , ,, X,"*
- [} MARK 11 DESIGN ASSESSM ENT REPORT
}',]6{,s'..J
\
2gw s .
FIGURE 1.1-2
.-m,% m- -,
4 i t ,,( ,
,
- j i SUPPRESSION CHAMBER - PLAN VIEW
)
, I I ,
m .n eS35.N*W
.m a-a n w we+-+ m m um e 5 5 # t.5s b 55F55u%n] 5 QJ50l mFf b WWW
%. EU"'~id).
tfPa%Td
@@3 i f ~
b .kf *h -
g' ;
&b &_ .
.s54 --J
-C6 . Vf -tlt i ,1#mm u~se.e d:
_ve w_ %
g 32 i
\
_s d l
- we _
l1.t__j.
. il:
g:, _ .-- ; 2; m*-
p ,
I
_ pu mp,,o ]
pAwh-_;
re l l
%wram
-cr#a- ~ ~ c~ - ,Pt'-
i d _____a_4 W __
[4E - :szA u=
m =.
r i i
i
.- .I l i
._. . . . .II l
.' . ll.. l f l I]
,* I
., , . 1.__ _ _
j i I f
s <. .,
I] ,
, * * . - - -g
,. ,, j - - ,
i,
.. ,' ( ct 7oi- o', ,,-=.k-ire yg ..,~I,
.- -l l u _=>+.8
+ .
- . - 1 . z.o ,
,~
'l l J L l 2-so.av e l I I I I
. I I u-waa - o l l l 1 N b h ..
t
- ~c.- n 1
- . . -a o ouso. e-ir, i
so-7s
- t. ..,
-=-. ,
g [^,o_v e r.a j
. ==
gm ,
v N r M-- [
~
~
_h _
'._j4 --
~ 2~ ~ )
. l
/ '
? - k , _! 1 1__
h
, 4 e ~l -
l t .
um m~g M. ,m n.w-- ww am csr..s>, -
ReV- 7 1/80 r = + = ~J lem2m. F- Q_e enra .m.wo . ._.g ,
- .gm sn snoc,94d
- .a ud g u.e.*f g 1 e -r SEE M-331
-~
'4
- n. m.% y
~qq 4l r*S* ' ,- D7/ ' ~ ~w --w r
s . I my,- dy c >d !! ll ! h
~l HP
~++.> : u,..
@a.. w!' +
!r v,_.
j l .
yt . I (
u 3.usc< w n r h,
l
,w , 2 -_ :Lt
- c._ _ : um a =.4, 1 \ -= ),_m.
p $.r--- > -~ .,u.
( 41_- - --- ,3
- q ,
+
=====n
." una . .. ti .i t
gparO u n a-2 Mw.su Wi mi %
__-_. ._ _~_-53'ii,y .. -
Ydi _: -
-=- b nun q
,_x y
.,_=_____
p_ . -- -- 3 . .y . ,
l , x--- ,_,
en-m o p,t'
[
g - --
, i
~
- r
.. * ~ .#
.t_,f-/,- # _. ,
rL-f- -
n&)-
c,,os, oc,,.o lh
} f p.c [ "J l l ll
-v i i jilI
- 4 1 I -
l ll r ' %
l.,
i i i
, i i , .
i i i i i
i O~ . l, i,i lii ii ' t I
i V l t
ll l:
Ii 1
1 .
/. --.7 r;'l l l lj i i er- p- b> -s e::a
.i I
i i il I i i hJ -
I i
.ll l-- _ ' . _ . . ,
l i I I i l i l '
ll l 1 ----+ . ; i -5 --
I I
am m nw -Jll i i i Ho%e) i l
i
-. 3 c.os. ..<
I i I I
l ls i ' l , ca ves - w 4 g-so no a i i i l l
[ l l l i i l l I d)b J ES d6l!l, I l
l ldi]
l ca e r*, rH% rib lI l --<m u_es r> --o~s um -
,l l \l ll l nun.,o
,I l'I I on o . -a wo j
. _: = p et ..a
}i d(1 r1i; --[F'..=--
AEQ' A f J_ _ _ _,. y__. .s # _ _,, , ,,
fp _ _ __ _ ' t_
_ x _ gp 71 7 qu A t '> w s 7-
~
f*'S'$lih M i k (,1 ) /l = @g,
/ Is /, _ __
. i i i i
.g M -34 4
'" . u, ,
1 LA SALLE COUNTY STATION
[
FIGURE 1.1-3 SUPPRESSION CHAMBER - SECTION "L-L"
('
4 .
.9 .
i, i
l , , , , i -
, . -- smus.
I 'K* reg.,
mm% m .. , NJ;'E2T"'=/ cSTJsom ugn7 m emi d't .
- C :
h-h medf y!> -
E -lc sp-_-
,c___
y7-
. . =_.-. --
l l 4
)!,
~
l .4+
} _ . .
y __
sg n 1 L.
g 4 g l
Lu__} _ _ 7 -
9 .
g . .
t 4
- G l
..s
%. 4 : ..-%p d ;' . ' . .
m._,... i.. .
nn:,f.r=d > [, 'j ,
4
. + .l l
, m.e
, i i I
' I i c , l I
' I
. I L a D Th! d b$lNW 1 -
H2uF43TTP)
[$
@SiREW uvym-gy--- - ' 9V
__ = = , = =g /
t --
-+-si.s/
, r==:.+ ) --
-.- _% f'y ';
4 m... > __gW 73 7
M_
(Jip.
i , - -
7-.
--l t> m t.
w, a j t 3__
H2ea rme g
.- \ / l \ F fdik [\l S $'l, Lu A
is l
4 1- e l l ,
f n_
l ~ wru ev y M ati>l u m .e_ wo..o.3_ /~mgme a.'n Rev. 7 1/80 {
' D?T fg Qm e--,-- w!aesed j y m@ , a7MpEm i f GEM *1 r . , , .,
rr---'% ii iii w
'~ )* 'l _ .l L .i ) [ -
@, t I I w k, .W I
yp u cI :' > j GTc .M d_ . W lt 4 'hJ D g {i !! I"Y' _.
[ ,
T" ) - ------ h-}
_-----~+--g-----, t !
m--,----- a fj3 , ., . - - y*i' d_ l 4
Q3 -&;_
~*~~_y,-~~-- - g-- 'I w '
uv rois - te
-- - 4= -
ye -- -w-.- - - - e -[- .t.
--)f 7 Q l
j
$ t - ---
__g___-____.
l f,,,, q! IiI 9pD f T'*M -4 7 --- V r- -
_p : g[- - = ==: -3=<-- : : = ~ = =- . _ p . ._ ,
il l' t i I
[ l l kMMD
". ~ eE$, o ==1ansb-v -n . ..c w
- I .[,,1
, *1W== ~~
i
-u - -.---- -. w -- -. _ .. f _ r em w l ,
1
_________,_____.__j T+[- h ^ ~'
,; + - @
-., - ,. - - -- hpfcgT_+'_ikC.-- a TJ I I ej l
pl euwn w I I ,
l ll i l I
l I
l'I t ,
16l I
i l
I ! l l I l l '
ll l t
l j l I
. - ' l --
l D
I ' O jil ; i II l I
' l '
l l I ,
[ ,
I l i II '
f .
I I l l: I g - _- - a- --
I I l lIl , .A--
! N ==-- L ..
4- '
Q- 3-J'l m q',
ll l 1 IlI l
-,dJ-
+
ll l 1 l'I !g
iI l l l -+B i _;r .
I l N i29 I
- --#LW W_17') rm ml I
l l cmm awa: w *
'I D"f4!$$O-~ --Cws 44 M .--(ggg i i , I , . <
l '
l 1 1 l
i l I l rJ- , l il l~l I IJ d~
hl l
f:l I
,fLI'Jf' kM M7 l
_L.j 4 %' l' W IA-
, [_L(i41]
4 , 1
[. ( s i
i [ I l I 1 \ I l ,ipu g.,
I I I -
[il t I I l!l l l ,
Ii! M ^1'S I s_Mb-E I i .n,. w i q'i F k q
[D
'l I il t-I
. l f M [ b k iM,L M
. - ,y p.-v;p ,.-_ -
,-...e 4 n--- , , .. _.__
3 T. '-f T-. :' ~.f n-__ ~~'~h' nen- ain ^&f
~ ~~' ~
l~
.'! ~ .
,7 rt1 f ~f'4 M F 5
F lJ19 i iN l'* I I ,eM)-
4
'I l' li .f! ').
-3 c
y _3 M hbl Fji y ! i Af'-- j /
/
/ l \
/ _
i LA SALLE COUNTY STATION L A*
"-332 MARK 11 DESIGN ASSESSM ENT REPORT FIGURE 1.1-4 SUPPRESSION CHAMBER - SECTION "M-M" f
+ '
I 1
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 2.0 MARK II POOL DYNAMICS HISTORY Durit.g the course of a reneral Electric testing program for the pressure suppression containment program, new containment loads associated with a postulated loss-of-coolant accident (LOCA) were identified which had not been explicitly included in the original design of the La Salle Mark II containment.
These loads result from the dynamic effects of drywell air and steam being rapidly forced into the suppression pool during a postulated LOCA event. Additional pool dynamic loads which result from the actuation of safety / relief valves (SRV) were also identified in other tests.
In view of the potential significance of these loads, it was determined that a reassessment of the containment system design would be required. A letter was sent by the NRC to each domestic Mark II owner on April 11, 1975 notifying them of the need for this reassessment.
An "ad hoc" Mark II owner's group was formed which is an organi-zation of all domestic utilities owning Mark II BWR facilities and the General Electric Company to address this containment matter. General Electric has been engaged as the program manager for resolution of the Mark II containment pool dynamic matter. A generic program was developed to establish pool dynamic forcing functions, load combinations, and acceptance criteria appropriate to the Mark II Containment. The program consists of a number of experimental and analytical tasks.
These form the basis for establishing the Mark II pool dynamic forcing function; to be used to predict loads that are considered in the specific plant reassessment. They are listed in Table 1.0-1 for reference.
Information resulting from the generic load definition program is contained in the Mark II Containment Dynamic Forcing Function Report (DFFR, Report NEDO/NEDE 21061-P) . Results of the specific 2.0-1
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 plant reassessment are reported in the LSCS Design Assessment Report (DAR). The DAR utilizes the analytical models and information in the DFFR to calculate loads to be used in the specific plant reassessment. A Mark II containment Supporting Program (NEDO 21297) provides a compilation of all tasks that provide confirmation of the generic methods in the DFFR. (See Table 1.0-1 for a summary of the tasks in the Mark II containment Supporting Program.)
Since Mark II plants have different licensing schedules, these schedule differences have been accommodated by developing a " Lead Plant Program" to facilitate a timely licensing evaluation.
This program permits the licensing of lead Mark II plants, such as Zimmer, La Salle and Shoreham, to progress concurrently with the confirmatory tests and analyses of the total generic Mark II program effort.
The Lead Plant Program consists, in part, of providing conservative,
" bounding load" definitions for the assessment of containment, piping, and equipment adequacy. This lead plant program provides an early definition of bounding loads derived from generic tests and analysis efforts. The " bounding load" approach is based on a tech-nical understanding of the phenomena and is expected that to lead to very conservative load definitions. It is expected that results of the confirmatory supporting program and the results of the LSCS in-plant SRV testing will demonstrate the conservatism of the bounding loads used in the design assessment of the La Salle containment.
This Mark II Lead Plant approach was reviewed by the NRC staff, and the results of this review are documented in NUREG-0487, dated November 1978. NUREG-0487 established acceptance criteria for the Mark II Lead Plants based on the " bounding loads" approach.
Several of these criteria were reviewed further by the NRC staff at the request of the Mark II Owners Group. As a result of this 2.0-2
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 further review, a limited number of Al -.nate Acceptance Criteria were established and presented to the ACRL in September 1979.
These criteria are used in the LSCS 'asign reassessment, and the results are reported in this docu..nc.
2.0-3
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 2.1
SUMMARY
OF DESIGN ASSESSMENT An analysis has been performed to determine the effect of the hydrodynamic forces due to safety / relief valve discharge and LOCA blowdown on the containment and major structures in the suppression chamber. The loading conditions considered were:
- a. SRV rams head design assessment loads,
- b. SRV KWU T-Quencher design assessment loads,
- c. dynamic LOCA loads due to vent clearing,
- d. dynamic LOCA loads due to pool swell,
- e. dynamic LOCA loads due to condensation oscillations and chugging, and
- f. the above loads combined with each other ar.d with additional loads as described in Section 4.0.
The SRV discharge loads were evaluated for both the rams head and quencher discharge devices. The oscillating air bubble loads are generally less for the quencher than for the rams head. The rams head loads are used as the des:7n basis to provide a greater design margin. An assessment of the quencher loads is also performed to ensure the adequacy of the design basis. This assessment is discussed in Section 4.0. An additional consideration is the potential for high loads due to unstable steam condensation with rams head steam discharges at high pool temperatures. Although analysis indicated that the rams head was acceptable as described in Section 6.0, quenchers were installed to provide additional margin.
The structures and plant components which were assessed are:
- a. containment base mat;
- b. containment wall (drywell and wetwell);
- c. reactor support pedestal (drywell and wetwell) ;
- d. drywell floor; 2.1-1
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80
- e. containment liner (wetwell) ;
- f. downcomer vents and downcomer vent bracing;
- g. piping and equipment (wetwell, drywell, and reactor building); and
- h. nuclear steam supply system.
With the design modifications discussed in Section 7.0, the structures will safely handle these loads. A detailed summary of all safety margins for each structure and load combination is given in Section 8.0.
It is believed that this report satisfies the NRC request for additional information and demonstrates the capability of the LSCS structures to fully accommodate all of the NRC Lead Plant Acceptance Criteria documented in NUREG-0487 (November 1978).
2.1-2
TAtiLE 2.1-1
'twAVY OF IDAT:
LOAI) LOAD MA NITU;E FEFERENCE3 l'F.9I3N LOAD PFSckT MTON c'IN'S PFFW TAE i FF9 iAR (,ws :FS MrTTFS AfD N
- 1. Clearing Transient C 44 psi U psi 4.k.$.1 1.5.2.Z.l m Ma
- 2. Chugging . *h.8 44.0 psi .k.8i-4.0 pst 4.LT 3.3.4, L 3.7*** Na Preliminary Load B. WrWLL cOMIM F1frS
- 1. Bulk Pool Swall Height ** C 1.$H 1.$H 4.4.3 3.3 2.2.l*** Yes Components N ved
- 2. Fool Swell Impact
- a. Pipes U 27 psi' O psi 4.4.G.1 3.3.2.2.1 Yes Additional Supports C O
- b. 14eams U 'O psia to psi 4. k .t .1 3 3.2.2.1 Yes Additional Supports g 2 Pooi .'nell Drag U $ pal
- L2 pal 4.4.7 N
,[ h. Pool Fallback U $ psi' 9.% psi 4.k.$.4 3.3.2.2.4 Na h.h.7 y C. PTAPHRA'N FIDOR
- 1. Bulk pool swell G 2.$ pst 2.5 pst 4 . h .o .h 3.3.f*** No (upward (upward)
D. OnWNWT
- 1. Ve rtical U -0.6 kips * -0.55 kips 4.2 3 3. 3. l
- No
- 2. Lateral
- a. Single C 8.8 kips 8.8 kips 4.3.2.3 3. 3.1 Yes Aiditional Tlnor Heinforcement -
m
- b. Multiple U 4 .5 kips
- 79.2 kips 4. L 2. 4 L 3.1 Yes A iditional Floor Feinforcement $
per 10 per 9 downcomers downcomers y e.a G- Generic LFFR load D O
U. Generie rFFR methoi, p;..it unique load valve.
+ Example loads derived from th- generic analytleal methods presented in DFFH reference. This is nct a e-neric nuw rical losi value.
- This includes all pool swell during IK A transient.
- The design assessment analysis initially perfonned, utilized loads which are hirber than thore now i n 11 cat t-i in th I AM. Analysis complete s to date indicates thet additional capability entst and that this load is not derign cont rolliv.
TABLE 2.1-1 (Cont'd)
LOAD TAAD MAGNITUTE REFER 13Cfr PEUIGN TAAD re cBTI"rTON CIAM T FF*t TAR TFFR TAN CHAll 1F" NOTT3 AP CCWFT"S II. SW PFIATFD A. FAMS HEAD PFVICE
- 1. Contairpent (average pressure on base mat)**
- a. Single Valve U .h 9/-1.0 pst* +5.0/-l.0 psi 3.2.h.1.1 3.2.1.5 No
- b. Asymmet rie U *i. .* '-1.0 pa i * +6.6 / -l.6 psi 3.2. 4.1. 3 4.2.1.3 Yes
+14.1/ 4. 3 ps1*
Filled PIY Pedestal with Reinforced
- c. ADS U 14. 4/-4. 3 ps ! 3.2.k.1.2 3.2.1.4 Yes Concrete Below Suppression Pool Water
- d. All Valves Level and Added Additional Reinforcement and Additional Pipe Supports
- 1) Syvenet ric U + 4.h'-3.6 psia 24,4/.8.6 psi 3.2.k.l.h 3.2.1.2*** Yes
- 11) Besonant U +27.6/ -e.5 psi + 2 3.(, '-6. 5 psi 3.2.4.1.4 1.2.1.2 Yes G
- 2. Submerged Structures 3.k.1.2 9 g
- a. Pipes U 0.5 pst* 1.9 psi 3.2.3 N Yes Aiditional Pipe Supports may be required
- b. Support Column U 2.5 ps!* 2 3 psi 3.2.2 No M
n 2 Tiedown Loads w
- a. Horirontal U 100 kips
- 100 kips
- S.2.5 h.5 Yes Aiditional pipe supports may be required
- b. Vertical U 70 kips
- SO kips' 3.2.5 k.5 Yes Adlitional pipe supports may be required Example loads derived from the Am eric analy'lcal mettuds presented in fFFR reference. g This isnot a generic numerical load Salue.
hese are pressure differential loafs. Therefore, air pressure above the pool an.1 hy1rostatic teter pressure must ba added to these values to obtain *<
the absolute pressure for design assessment. *
- The design assessment analysis initially performed, utilired loads which are higher than those now indicate t in the PAR. Analysis complete <1 to date indicates that a M itional capability exist and that this load is not design controlling. ed
),
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 3.0 LOADS CONSIDERED In this section, it is intended to identify all the loads that are being considered in the LSCS design reassessment.
In the next section, load combinations are identified and discussed. This section includes a brief summary of the original design loads, safety / relief valve discharge loads, and loss-of-coolant accident loads. Loads caused by safety / relief valve discharge and loss-of-coolant accidents are listed below for reference:
- a. Safety / Relief Valve (SRV) Actuation
- 1. Original design loads such as weight, 'hermal, pump trip, valve closure, pipe internal pressure, and reaction loads are always considered (as appropriate) in addition to the other SRV loads.
- 2. Bubble-induced loads:
a) on containment structures; b) on submerged structures; and c) on piping, equipment, RPV, and internals.
- 3. Water jet loads:
a) on submerged structures, and b) on wetted containment surfaces.
- 4. Second actuation loads.
- 5. Quencher SRV support loads.
3.0-1
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80
- b. Loss-of-Coolant Accident (LOCA) Loads
- 1. Original design loads such as weight, thermal, pump trip, valve closure, pressure and tempera-ture transient in wetwell/drywell, subcom-partments, pipe jet loads, and pipe reaction loads are always considered (as appropriate) in addition to the LOCA loads.
- 2. Water clearing loads:
a) on submerged structures; b) on containment structures; and c) on piping, equipment, RPV, and internals.
- 3. Air clearing loads:
a) on submerged structures; b) on containment structures; and c) on piping, equipment, RPV, and internals.
- 4. Pool swell loads:
a) drag loads, b) impact loads, and c) fallback loads.
- 5. Condensation oscillation loads:
a) on submerged structures; b) on containment structures; and c) on piping, equipment, RPV, and internals.
- 6. Chugging loads:
a) on submerged structures; 3.0-2
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 b) on containment structures; and c) on piping, equipment, RPV, and internals.
- 7. Downcomer lateral loads:
a) static equivalent load, and b) dynamic load.
- 8. Loads on drywell floor:
a) downward differential pressure, b) upward differential pressure, and c) loads due to forces on downcomers and main vent bracing.
- 9. Annulus pressurization:
a) on sacrificial shield, b) on RPV and internals, and c) on piping and equipment.
The original design loads, of course, are always considered to occur in combination, as appropriate, with the pool dynamic loads. It should be noted that these pool dynamic loads are relatively small compared to the original containment and reactor pressure vessel (RPV) design basis. Therefore, the original design contains adequate margin to accommodate these pool dynamic loads. These conservatisms are discussed in Section 8.0 of this report.
These additional pool dynamic loads are significant, however, when compared to the original design basis for the piping and equipment. Therefore, design modifications are being implemented in these areas which will allow these additional loads to be safely accommodated by meeting all code requirements.
These modifications are discussed in Section 7.0 of this report.
3.0-3
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 This section provides the most recent load compilation and
" road map" of the pool dynamic loads used for the reassessment.
In some cases, this reassessment has not been completed, and in these cases, this section describes the methods that will be followed in the reassessment evaluation. This report together with the DFFR, FSAR, and the referenced reports constitute a complete basis for the design reassessment evaluation.
~
3.0-4
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 3.1 ORIGINAL DESIGN LOADS The design basis of the LSCS structure, piping, and equipment was established before all pool dynamic loads were identified.
Hence, this design basis must be reassessed for these newly identified pool dynamic loads in addition to the original design loads. The original design-basis loads for the structure, piping, and equipment are summarized in the followimg.
3.1.1 Loads on the Structure The following loads were used in the original design of the plant:
Operating-Basis Loads D -
dead loads F -
prestressing loads L -
live loads Tg -
operating temperature loads Rg -
operating pipe reactions Pg -
operating pressure loads P -
containment test pressure t
Eg -
operating-basis earthquake W -
wind load H -
hydrostatic flood load Safe Shutdown and Design-Basis Loads E - safe shutdown or design-basis earthquake ss Wt -
design-basis tornado H' -
probable maximum flood load P -
accident pressure loads Ta - accident temperature loads Ra -
P i pe break temperature reaction loads R -
re ctions and jet forces due to pipe break r
H, postaccident flooding of the containment 3.1-1
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 Details of the above loads are given in Table 3.8-11 of the FSAR. A brief description of the loads is given below:
D = Dead load of the structurm, permanent equipment, soil, or hydrostatic pressure. Construction loading is considered as dead load for the construction combination.
F = Loads resulting from the application of pre-stress.
L = Live loads includin'g any movable equipment loads, roof loads, and crane loads. Appropriate impact factors are included for moving loads.
T = Transient or steady-state thermal load on the o
structure at normal operation or shutdown con-ditions.
Rg = Pipe, cable pan, and duct reactions due to D, T, g and unbalanced pressure.
Pg = Normal operating pressure differentials.
P = Containment test pressure.
t Eg = Seismic excitation effects from the operating-basis earthquake (see FSAR Section 3.7), dynamic soil pressures, hydrodynamic pressures, and sloshing.
W = Design wind velocity loads (see FSAR Section 3.3).
H = Hydrostatic effects from the flood of record (see FSAR Section 3.4).
3.1-2
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 E gg = Seismic excitation effects from the safe shut-down earthquake (see FSAR Section 3.7). includ-ing dynamic soil pressure, hydrodynamic pres-sures, and sloshing.
Wt = Design-basis tornado loads, including wind velo-city pressure, atmospheric pressure change, and missile impact effects (see FSAR Section 3.3).
H' = Hydrostatic effects from the probable maximum flood or precipitation (see FSAR Section 3.4 and Subsection 2.4.3.1).
P = Maximum differential pressure defined by a a
postulated pipe break.
T = Effects of transient thermal load following a
a postulated pipe break. This includes *o for all other areas not affected by the pipe break.
Ra = Effects of T a on pipe and equipment reactions generated by a postulated pipe break This includes R g for all other areas not affected by the pipe break.
Rr = Local effects on the structure generated by a postulated pipe break. These loads include reactions from pipe supports and whip restraints, jet impingement, and missile impact.
H = Postaccident flooding of the containment.
a 3.1-3
LSCS-MARK II DAR pey, 7 1/go 3.1.2 Losds on Piping and Equipment The following loads on the piping and equipment were censidered in the original design bases. These loads and load combinations are generally consistent with current codes such as ASME B&PV III, Division 1, and Regulatory Guide 1.92. All loads are applied to the piping and analyzed to assure compliance to Section III of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, therefore assuring the pressure integrity of the piping. Functional capability of the piping will be evaluated in accordance with NRC Interim Technical Position provided in Table 3.1-1 and the additional criteria discussed in Subsection 3.9.3.1 of the LSCS-FSAR.
Weight The sustained load consisting of the weight of pipe, contents, and insulation.
Thermal A secondary, self-limiting load resulting from the censtraint of the free end displacement of the piping system imposed by its rigid restraints.
Seismic A dynamic load caused by the excitation of the piping by its restraints during an earthquake event. A more detailed explana-tion of the methodology used in this analysis can be found in FSAR Subsection 3.7.3.
Pressure Stress induced in the pipe by the internal pressure on the pipe wall.
3.1-4
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 Hydraulic Transient A dynamic load on applicable systems due to appreciable and sudden changes in the mass flow rate in the piping system caused by sudden valve opening or closure, pump trip or pump startup.
Pool Slosh Loads The dynamic response of suppression pool water due to rigid body horizontal motion of tha pool boundary resulting from a seismic event. The water velocities and accelerations induce hydrodynamic forces on submerged structures. These forces are composed of a pressure force on the pipe walls, velocity drag loads, and water inertia loads. The seismic loads used in design include all expected pool slosh loads. For a more detailed discussion of pool sloth loads, see Subsection 3.9.1.1.3.4 of the LSCS-FSAR.
3.1-5
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 TABLE 3.1-1 FUNCTIONAL CAPABILITY ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA (EQ. 9 OF NB-3652 AND NC-3652)
For all piping and classes, D/t < 50, where D = Outside Diameter t = Wall Thickness Class 1 Piping for tees and branch connections, Service Level D*
all other piping, Service Level C*
Class 2, 3 Piping for tees and branch connections, Service Level C for elbows, Service Level B or Service Level C when .8B 2 is substituted for
.751 and the lower of 1.8 S h r 1.5 S y is used for Service Level C allowable.
for curved and straight pipe, and all other piping Service Level B
- For austenitic steel use 1.5 S for Service Level C limit and 2.0 S y for Service Level D limit.
3.1-6
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 3.2 SAFETY / RELIEF VALVE (SRV) LOADS Actuation of safety / relief valves (SRV) produces direct tran-sient loads on components and structures in the suppression chamber region and the associated structural response produces transient loadings on piping systems and equipment in the drywell region and reactor building. These transient SRV loadings are discussed in the following subsections.
Prior to actuation, the discharge piping of an SRV line con-tains a~mospheric c air and a column of water corresponding to the line submergence. Following SRV actuation, pressure builds up inside the piping as steam compresses the air in the line. The resulting high-pressure air bubble that enters the pool oscillates in the pool as it goes through cycles of overexpansion and recompression. The bubble oscillations resulting from SRV actuation and discharge cause oscillating pressures throughout the pool, resulting in dynamic loads on pool boundaries and submerged structures. These dynamic loads cause a dynamic structural response sufficient to affect piping systems and equipment in the conta , ment and reactor buildings. The assessment of the affectes ystems for these responses is discussed in Section 5.0.
Steam condensation vibration phenomena can occur if high-pres-sure, high-temperature steam is continuously discharged at high-raass velocity into the pool, when the pool is at elevated temperatures. These steam quenching vibrations may result in loads on pool boundaries and submerged structures. This phenomenon is mitigated by maintaining a low pool temperature as discussed in Section 6.0.
The characteristics of the SRV actuation load vary depending on the piping configuration and the discharge device (rams head or quencher) located at the exit of the SRV line. Typi-cally, the quencher device produces lower dynamic loads.
3.2-1
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 La Salle County Station utilizes a bounding load calculated for a rams head device as a design basis for structures, equip-ment, and piping systems which are not submerged in the suppression pool. A bounding quencher load is used for com-ponents submerged in the pool. To provide increased plant safety margins for containment SRV loads and to increase the threshold temperature for steam condensation vibration, SRV quencher devices will be installed in the plant.
Pool temperature transients for several postulated cases in-volving a stuck-open tafety/ relief valve are presented in Section 6.2. The calculated maximum pool temperature is a few degrees below the temperature threshold for steam con-densation instability for a rams head discharge device.
In order to increase the margin between the calculated maximum temperature and this temperature threshold, it was decided
< to install a quencher device having a higher suppression pool temperature limit as reported in NEDE 21078, October 1975, rather than to perform additional testing with the rams head discharge device. The quencher device provides an additional benefit, since the peak amplitude of the containment structural load due to the oscillating air bubble are reduced below the corresponding design-basis values for the rams head device.
Therefore, it was concluded that a quencher discharge device not only provides an increased margin for the pool temperature threshold limit, but that the plant will generally experience lower loads than those used in the rams head design basis.
The quencher device being used is the two-arm "T" quencher developed for the Mark II Susquehanna Plant by KWU. This device has been tested in a full-scale, single-cell facility as reported in Chapter 8 of the Susquehanna Design Assessment Report. The test facility is prototypical of the Mark II Susquehanna Plant. Parameters were varied to include a range of initial conditions and the longest and shortest lines at 3.2-2
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 the Susquehanna Plant. The tests were conducted to duplicate expected operating conditions, including first and subsequent actuations. The geometries and conditions tested closely resemble those for LSCS. These tests showed that the device will condense steam without high loads at pool temperatures above 200' F. In addition, the tests showed that the actual quencher loads are bounded by the design loads given in Chapter 4 of the Susquehanna DAR. Since LSCS is being assessed for these design loads, this again demonstrates the conservatism of the LSCS design.
Quenchers with four arms (X-quenchers) have been installed and tested at Caorso, a Mark II plant in Italy. This test included single valve first and subsequent actuations, multiple-valve actuations (up to eight valves), and an extended blowdown thermal mixing test. The results of these tests are reported in NEDE-25100 P, " Mark II Containment Supporting Program Caorso Safety Relief Valve Discharge Tests, Phase I Test Report" (May 1979), and by GE letter MFN-090-79 (L. J. Sobon to J. F. Stoly, March 1979). The measured loads were much less than those predicted by the analytical models in the DFFR. The increase in load from single to multiple valve discharge was less than that predicted. The extended blowdown indicated good mixing, with a final bulk to local temperature differential of about 10* F.
In the following subsections several current topics of licensing interest are discussed and the methods used to predict loads for the LSCS reassessment are summarized.
3 ?.1 Design-Basis SRV Loads - Rams Heads The design basis for reassessment of the structure, attached piping systems, RPV, and equipment is based upon dynamic loads calculated for a rams head discharge device. The SRV analytical model is described in NEDO-21061, Rev. 2 (Sept. 1976). The method 3.2-3
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 of application of this model is described in the following sections.
These analytical models have been compared to results obtained from in-plant tests in the Mark I Monticello plant, and it has been demonstrated that these models conservatively bound the measured load magnitudes (NSC-GEN-0394, September 1977). This subsection is concerned only with the rams head design basis.
A description of the T-quencher design method and a discussion of how it has been applied is in Subsection 3.2.2.
3.2.1.1 Conservatism in SRV - Rams Head Methods This subsection contains a summary of additional conservatisms in the suppression pool dynamic load definition for SRV discharge.
The methodology is explained and summarized in NEDO 24070, October 1977.
First, it is importent to recognize that a number of different SRV actuation cases have been investigated in order to select the conservative design cases used for plant reassessment.
The SRV actuation cases investigated are identified and defined in Subsection 3.2.1.2. It was concluded from this investigation that the all-valve case, SRV-ALL, was the governing case.
Furthermore, five cases were investigated in greater detail to select the maximum SRV-ALL loading condition which provides an adequate, conservative design-basis load. The all-valve cases are explained further in Subsection 3.2.1.2.4.
Second, since the SRV discharge loadings are of a dynamic nature, three separate key characteristics were bounded by appropriate definition of input assumptions for each load case. The three key characteristics are:
- a. load magnitude and its spatial distribution,
- b. frequency content for forcing function, and
- c. load duration.
3.2-4
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 As an aid in selecting the bounding input assumptions, sensitivity of the several dependent variables to the independent variables involved in both the SRV vent clearing and oscillating air bubble dynamics aspects of the problem were investigated.
Tables 3.2-1 and 3.2-2 delineate the independent and dependent variables considered in these investigations.
Third, in order to define a conservative forcing function for each SRV discharge case, four major steps were applied for each case. A bounding, conservative approach was adopted for each of these steps. Thus, the resulting f;.al forcing functions include the compounded conservatisms utilized in each step-of their definition. The SRV discharge line clear-ing transient was determined such that the maximum discharge pressure was obtained. Maximizing the vent clearing discharge pressure produces bounding air bubble pressures, and hence, maximized wall loads. The analysis in each step in the load definition process was bounded and then used as input to the next step. In this manner the final load definition contains the multiplicative effects of several degrees of conservatism.
The four major steps and the conservatisms used in each of the load definitions are listed below. The conservatisms for the structures are discussed in Subsection 8.1.2, and the conservatisms for the piping are discussed in Subsection 8.1.3.
- a. Discharge Line Clearing Transient
- 1. The SRV mass flow rate was maximized by utilizing the spring setpoint instead of the relief setpoint (PSPRING > PRELIEF) even in cases where this was physically not possible. Further, the ASME rated capacity was increased to 122.5% based on the most conservative selection of flow characteristic tolerances.
3.2-5
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80
- 2. All friction losses in both the air / steam and water leg portions of the piping were included. A bounding value of the rams head discharge coefficient was also included.
Thus, the resulting SRV discha*ge line pressures were maximized.
- 3. The rams head submerged depth, i.e., water column leg, was maximized by using the suppression pool high water level in the analysis.
- 4. In the asymmetric discha::ge case, the maximum predicted water column recovery height was utilized to maximize the water column leg for the valve undergoing the second actuation.
The normal maximized water column height was utilized for the adjacent valve.
- b. Oscillating Air Bubble Dynamics
- 1. Each rams head was assumed to form a pair of single, spherical bubbles. No interaction with piping or strictures was considered, hence only bubble e.< cape through the pool surface terminated the loading condition.
This increased the load duration.
- 2. Individual SRV discharge line characteristics were considered to maximize the load duration and frequency content.
- 3. Dissipation of bubble energy was not allowed.
- 4. A 15%-20% variation of bubble frequency due to changing hydrostatic pressure during bubble rise was included in the analyses.
3.2-6
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80
- c. Pool Geometry
- 1. The effects of the rigid boundaries on the pressure loading in the pool were included.
This produces enhancement of the loads, espe-cially near the containment wall.
- 2. The effects of the free surface on the pressure distribution were included.
- 3. The vertical translation and the resulting time-dependent spatial distribution of the wall loads were included in the analyses.
- d. SRV Actuation Load Case
- 1. Four SRV actuation conditions were used in the containment design, and each load condition was investigated separately to maximize loads on structures and components. The SRV actuation conditions (i.e., SRV load combinations) used for containment design are listed as follows for convenience: (1) SRV(ALL), (2) SRV(ADS),
(3) SRV(ASY), and SRV(1). Several load definitions were studied for SRV( ALL) , and the most severe loading case was selected for containment design.
- 2. For each load case the load magnitude, fre-quency content, and load duration were maximized.
This ensured that the dynamic nature of the forcing function was addressed and that a limiting set of its characteristics was selected.
- 3. The selected forcing functions were defined to ensure that both the vertical and horizontal load components were maximized.
3.2-7
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80
- 4. For all multiple SRV actuation cases, the contribution to the loading from each SRV line was linearly summed.
Since there are a number of conservatisms in the bounding load definition in addition to the conservatisms in the application of this bounding load, it is concluded that dynamic loads caused by SRV discharge from a rams head provide a conservative design basis for plant reassessment.
Results from the KTG full-scale tests (Section 8, Susquehanna DAR) have demonstrated that increased plant safety margins will be achieved if a quencher device is installed in the containment: (1) a higher suppression pool temperature limit, as reported in NEDE 21078, will provide increased plant safety margin for postulated transients such as a stuck-open-relief valve; and (2) reduced bt6ble pressure loads on containment structures and submerged piping will also result in increased plant safety margin for SRV actuation during postulated plant transients. Therefore, SRV quencher devices are installed and an in-plant SRV test will be performed. This provides sufficient timely resolution of all licensing issues related to SRV actuation.
3.2.1.2 Safety / Relief Valve Discharge Cases A large number of potential rams head SRV discharge cases were considered in the process of selecting a set of realistic bounding load cases. These cases and the assumptions and conditions associated with them are described here. The corresponding quencher discharge cases are described in Subsection 3.2.2.1.
3.2.1.2.1 Single Valve Actuation The single SRV discharge loading case is required to account for the actuation of an SRV. Since it is conservatively assumed that any of the 18 SRV's may discharge, the line which produces the largest structural load was chosen to define the load 3.2-8
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 magnitude. This load magnitude is conservatively assumed to apply to any single SRV. This load condition is provided for use in the required load combinations specified in Section 4.0.
3.2.1.2.2 Asymmetric SRV Actuation The asymmetric loading case is described in Section 3.2.4.1.3 of the DFFR. The asymmetric SRV discharge loading for LSCS involves the actuation of two lines whose discharge devices are adjacent. The loading situation is constructed by first considering a low-setpoint SRV which is cycling. Then, it is assumed that, coincident with the second actus'~an of the cycling SRV, an adjacent SRV line is actuated. specific line characteristics were considered for both discharge lines.
A vacuum breaker system for the discharge line was evaluated to determine the water column recovery height in the line with the cycling SRV. A partial vacuum resulting from steam condensation in that vent line permits the water column to rise momentarily in the vent line to a height greater than the sub-mergence depth of the vent line. Even though the vacuum breaker system is sized to minimize the recovery height of the water column, this conservative assumption (using the maximum water column recovery height) results in a bounding load for asymmetric SRV actuation.
3.2.1.2.3 Automatic Depressurization System (ADS)
The ADS valve loading case is described in Section 3.2.4.1.2 of the DFFR.
The automatic depressurization system consists of seven valves which discharge at the rams head locations shown in Figure 3.2-4. The seven ADS valves are located nearly symmetrically and actuate simultaneously at the same system pressure. A conservative upper bound for the system pressure of 1250 psig was selected. This pressure corresponds to the highest spring 3.2-9
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 setpoint and maximizes the SRV mass flow rate. The specific individual line characteristics (length, friction factor, etc.)
were used in the load evaluation.
The all-valve case produces a larger containment load than the ADS actuation. The ADS actuation loading is provided for load combinations which include IBA and SBA line breaks.
3.2.1.2.4 All Valve Discharge Cases When multiple SRV vent lines discharge into a suppression pool, the relative timing among the air bubbles' dynamics depends on individual characteristics of the valves and lines involved. In the calculation of dynamic loads, the following factors may be taken into account for various postulated dis-charge cases:
- a. Main steam supply pressure transient.
- b. SRV pressure setpoint.
- c. Vent line characteristics (length, diameter, equivalent friction factors, etc.).
- d. Initial conditions in the line.
The supply pressure (including its time rate of increase) and SRV setpoint determine the actuation time for each valve.
The line characteristics and initial conditions determine line clearing time as well as bubble formation times and dynamics (bubble pressure, radius and depth versus time).
Appropriate vent clearing times are calculated by using the vent clearing model provided in Reference 1. The line clearing time is accurately calculated as demonstrated by a predicted clearing time of 240 ms compared to a range of 200-300 ms indicated by test data (Reference 2) for the same clearing transient. The valve flow rate was calculated using a conservative method which gives flow 22.5% higher than expected. A conservatively short valve opening time is also used which will maximize the bubble pressures.
3.2-10
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 The bounding load approach taken in design assessment calculations is to postulate a number of conceivable discharge situations, then mechanistically calculate the suppression pool loading functions for each case, and finally select the bounding case on the basis of the load function or its structural response.
The bounding discharge case usually varies depending on the configuration of the loaded structure. That is, major struc-tural loads on the pedestal, base mat and containment are often bounded for a different discharge case than are loads on sub-merged structures, such as support columns, downcomers, and SRV vent lines themselves. The discharge cases must also include bounding structural loads for forces in the vertical and horizontal directions as well as bounding " rocking" moments. Mechanistic calculations include individual vent line transients, air bubble dynamics, and the load factors which relate bubble dynamics to pressure or drag forces on specific structures. Each calculation is unique to each plant, structure and discharge case.
The following discharge cases have been considered in design reassessment as reported in this section:
- a. Simultaneous Bubble Discharge A single pressure-time historr corresponding to the SRV line giving the maximum bubble pressure is used. All 18 bubble pairs are identical. SRSS is used to simul-taneously combine the effect of all the bubbles.
- b. Symmetric Discharge Simultaneous firing of all 18 valves. The bubble pairs are all unique and are not in phase. The effect of each bubble pair is combined by the SRSS method and the effect of each line is then added linearly.
- c. Ganred Sequential Discharge All 18 lines are discharged in accordance with their 3.2-11
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 given pressure relief setpoints for a linear RPV pressure transient. The maximum anticipated RPV pressure ramp rate of 136.4 psi /sec is used. The bubble pairs are all unique and out of phase. The effects of the bubbles are combined as in (b) above.
- d. Continuous Sequential Discharge All 18 lines are discharged in accordance with 18 different relief setpoints which could occur due to setpoint drift.
The " drift" is assumed to cause all 18 setpoints to be equally spaced (in pressure) over the duration of SRV discharge. A linear RPV pressure transient is used.
The maximum anticipated RPV pressure ramp rate of 136.4 psi /sec is used. The bubble pairs are all unique and out of phase. Their effects are combined as in (b) above,
- e. Resonant Sequential Symmetric Discharge All 18 lines are discharged in accordance with their given pressure relief setpoints for a linear RPV pressure transient. This case is reported in Subsection 3.2.1.2.2.
These setpoints are equally spaced in pressure. The period of oscillation of the first bubble pair in the pool is determined. The RPV pressure ramp rate is then chosen such that the period between actuation of adjacent relief setpoints equals the oscillation period of the bubbles in the pool. In this manner, an effort is made to cause the discharge of subsequent relief valves to be in
" resonance" with the bubbles in the suppression pool.
Variations of the pressure ramp rate or value setpoint will generally result in bubbles further out of phase, since these variables have been chosen within an allowable range to be as closely phased as possible. The effects of bubble pairs are combined as in (b) above.
As described above, five all-valve discharge cases were considered before selecting the one (symmetric discharge) that is judged to 3.2-12
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 to produce the most severe structural response.
Thus, several mechanistic methods were used to determine five all-valve load trials. By considering five SRV( ALL) scharge cases which utilize worst-case mechanistic assumptions and conservative load methodology, it is judged that this procedure results in a conservative and appropriate SRV load for design reassessment. SRV gggg) Case b referenced above gives a loading condition that is judged to produce the most severe structural response.
3.2.1.2.5 Second Actuation On October 11, 1977, the NRC was notified by General Electric of a reportable condition involving the transient analysis prediction of the sequence and number of relief valves expected to operate following a reactor isolation event.
To investigate the effects of second actuation, a plant-unique analysis was performed. Table 3.2-5 lists the assumptions used in the analysis, and Table 3.2-6 shows the number of valves actuated on each lift. Since the initial pressure falls in the range of the ATWS high-pressure recirculation pump trip (1135 to 1165 psia), cases with and without the pump trip are given. Note that the case with the pump trip is more severe and that the pressure on the second and third peaks is within 1 psi of actuating another group of valves. Figure 3.2-1 is a pressure versus time plot without the recirculation pump trip, and Figure 3.2-2 is a similar plot with the pump trip.
For further information, the transient model used in this analysis assumes a single, spatially uniform pressure in the vessel. The fluid in the vessel is divided into five homogeneous nodes. Four nodes contain liquid or liquid vapor mixture, with two inside the shroud and two outside. A steam dome of saturated vapor fills the remainder of the vessel. There are 3.2-13
LSCS-MARK II DAF Rev. 7 1/80 two sources of heat: (1) the stored and decay heat from the fuel, and (2) the stored heat from the metal within the vessel.
The relief valve modeling includes the following for each group of relief valves: opening and closing setpoint, opening and closing relief valve delay times, opening and closing relief valve stroke times, and the flow rate at the opening pressure. The water level within the vessel is tracked, and the auxiliary systems such as HPCS and RCIC are activated when their level setpoints are reached.
In addition, the following two mitigating approaches were also investigated: (1) varying of relief valve setpoint, and (2) the setdown of relief valve closure to assure only one relief valve is actuated for a second time. The results of this analysis are shown in Table 3.2-4 and Figure 3.2-3.
With the incorporation of SRV quencher devices, the loads are reduced sufficiently to eliminate concern over multiple subsequent actuation. As described in Section 3.2.2.1, the KWU/SRV load definition includes the effect of subsequent actuation. Furthermore, the "GE Low-Low Setpoint Logic" (FSAR Subsection 7.3.1.1.1.2.10, Amendment 48) is used to prevent multiple valve subsequent actuation from occurring following a reactor isolation event.
3.2.1.3 Safety / Relief Valve Boundary Loads The submerged portion of the suppression pool is divided into nine zones for analysis purposes. The specific pool geometry and the definition of the nine zones are shown in Figure 3.2-5. The forcing functions for the containment walls and base mat are specified by determining the time history of the spatially averaged pressure for each zone. For example, the forcing function for Zone 4 (on the base mat) was cal-culated by determining the point pressures for a grid of several hundred points on the entire submerged structure.
3.2-14
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 Next, the integral from a radius of 15 feet to a radius of 2.45 feet for a full 2n radians of the pressure distribu-tion is evaluated for a series of points in time.
3.2.1.4 Submerged Structure Loads The oscillating SRV bubble will cause fluid motion in the suppression pool, causing structures in the pool to be sub-jected to drag loads. Standard and acceleration drag are calculated using the analytical methods documented in Reports NEDO/NEDE 21471-P, NEDO/NEDE 21472, and NEDE 21730. Loads are calculated for all structures in the pool by subdividing the structure and evaluating the characteristics of the flow at the center point of each segment.
3.2.2 Assessment For SRV Loads - T-Quencher Although the loads expected with quenchers are lower in magnitude than those predicted with the rams head, changes in the discharge device locations and differences in the applicable load defini-tions required an assessment to confirm the adequacy of the design.
3.2.2.1 Conservatism of the T-Quencher Load Definition A T-quencher load definition has been developed by KWU. This load definition is documented in Chapter 4 of the Susquehanna DAR. This load definition is based on actual pressure-time histories of single valve discharges. These pressure time histories include subsequent actuations. Conservatism is added by increac' g the amplitude (by using a 1.5 multiplier) and expanding the frequency range (to include all significant frequencies from 3.4 to 10 hertz). The KTG single cell tests (reported in Chapter 8 of the Susquehanna DAR) confirm the conservatism of this load definition. Additional conserva-tism is added when the spatial load distribution for the SRV 3.2-15
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 cases (as discussed in Section 3.2.2.2) is also applied conservatively.
The T-quencher methodology includes cases corresponding to the rams head cases described in Section 3.2.1.2. A specific subsequent actuation case is not defined, since the data used to form the load definition includes subsequent actuation Cases.
3.2.2.2.1 Single Valve The load distribution on the containment walls for a single valve actuation is shown in Figure 4-26 of the Susquehanna DAR. This load is better described as a subsequent actuation of a single valve.
3.2.2.2.2 Asymmetric SRV Load The asymmetric quencher load is defined as a three-valve discharge rather than the two-valve discharge used in the rams head asym-metric load. Although this condition is not realistic, it gives a maximized asymmetric distribution as depicted in Figure 4-25 of the Susquehanna DAR.
3.2.2.2.3 Automatic Depressurization System (ADS)
Figure 4-27 of the Susquehanna DAR shows the ADS pressure distribution. This distribution was constructed by combining single-valve discharge loads at typical quencher locations.
This would yield the expected distribution of more or less evenly spaced peaks, but because of a conservative increase in the azimuthal angle of the single valve load, this results in an almost uniform distribution. For conservatism and simplicity, the all-valve distribution is used.
3.2-16
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 3.2.2.2.4 All-Valve Discharge The all valve T-quencher discharge case is defined as the single valve discharge load applied uniformly throughout 360*.
The physical interpretation of this load would be a subsequent actuation of all valves, with all bubbles entering the pool simultaneously and oscillating in phase.
3.2.2.3 Quencher Boundary Loads The above described quencher load definitions have been applied to the suppression pool wetted boundaries to assess the structure, piping and equipment. This assessment is documented in Subsection 4.4.2.3.
3.2.2.4 Quencher submerged Structure Loads Submerged structure loads are affected by geometry changes in the pool because these loads are basically local loads.
The change in discharge device location was assessed by using the rams head submerged structure methodology with appropriate quencher pressure amplitude, frequencies and bubble locations corresponding to the new locations of the KWU quenchers. The bubble pressure amplitude is determined for both first and subsequent actuation using the correlation in NEDO 21061 Rev. 3 (DFFR). The bubble frequency range is reported in Subsection 3.2.2.1.
3.2.3 Assessment of NRC Acceptance Criteria - SRV The original design methods and the design reassessments described in the above sections address all the NRC concerns in the Lead Plant Acceptance Criteria (NUREG-0487). An itemized list of the LSCS response to the NRC Acceptance Criteria is contained in Subsection 3.4.
3.2-17
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 TABLE 3.2-1 SRV DISCHARGE LINE CLEARING TRANSIENT PARAMETERIZATION INDEPENDENT PARAMETERS CONSIDERED SRV pressure setpoint SRV opening time SRV mass flowrate Discharge line length Discharge line submergence depth Discharge line diameter Equivalent friction factor Initial line pressure and density DEPENDENT VARIABLES CONSIDERED Pressure at SRV exit Pressure at discharge line exit Density at discharge line exit Water velocity at discharge line exit Vent clearing time 3.2-18
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 TABLE 3.2-2 SRV BUBBLE DYNAMICS PARAMETERIZATION INDEPENDENT PARAMETERS CONSIDERED Initial pressure Initial density Air inflow rate Duration of air discharge Initial bubble radial velocity Initial bubble radius DEPENDENT PARAMETERS CONSIDERED Bubble pressure Bubble radius Bubble frequency Bubble duration 3.2-19
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 TABLE 3.2-3 SECOND ACTUATION ASSUMPTIONS *
- 1. The initiating event is a 3-second closure of all MSIV's with position scram at 105% NB rated steamflow.
- 2. Nominal relief valve opening setp0ints are used:
2 valves @ 1091 psia, 4 valves @ 1101 psia, 4 valves
@ 1111 psia, 4 valves @ 1121 psia, and 4 valves @ 1131 psia.
- 3. The maximum expected relief capacity of 122.5% ASME rated is used.
- 4. The delay from reaching the relief valve opening pres-sure to start of valve motion is 0.4 second for Crosby type valves. The 0.4 second includes the pressure sensor delay.
- 5. The relief valve opening stroke time is 0.15 second.
- 6. The pressure differential between relief valve opening and closing setpoints is 50 psi.**
- 7. ANS 5 + 20% decay heat is used.
- 8. If applicable, the effect of the ATWS high pressure recirculation pump trip is considered.
- These assumptions were used for this preliminary conservative bounding analysis.
- For Case 3 of Table 3.2-4, the pressure differential between opening and closing setpoints is 100 psi for all valves.
3.2-20
TABLE 3.2-4 SECOND ACTUATION RESULTS*
CASE FIRST POP SECOND POP THIRD POP Peak Pressure Number of Peak Pressure Number of Peak Pressure Number of (PSIA) Valves (PSIA) Valves (PSIA) Valves ATWS RPT off 1 1148 18 1110 6 1092 2 ATWS RPT on 2 1148 18 1120 10 1100 2 E
o Mitigating y
, Approach ** 3 1148 18 1102 6 1093 2
^
N M o
N r<
-a
- These are for information only and not for design purposes.
N
- The pressure differential between opening and closing setpoints is 100 psi for all g valves.
g Rev. 7 1/80 g e -
' B _
ds $ ~
m$
w E
>em s -
@sm 5 -
udh M -
EU2 -
o e
I __
~
O O
E
_ _ z 8
'?
w 2!
_ F
~
O 4
N ~
8 -
O N
9 _
04 _
0 -
9 -
E_ # -
i t i i it it ii it 1t it t t i iliiI l o N - O m o
g ol X VISd- 380SS38d LA SALLE COUNTY STATION MARK 11 DESIGN ASSESSMENT REPORT FIGURE 3.2-1 SECOND ACTUATION - ATWS PUMP TRIP OFF
Rev. 7 1/80 m W _
a 0 -
M@ E
$W
>m s _
85 W _
b3E
<gs E
m Wuf -
~
o m
O O
u)
O z
O O
'?
w E
_ l-
~
O 4
O- _
O
=
\ -
O N
N 9
O -
Ed -
E -
9 -
E/
=
i i iili iie i i ii mi e i t i i i 1ill~ o N O 9
o g Ol X VISd - 380SS3Bd LA SALLE COUNTY STATION MARK 16 DESIGN ASSESSMENT REPORT FIGURE 3.2-2 SECOND ACTUATION - ATWS PUMP TRIP ON
_ Rev. 7 1/80 w
g e _
' B ~
's M 0 m
@4W m s _
g5 W _
osE
l BASE MAT I
! I I
- - - - - 2 4. 5 ' - - - -H I 1
l l
I i
f I I I
28---% l I
I I
/ I
34----% 1 1
- - - - - - - - - - 4 3. 5 ' - - - - - -
PEDESTAL RADIUS-15 FEET CONTAINMENT RADIUS-43.5 FEET P00L DEPTH-26.5 FEET SUBMERGENCE DEPTH-16.5 FEET NOTE: DRAWING NOT TO SCALE LA SALLE COUNTY STATION MARK li DESIGN ASSESSM ENT REPORT FIGURE 3.2-5 CROSS-SECTION OF SUPPRESSION P0OL AND DEFINITION OF SUPPRESSION CHAMBER WALLS' LOADING ZONES
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 3/d0 3.3 LOSS-OF-COOLANT ACCIDENT ( LOCA) LOADS Depending upon the rate of mass release into the drywell, LOCA events may be classified as design-basis accidents (DBA),
intermediate break accidents (IBA), or small break accidents (SBA). In all cases, the wetwell and drywell will become pressurized. Typical temperatures and pressure transients are given in Figures 3.3-11 through 3.3-18. The original con-tainment design adequately withstands loading due to these pressure and temperature transients.
In addition to the pressure and temperature transients that were considered in the original design bases, certain pool dynamic loads have also been identified to occur during a postulated LOCA. These loads are described in the following subsections.
Following a postulated LOCA, the drywell pressure increases due to blowdown of the reactor system. Pressurization of the drywell causes the water initially in the vent system to be accelerated out through the vents. During this water exptision process, the resulting water jets cause impingement and drag loads on local containment structures.
Following vent clearing, an air / steam bubble forms at the vent exit which causes a hydrostatic pressure increase in the pool water resulting in a loading condition on the pool boundaries. The steam condens(3 in the pool. However, the continued addition and expansion of the drywell air causes the pool volame above the elevation of the vent exit to rise, resulting in a rise of the pool surface. This phenomenon is referred to as pool swell. Upward motion of this slug of water creates a drag load on structures submerged in the pool and impact loads on unsubmerged structures located just above the initial pool surface. Before the pool has risen 1.5 times the initial submergence of the main vents, the rising 3.3-1
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 slug of water breaks apart. Subsequent pool swell involves a tts-phase air / water froth which may produce further structural-impingement loads near the elevation of the maximum pool swell height. This entire process affects only those structures between the pool surface and a maximum height of 1.5 times the initial submergence of the main vents. A gravity-induced fallback of the pool returns the pool surface to the original elevation.
At the time of maximum pool swell height, the drywell floor can be subjected to an upward load due to an imbalance in pressure between the compressed air in the wetwell free air space and the air-purged drywell volume. The capability of the drywell diaphragm floor to withstand these pressure transients is discussed in Section 5.1 of this report.
Following the pool swell transient, there will be a period of high steam flow through the main vent system. At these high steam flow conditions, the water / steam condensation inter-face oscillates due to bubble growth and collapse. These condensation oscillations result in an oscillatory load on the pool boundary. At low vent flow rates, the water / steam condensation interface can oscillate back and forth in the vents, causing " chugging." The chugging action results in loads on both the downcomer vents and the containment boundaries.
The major Mark II-related experimental programs which confirm the design-basis load include the 4T full-scale, EPRI 1/13-scale, and PSTF 1/3-scale tests as referenced in Table 1.0-1.
The temporary tall test tank (4T) facility consists of a single cell representative of a typical Mark II containment. The test facility utilized a single full-size vertical downcomer in a tank. A total of 46 steam blowdown tests were conducted by GE in this full-scale facility during a test program consisting of three phases (NEDE 13442-E-01 and NECE 13468-P) . These tests provided the primary data source from the DFFR LOCA pool dynamic loads, ir-luding those related to pool swell (NEDE 3.3-2
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 21544-P) , wetwell pressurization, vent flow, pool thermal response, condensation, and chugging (NEDE 23617-P). The test matrix included a range of vent submergence, break size, vent size, blowdown fluid, vent bracing, and initial conditions to reflect Mark II plant-to-plant differences.
Test results from the General Electric pressure suppression test facility (PSTF) supplied the data base for pool impact loads on representative small containment structures, including pipes, I-beams, and grating. Impact pressures versus pool velocity correlations were developed from these data, which are used in combination with calculated pool swell velocities and 4T datr. to establish the Mark II impact loads. The impact load data were obtained from PSTF test series 5805.
The Electric Power Research Institute (EPRI) Mark II test facility consists of a 1/13-scale model of a typical Mark II containment system. The facility contains 21 vents.and represents a 90* sector of the suppression chamber, including the pedestal region. The EPRI tests consisted of air-charged tests in contrast to the 4T steam blowdown tests. About 90 tests were performed by Stanford Research Institute for EPRI to provide data related to Mark II pool swell ohenomena (EPRI NP-441). Specifically, data from these tests were used to verify the adequacy of the 4T unit cell approach to study pool swell phenomena, validate the 4T air / steam tests, and validate the DFFR pool swell analytical model.
In addition to the above test programs, the Mark II owner's group has provided information relating to tests conducted outside the scope of the Mark II program to support some of the loads specified in the DFFR. This includes data for steau blowdown tests from the Marviken test facility and data result-ing from tests in GE foreign licensee single and multivent, large-scale facilities. Data from these tests were used in 3.3-3
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 the Mark II program to support the conservatism of single-vent tests for vent lateral loads and pool boundary chugging loads.
3.3.1 Design-Basis LOCA Loads The loads described in this section are those used to design the containment structure, piping and equipment. Section 3.3.2 describes assessments made to ensure that the design is adequate when the NRC Lead Plant Acceptance Criteria (NUREG-0487) are applied.
3.3.1.1 Load Definitions This section describes the load definitions which comprise the original LSCS design basis.
3.3.1.1.1 LOCA Water Jet Loads Structures located near the projected area of the downcomer vent, which is about 2 feet in diameter, will experience a water jet impingement load acting along the jet axis during the vent clearing process. The jet will flow around structures less than 2 feet wide and cause drag load. For larger structures, the significant load will be due to impingement. The maximum velocity of the jet is 60 ft/sec; its dispersion angle is given in Figure 3.3-2 (Reference 1) .
3.3.1.1.2 LOCA Charging Air Bubble Load As the drywell air is forced into the wetwall, bubbles will grow at the vent exits. These bubbles will grow until they touch and pool swell begins. Submerged structures and boundary loads calculated during this portion of the event are generally
) much less than loads during other phases.
3.3-4
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 3.3.1.1.3 Pool Swell The pool swell transient is conservatively predicted by MKII-SWELL (Sargent & Lundy implementation of PSAM described in Reference 1) . During pool swell, structures initially above the vent exit and below the maximum pool swell height (1.5 times vent submergence) will be loaded by drag loads.
Structures initially above the pool may experience impact loads. The compression of the wetwell air space will result in an upward force on the drywell floor.
3.3.1.1.4 Pool Fallback During fallback, the air mixes with the pool water slug and greatly reduces or eliminates drag loads. However, it is conservatively assumed that the slug remains intact and falls back into the pool under the force of gravity, causing drag loads.
3.3.1.1.5 Condensation oscillation Following the pool swell transient, steam flows through the main vent system into the suppression pool, whera it condenses. Evaluation of the steam-condensation phase of the 4T test results revealed the existence of a dynamic load during high steam mass flux into the suppression pool. This load, called condensation oscillation, is a low-amplitude, symmetric, pseudo-sinusoidal pressure fluctuation occurring over a range of frequencies.
The LSCS containment and piping and equipment in the contain-ment and reactor building have been evaluated for the following load definition:
Magnitude + 3.75 psi Frequenci 2 to 7 hertz 3.3-5
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 3.3.1.1.6 Chugging Condensation oscillation occurs during the high mass flux phase of a transient. At later times (or for smaller breaks) ,
the steam mass flux will be lower. Under these conditions, the water / steam condensation interface can oscillate in the vents, causing " chugging." The chugging action results in lateral loads on downcomer vents and also in dynamic pressure loads on the wetted containment boundary. These boundary loads produce structural responses in the containment and in the reactor building.
The application of bounding chugging loads is described in the " Mark II Phase I - 4T Tests Application Memorandum," sub-mitted to the NRC in June 1976. This application memorandum is currently being used for LSCS containment assessment to expedite licensing review..
A study of chugging impulse was made to demonstrate that containment response to chugging using the load specification in the 4T Bounding Loads Report (NEDO 23617, July 1977) is greater than the response obtained using a realistic definition for chugging loads which does not include the system response of the 4T test tank.
The present Mark II chugging load specification is based on the application of chug pressure histories measured at the wetted boundary of the 4T test facility. These chug pressure histories were applied in a conservative manner directly to the suppression pool boundary of the Mark II containment. These 4T boundary pressures include both the chug excitation and the system response of the 4T system.
To provide a realistic chugging load definition, 4T boundary pressure histories have been reviewed to identify the chug source impulse, i.e., the impulse forcing function at the 3.3-6
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 vent exit. This chug impulse is then confirmed using a coupled fluid-structure model of the 4T facility. The responce (total pressure at water / tank interface) of the 4T is calculated by applying the chug source impulse at the vent in the 4T model and comparing this response with actually recorded 4T test data. The results from this study have indicated that the chug impulse and not the detailed chug pressure history are important in determining the (T wall pressure response. The chug impulse used was a triangular shape underpressure, with a duration of 5 to 10 msec. For example, a triangular pressure pulse at the 4T vent, 10 msec in duration and -28 psi in amplitude, will produce a wall pressure response of + 5 psi. This is consistent with the impulse obtained from integration of the chug wall pressure traces of this amplitude.
From the impulse chug source defined at the 4T vent, an incident wall pressure chug source has been obtained. This is the wall pressure which produces the same response at the 4T wall as obtained when the chug source is applied at the vent.
The containment structure response are obtained for an axisy-mmetric application of the improved chugging load (incident pressure) definition which is consistent with the axisymmetric load specification in the 4T bounding load definition.
The response of the containment structures for the two chugging load definitions (present/ bounding and improved) presented to the NRC on May 17, 1978, indicate the conservatism inherent in the present/ bounding load specification which includes both the chugging excitation and the 4T response. For the La Salle containment, the improved chugging load definition produces a maximum displacement wall response which is less than that obtained from the present 4T bounding chug load specification.
3.3-7
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 3.3.1.1.7 Lateral Loads on Downcomers This Section describes the application of lateral loads to the original design configuration of the downcomer vents and bracing. The revised design (including an additional lower bracing system) is discussed in Section 3.3.2.4.
The NRC Staff has questioned the direct application of the data reported in NEDO 21078 to the Mark II plc.nts. Accordingly, they have requested that 4T test data also be considered in justifying the load definition. These questions have been thoroughly reviewed. It is concluded that the design lateral load of 8800 lbf applied as a static equivalent load at the tip of each downcomer represents an upper bound load.
The drywell floor is assessed for all the downcomers simultaneously loaded as defined in the probability curve as per NRC criteria.
In the original design, the downcomers were braced at elevation 721 feet, which is well above the pool swell impact zone. The free length of the downcomer below the bracing is 32 feet 2 inches.
The natural frequency of the empty downcomer is less than 7 hertz.
if the hydrodynamic mass is considered, the frequency would be even lower. Thus the 8800 lbf bounding lateral load is appli-cable for the original LSCS design configuration.
This load is more conservative for design than a dynamic lateral load definition.
Based on the structural response data measured on the 4T downcomer during Phases I, II, and III, NEDE 23806-P defines the dynamic lateral load on the downcomer as follows.
The lateral chugging load can be represented by a half sine wave of duration ranging from 3 to 6 msec for high and low intensities, respectively. The maximum load amplitude ranges 3.3-8
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 from 10,000 lbf to 30,000 lbf and 's considered to be uniformly distributed over 1- to 4-foot length of the downcomer end.
This transient load is represented by:
F(t) = A Sin Et , lateral load (lbf) where:
104< A < 3 r 10 4 , maximum aplitude (lbf), and 3<T < 6, application period (msec).
The comparison of maximum design forces from a dynamic analysis of the downcomer subjected to the transient load and from the application of 8800 lbf (static) is given below:
LOAD MAX VENT MOMENT MAX VENT SHEAR 8800 lbf 301.0 ft-kip < 0.5 ksi (static) 10,000 - 30,000 lbf 64.6 ft-kip < l.0 ksi 6 msec - 3 msec (dyriamic)
The above comparison demonstrates that the design downcomer lateral load of 8800 lbf represents an upper bound for LSCS.
The NRC also recently questioned lateral loads on the downcomer vent at the instant of vent clearing. It should be noted that in the 4T test series, no significant lateral loads were observed between the start of the test and the onset of chugging.
However, in the referenced tests (Table 3.3 of NEDE 21078),
static equivalent measurements of lateral loads up to 3.5 kips were observed; These loads are thought to be unique to the test setup (Figures 3-1, 3-1A, 3-2, and 3-3 of NEDE 210 8) 3.3-9
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 and not applicable to either the 4T facility or the Mark II containment.
In the test facility where the 3.5 kip static equivalent loads were measured, there is effectively no drywell volume except the air occupying the vent line. In contrast to the 4T facility or a Mark II containment, in the referenced tests only a very small quantity of noncondensible gas is vented to the pool, after which steam condensation occurs immediately. In these tests without a drywell, the vent pressure typically rose to approximately 1 to 1.5 atm while the small air volume cleared. It then dropped approximately 2 atm from this point as condensation of the steam commenced.
This reduction in vent pressure is evidence of the collapse of the bubble at the vent exit and an attendant reentry of water into the vent.
The bubble collapse (similar to a chugging event) causes the lateral load (during vent clearing), which would not have occurred if a drywell were present as in the 4T facility and the Mark II containment. In this case continuous air flow to the bubble at the vent exit would gradually be diluted with a larger flow of steam (which in itself is capable of maintaining a positive bubble pressure at the vent exit).
In the absence of a collapsing vent exit bubble, significant lateral loads would not be expected to occur during the 4T or Mark II vent clearing transients, and this was confirmed in the 4T tests.
Nevertheless, since the 8.8 kip load used to evaluate the downcomer and drywell floor is greater than the 3.5 kip load postulated to occur at the instant of vent clearing, it is clearly demonstrated that the governing design case for the containment has been considered.
3.3-10
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 The drywell floor is loaded by the chugging lateral loads.
The procedure used for evaluating the structural adequacy of the downcomer and drywell floor is explained in detail in Section 5.1.3.
The current downcomer and bracing configuration has been assessed in accordance with the requirements of NUREG 0487.
This assessment is described in Section 3.3.2.4.
3.3.1.2 LOCA Boundary Loads Boundary Loads caused by LOCA are analyzed using the same nodalization technique as SRV boundary loads (Section 3.2.1.3).
The boundary loads described here are those used in the LSCS design basis. The load definitions are discussed in greater detail in Section 3.3.1.1. Reanalysis to meet the requirements of NUREG 0487 is discussed in Section 3.3.2.
3.3.1.2.1 LOCA Water Jet The impingement due to water jet is 33.0 psi overpressure added to local hydrostatic pressure below the vent exit, walls and base mat. Attenuation to the pool surface is assumed to be linear. This load is treated as a static load.
3.3.1.2.2 Charging Air Bubble The boundary loads during vent clearing have been assessed for the time of bubble growth at the vent exit. This load is less than the containment design capability.
3.3.1.2.3 Pool Swell The containment wall, pedestal wall, and the base mat do not experience any boundary load due to pool swell phenomena.
However, the drywell floor is subjected to an uplift force 3.3-11
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 during pool swell as a result of the compression of the wet-well air space. This load is computed by comparing the transient pressure history of the wetwell air space with the drywell pressure history during pool swell. The maximum load for LSCS is 2.5 psi. This is verified by 4T test results.
3.3.1.2.4 Pool Fallback This phane of the transient causes no significant pool boundary loads.
3.3.1.2.5 Condensation Oscillation The condensation oscillation load is applied to the contain-ment boundary walls assuming that the load occurs in phase at all vents. The load is described in Section 3.3.1.1.5.
3.3.1.2.6 Chugging Symmetric and asymmetric loads are applied to the containment boundary loads as shown in Figure 3.3-10. The asymmetric load is defined by assuming that the maximum load occurs on one side of the containment while the load is minimized on the other side. This conservative assumption results in the bounding horizontal loading due to chugging. The load is uniform below the vent exit and attenuates linearly to zero at the pool surface.
3.3.1.3 LOCA Submerged Structure Loads Submerged structure drag loads result when the LOCA-related phenomena cause fluid motion in the suppression pool. All initially submerged structures and those in the pool swell zone will potentially experience submerged structure loads.
The LOCA submerged structure loads described here are those 3.3-12
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 used in the LSCS design basis. The load definitions are discussed in greater detail in Section 3.3.1.1. Reanalysis to meet the requirements of NUREG 0487 is discussed in Section 3.3.2.
3.3.1.3.1 LOCA Water Jet The drag load due to water jet is (C D x 24.06) psi based on the jet velocir; of 60 f t/sec (Reference 1) . The duration of this load is also 0.85 sec (Reference 3).
The time history of the drag load due to water jet is given in Figure 3.3-5. The total force can be determined by mul-tiplying (C D x 24.06) by the projected area in square inches.
This drag load acts on any structure located between the vent exit and the base mat. The direction of application of this load will be either in the horizontal or in the vertical direc-tions, i.e., all structures experiencing this load must be designed to withstand the load if applied from these directions (Reference 1) .
3.3.1.3.2 Charging Air Bubble The vent clearing transient results in submerged structure loads of relatively low magnitude which are bounded by loads during the steam condensation events.
3.3.1.3.3 Pool Swell During pool swell, structures are loaded by impact and by drag loads. Impact loads occur only above the initial pool surface up to the maximum pool swell elevation. Drag loads affect structures above the vent exit and below the maximum pool swell elevation.
3.3-13
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 3.3.1.3.3.1 Pool Swell Impact Loads The impact load depends upon the size and shape of the structure and the velocity of the pool surface at the elevation of the structure. During design, effort was made to exclude structures from the pool swell zone. Because of this, relatively few structures are affected by impact loads.
The impact force due to pool swell occurs over a time period t y. The typical force versus time profile is such that the force increases to a maximum value during the first half of the time period and then decreases to t 3 value of the drag force during the second half. The duration, t y, varies from about 7 msec for small structures to about 100 msec for large structures. These impact loads are based on the assumption that the pool surface velocity vector is perpendicular to the longitudinal axis of the body. The load in any other direction will be the vector component in that direction.
For design purposes, small structures would mean pipes, I-beams, and other similar structures having any one dimension less than or equal to 20 inches (Reference 1) . All structures in the La Salle pool swell zone are classified as "small structures" for impact load design. The loads on small structures have been determined from tests conducted by the General Electric Company (Reference 1) . The data reduced from these tests are plotted as average peak pressure, P , experienced by the structure versus elevation. Figure 3.3-6 is the plot of measured impact pressures for pipes and I-beams versus elevation. These results include a design margin of 50%
(Reference 1) , i.e., the measured impact values have been increased by 50%.
The results shown in Figure 3.3-6 can be used to determine the maximum force per unit length, Fmax/L, on pipes and I-beams of different sizes located at different elevations 3.3-14
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 above the initial pool surface. Figure 3.3-7 gives the maximum impact force on pipes, and Figure 3.3-8 gives the force on I-beams.
The foregoing results give the maximum pressure and force experienced by a structure during impact. Knowing this maximum value,.the transient profile can be constructed by using the normalized profile shown in Figure 3.3-9. The abscissa in Figure 3.3-9 is the duration of the impact load, t 7 This duration is the same for all small structures; its value is ty = 7 msec. The ordinate in Figure 3.3-9 is normalized pressure or normalized force. The normalization in the former case is done with respect to Pmax, Figure 3.3-6, and in the latter case with respect to Fmax/L, Figures 3.3-7 and 3.3-8.
The conversion from pressure to force is based on the projected area at the diameter in the case of pipes, and on the area of the bottom surface in the case of I-beams.
To summarize, the following procedure is outlined for determining the impact loads on small structures:
- a. Determine the elevation at which the structure, for which the impact load is to be calculated, is located.
- b. For this elevation, the maximum impact pressure, Pmax, is obtained from Figure 3.3-6, or the maximum impact force per unit length, Fmax/L, is obtained from Figures 3.3-7 and 3.3-8.
- c. The pressure and/or force profiles are then determined using Figure 3.3-9.
The results given for the impact loads are based on pipes and I-beams. These results should also be used along with engineering judgment to determine impact loads on other similar structures.
3.3-15
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 3.3.1.3.3.2 Pool Swell Drag Loads Structures above the vent exit elevation and below the maximum pool swell elevation will experience drag loads. The velocity and acceleration history at the elevation of the structures, as predicted by pool swell analytical models, is used to cal-culate- the drag load magnitude. The duration of the load will depend upon the pool swell velocity history and the elevation of the structure.
3.3.1.3.4 Pool Fallback Drag loads during fallback are calculated in a similar manner to the pool swell calculation. The pool slug velocity and acceleration time history are calculated assuming that a slug of water of thickness equal to the submergence depth of the downcomer falls freely under the influence of gravity only.
3.3.1.3.5 Condensation Oscillation Drag Loads The submerged structure loads due to steam condensation are calculated making use of the analytical methods developed to predict transient water jet loads and oscillating air bubble loads. These methods have been documented in reports NEDO/NEDE 21471-P, 21472-P, and 21730.
The same basic approach and fundamentals that are c.pplied to air bubble-induced loads are applied to steam bubbles (see NEDE-21471 and NEDE-21730). The steam bubbles are treated as stationary, finite-sized multiple sources.
The resulting potential gradient distribution within the bounded pool is determined by utilizing the method of images.
The total drag loads due to both standard and acceleration drag are determined for each submerged structure as follows:
3.3-16
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 CAD xPU!U!
Standard drag, Fg= 2g ( }
c Acceleration drag, /g = P A (2) 9C where:
0 = pool water density A
x = area of structure normal to flow direction, C
D
= standard drag coefficient, V
a = acceleration drag volume, U = fluid velocity, and U = fluid acceleration.
The source strength for steam condensation oscillation loads is derived from the 4T data (NEDE-13468P) . The maximum pressure oscillations for this phenomenon were observed on the bottom of the tank and are bounded by a i 3.75-psi value. The load history is considered to be sinusoidal, with an amplitude of i 3.75 psi and a possible frequency range of 2-7 hertz. An equivalent source strength at the downcomer exit is derived from the maximum observed load on the bottom of the tank. The derivation considers the finite size of the steam bubble and the 4T tank and down-comer vent configuration. This derived source strength is then used directly in the LSCS-specific submerged structure load determinations. Condensation oscillation is treated as occurring simultaneously and in phase at all the downcomer vents.
3.3-17
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 3.3.1.3.6 Chugging Drag Loads The submerged structure loads due to chugging are computed on the basis of source strengths derived from 4T data in a manner analogous to that described in Subsection 3.3.1,3.5.
Again, the maximum observed loads on the tank bottom are used to establish bounding source strengths. The bounding positive load used is 20 psi and the bounding negative load is
-14 psi. The equivalent source strength at the downcomer exit for each of these loads is derived as in the case of the condensation oscillation loads. The frequency range used for chugging loads is 20 through 30 hertz. Main vent chugging is a stochastic phenomenon in both occurrence (timing) and load magnitude. Thus, the number of possible permutations for multiple main vent chugging combinations considering relative timing and load magnitude is immense. The relative location and orientation of the source and the submerged structure of interest are major considerations in defining the forcing functions on that structure. This consideration is compli-cated when multiple sources are present, since their relative phasing is important. This results directly from the fact that the load on a submerged structure is produced by the differential pressure that exists across that structure.
Hence, when multiple sources are considered, the situation where sources on opposite sides of the submerged structure are out of phase will produce a larger load than the situation where the sources are in phase. The following conservative approach is being utilized as an interim method for the La Salle plant. The randomness in multiple source timing and phasing is accommodated by considering the worst case.
The worst case ir defined for each specific application such that the pressnre gradient across the given structure is maximized. It is recognized that as the number of main vents considered to be participating in the chugging event increases, the probability of the assumed bounding source configuration decreases rapidly and soon becomes incredibly 3.3-18
LSCS-MARK II DAR Fev. 7 1/80 small. Thus, as the number of participating main vents increases, the source strength for each is diminished by a factor as shown in Figure 3.3-1.
For example, if five main vents are being considered, the derived 4T source strength for each vent is reduced by multi-plying.by the factor 0.57. The curve in Figure 3.3-1 is based on Figure 4-10b of NEDE-21061-P, which has been extended to range from 1 to 100 downcomers and then normalized. The source strengths are thus specified as a function of the num-ber of main vents considered to be contributing to the loading on the given structure. This procedure is applied by initially considering only the main vent of closest approach to the given structure to be chugging. The load is determined for that configuration. Next, the bounding combination of the two closest main vents is used to define the load. This pro-cedure is repeated and each time one additional downcomer is considered in the load determination. Each successive downcomer is farther (spatially) from the given submerged structure and, hence, after the third or fourth downcomer, the increment of load increase is small. At the same time, the likelihood of each specific configuration decreases as the number of vents increases so the source strengths also decrease. Hence, the load on the submerged structure goes through a maximum as the number of main vents is increased.
The combination wnich produces the largest load on the given structure is used for the design assessment.
The procedure described above is conservative and, hence, is considered to only be an interim procedure. Nevertheless, in an effort to expedite the LSCS licensing schedule, this interim procedure is being used to evaluate steam condensation loads on submerged structures in the sLppression pool.
3.3-19
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 3.3.1.4 Annulus Pressurization Loads Loading on the shield wall and reactor vessel may be caused by a postulated pipe rupture at the reactor pressure vessel nozzle safe-end to pipe weld. This phenomenon, called " annulus pressurization," results in an asymmetric differential pressure between.the reactor vessel and shield wall.
The transient asymmet ic differential pressures resulting from the annulus pressarization event are caused by the mass and energy released during postulated pipe ruptures.
There are two types of loadings resulting from annulus pres-surization:
- a. A rapid asymmetric decomprescion acoustic loading of the annular region between the vessel and shroud from a recirculation inlet pipe break at the pipe to reactor pressure vessel nozzle safe-end weld.
- b. A transient asymmetric differential pressure event within the annular region between the biological shield wall and the reactor pressure vessel (annulus pressurization) from postulated pipe breaks at the pipe to reactor pressure vessel nozzle safe-end weld. Associated with this postulated event are:
- 1. a jet stream release of the reactor pressure vessel inventory, and
- 2. impact of the ruptured pipe against the whip restraint attached to the bio-logical shield wall.
3.3-20
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 Figure 3.3-1 shows the time sequencing of these events.
Each of the transient loading conditions is discussed in the following paragraphs.
Acoustic Loading The acoustic loading results from a postulated recirculation pipe rupture at any location as shown in Figure 3.3-20.
Because the boiling water reactor (BWR) system is a two-phase system that operates at or close to a saturation pres-sure of approximately 1000 psig, the differential pressure across the reactor shroud is of short duration, and the BWR system is not subjected to a significant shock type load with respect to structural supports. This short-duration acoustic load is confined to a bending moment and shear force on the reactor pressure vessel reactor shroud support.
Typical results of the integrated force acting on the reactor pressure vessel shroud are:
TIME (msec) ACOUSTIC L?AD (hips) 0 0 1.2 0 1.6 150 2.0 320 2.5 650 2.8 250 3.0 100 3.2 0 Annulus Pressurization - Design Considerations The annulus pressurization event results from a postulated feedwater or recirculation pipe rupture at the reactor pres-sure vessel rozzle safe-end to pipe weld. The pipe is assumed 3.3-21
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 to have instantaneous guillotine rupture allowing mass-energy release into the drywell and annular region between the biological shield wall and re. actor pressure vessel as shown in Figure 3.3-21. However, in the case of the recirculation line, the energy absorbing pipe whip restraint restricts the pipe separation to less than one full pipe diameter, see Figure 3.3-22. (Jet reaction and pipe whip restraint loads are calcula ted as described in ANSI 176 (draft), " Design Basis for Protection of Nuclear Power Plants Against Effects of Postulated Pipe Ruptures," January 1977.) This restricted separation, which occurs after the assumed instantaneous guil-lotine rupture, is accounted for as a finite break opening time in the mass / energy release calculation. The mass / energy methodology additionally accounts for the effects of the subcooled inventory initially present in the line. The feedwater line is conservatively assumed to fully separate, and the mass /
energy release is calculated as described in Section 6.2 of the LSCS-FSAR (Reference 3).
The short-term (first few seconds) mass / energy release calcu-lational method (Attachment 6.A to Reference 3) is intended for use only during the first few milliseconds of the line break transient and conservatively assumes that no vessel depressurization occurs. For calculatl'n of the remainder of the line break transient, which involves vessel depres-surization, the methods described in Reference 1 are employed.
Development of the 0.5 multiplier utilized on the pipe side discharge flow during the inventory period is described in Appendix B of Reference 3.
For the case of reactor shield wall annulus pressurization, the short-term mass / energy release methodology has been separately applied to obtain break flow rates, including credit for finite break opening time in the case of the recirculation line.
3.3-22
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 Annulus Pressurization - Design Analysis Design analysis has been performed to reassess the plant for the effects due to annulus pressurization. There are three basic steps required to perform this analysis:
(1) calculation of mass and energy flow rates; (2) calculation of force-time histories; and (3) generation of acceleration time-histories and response spectra.
- a. Cr.lculation of mass and energy flow rates "the assumptions and methods used in the calcula-tion are presented in Attachment 6.A of the LSCS-FSAR. LSCS-FSAR Section 6.2 describes the short-term mass energy release calculatic_s used for the recirculation and the feedwater line breaks.
Because the NRC has questioned the method for computing mass and manrgy flow rates following a postulated LOCA froi: long lines containing subcooled fluid, a progr am was developed to expedite the licensing of La Salle by performing RELAP analyses with ar,propriate assumptions and by comparing the results with those obtained using General Electric's method. The assumptions to be applied to these analyses are as follows:
Feedwater Line
- 1. La Salle RELAP deck as basis.
- 2. Use Henry-Fauske-Moody flow model.
- 3. Instant break opening.
- 4. Eliminate mass flux terms between vessel and break (short side).
- 3. 3-23
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 Recirculation Line
- 1. La Salle RELAP deck as basis.
- 2. Allow for finite break opening time.
- 3. Use Henry-Fauske-Moody flow model.
- 4. Eliminate momentum flux terms in RELAP between vessel and break (short side).
- b. Calculation of force-time histories The mass / energy releases for the reactor recirculation and feedwater line breaks are used in calculating the force-time histories on the shield wall and reactor pressure vessel. The model used for this analysis and the assumptions are presented in FSAR Section 6.2. For convenience the method of calculating the force-time history is presented in Appendix H of this report.
- c. Generation of acceleration time-histories and response spectra The force-time histories were applied to a composite lumped-mass model of the pedestal, shield wall, and a detailed representation of the reactor pressure vessel complex, shown in Figure E-1 (Appendix E of this report). This analysis produced acceleration time histories at all nodes for use in evaluating the attached piping and reactor pressure vessel for the effects of annulus pressurization of either a feedwater or reactor recirculation system postulated rupture.
Response spectra at all nodes were also generated.
The reactor pressure vessel and the attacted piping were evaluated using these acceleration time-histories in performing a dynamic time-history analysis or response spectra.
3.3-24
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 The annulus pressurization loads were conservatively combined with the SSE using SRSS methods (absolute sum method for the containment structure). The following is a brief explanation of why combination of these two loads is extremely conservative.
Mark II plants are designed for ..he loads associated with a LOCA in combination with the vibratory motion of the SSE.
This loading combination, though not mechanically expected, is considered in response to regulatory requirements and also provides design margin for Seismic Category I components.
Annulus pressurization loads do not occur for loss-of-coolant accidents in general, but only for those due to the instantaneous rupture of large pipes at the vessel safe-end to pipe weld inside the shield wall. The probability of a LOCA at these unique locations is significantly lower than the probability of a LOCA in general, and its combination with the SSE is well beyond the lower limit of probability established as appropriate for design-basis load combinations.
A detailed study of the probability of simultaneous occurrence of SSE and annulus pressurization was made. The probability of their simultaneous but independent occurrence was considered and found not to be an appropriate assumption. The probability of an SSE causing a LOCA in the unique location resulting in annulus pressurization loads was also examined in detail.
For this case, the associated combined probability was found to be beyond the limits established for design-basis load combinations. Therefore, the simultaneous occurrence of SSE and annulus pressurization loads is not considered appropriate as a design-basis load combination; however, to facilitate the licensing schedule, this load combination has been considered.
3.3.2 Assessment of NRC Acceptance Criteria - LOCA Section 3.4 provides the response to NUREG-0487, NRC Lead Plant Acceptance Criteria (September 1976) . It contains a detailed description of how the intent of NUREG-0487 has been met.
3.3-25
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 The following subsections describe areas where reanalysis has been done to meet the acceptance criteria.
3.3.2.1 LOCA Water Jet Loads The NRC Lead Plant Acceptance Criteria required LOCA water jet loads to include the effects of a spherical vortex of fluid traveling with the jet front predicted by the Moody jet model (Reference 4). This procedure is expected to yield conservative results because the Moody model predicts jet penetrations much greater than those observed in tests.
In response to criterion III.A.1, the LOCA water jet loads have been reassessed by several methods. The first is essen-tially Acceptance Criterion III.A.1, incorporating a modifi-cation to the Moody methodology to overcome mathematical difficulties. The second is an adaptation of the method described by Abramovich and Solan (Reference 5). This method conforms to the intent of the acceptance criteria, but describes the vortex motion by applying conservation of momentum rather than using the Moody model. A final method that has been examined on a preliminary basis is the ring vortex model which is proposed by the Mark II Generic Program.
The NRC Acceptance Criteria utilizing the Moody jet model result in a vortex with a motion described by a locus of points. These points are found by tracking a number of constant velocity particles exiting from the downcomer and locating the points where a particle is overtaken by the one exiting after it. This calculation is easily done for a jet with constant acceleration but causes difficulties when applied to a jet of increasing acceleration. When the Moody method is rigorously applied, depending upon the coordinate system chosen, the jet is predicted to reverse and move back to the vent, or time at the jet front reverses.
This result is unacceptable.
3.3-26
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 An alternate method has been applied which resolves these problems while conforming to the intent of the original NRC Acceptance Criteria. If the jet front position and velocity are described at any time by the particle having traveled the farthest, the jet motion is well behaved until the jet is terminated. High accelerations are experienced near the end of the transient that are overly conservative.
The vortex motion after vent clearing can be calculated assuming it continues through the pool. The water jet is, in fact, dissipated in the turbulence caused by flow of air into the pool. Calculations show that, until vent clearing, LOCA water jet loads on submerged structures in the La Salle suppression pool are negligible (less than 10% of design values). Higher loads are calculated on the qLencher arms if the vortex is allowed to continue until it impacts the quencher arm. However, these loads are also vithin the design capability of the quencher. The calculations con-servatively used direct jet impingement on the quencher arms (the arms are offset in the actual plant), and no inter-change of mass between the jet and pool. The vortex was considered a rigid sphere in determination of the drag load which retards its motion.
The second method is similar to that described above but uses a different method to describe the vortex motion.
Following Abramovich and Solan (Reference 2), the motion and size of the vortex may be described assuming that momentum and mass are conserved as the jet forms the vortex. Momentum is lost only through drag on the fluid sphere.
The resulting motion of the vortex is similar to that calculated previously, but without the unrealistic high accelerations noted above. The loads are lower throughout the transient. This result is again conservative because interaction between the vortex and pool (other than rigid body drag) has been ignored.
3.3-27
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 The Mark II Generic Program his proposed a ring vortex model of the LOCA water jet. Prelininary results indicate this model predicts existing experimental data well (Reference 6) and will result in lower loads than the methods described above.
Based on the above evaluations, it is judged that the LOCA
~
water jet loads for La Salle have been evaluated in accordance with the intent of the NRC criteria. As indicated, additional evaluations were done which demonstrate the conservatism of the evaluations. The results of these evaluations were that the loads on the quencher were negligible relative to the controlling quencher design loads.
3.3.2.2 Pool Swell The acceptance criteria suggested several changes in the method of calculating pool swell loads. In t.he following sections, the changes are discussed and compared with the original methods.
3.3.2.2.1 Pool Swell Velocity The pool swell velocity has been increased by 10%. This change increases all pool swell drag and impact loads.
Reassessment shows that the design is adequate for this load.
3.3.2.2.2 Pool Swell Impact The acceptance criteria furnished an alternative method of impact load calculation based on the premise that the methodology presently used is not necessarily conservative for all structural sizes and ranges of natural frequency.
Although the method in NUREG-0487 seems overly conservative for structures in the larger size range and for those with higher natural frequency, it was found that the structures 3.3-28
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 in the LSCS pool swell zone are not in this range of size and frequency. An assessment showed that the original method in the DFFR (Reference 1) gives higher loads than the method in NUREG-0487. Therefore the design is adequate.
NUREG-0487 also included impact load criteria for large structures (no dimension less than 20 inches) and gratings.
The LSCS pool swell zone contains no large structures and no grating.
3.3.2.3 Drag Load Calculations NUREG-0487 pointed out that under certain flow conditions, the standard and acceleration drag coefficients used (Figure 3.3-4) may not give conservative results. This has been investigated and the loads have been reassessed using refined desg coefficients. T.e'.atively
) few calculations showed load increases. A detailed description of the methods used for reanalysis is included in Appendix C.
3.3.2.4 Chugging Lateral Loads The original configuration of the LSCS downcomers included a bracing system near the downcomer floor and a long unsup-ported length of vent. The natural frequency of this system is very low. As described in Subsection 3.3.1.1.7, the 8800-lbf lateral load was used in the design. Because of the low natural frequency of the vent, this load meets the requirements of NUREG-0487.
An additional bracing system is now installed. This bracing is located below the suppression pool surface but more than 8 feet above the vent exit. The natural frequency of the braced downcomers is between 7 and 14 hertz. These con-tions meet the requirements of NUREG-0487 if the 8800-lbf load is increased by the ratio of the vent frequency to 7 hertz.
3.3-29
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 This is the method being used for the reassessment of the chugging lateral loads.
Because of the location of the lower bracing system in the pool, it must be capable of accommodating submerged structure loads as well as lateral loads. The bracing system has been designed for LOCA and SRV submerged structure drag loads as described in Subsections 3.2.2.4 and 3.3.1.3 incorporating the comments in NUREG-0487 as described in Appendix C.
3.3-30
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 3.3.3 References
- 1. " Mark II Containment Dynamic Forcing Functions Information Report," General Electric Company and Sargent & Lundy Engineers, NEDO-21061, September 1976, Revision 2.
- 2. " Mark II Containment Dynamic Forcing Functions Information Report," Proprietary Supplement, General Electric Company adn Sargent & Lundy Engineers, NEDE-21061-P, September 1976, Revision 2.
- 3. Final Safety Analysis Report, La Salle County Station, Chapter 6.0.
- 4. " Analytical Model for Liquid Jet Properties for Predicting Forces on Rigid Submerged Structures" NEDE-21472, September 1977.
- 5. S. Abramovich and A. Solan, "The Initial Development of a Submerged Laminar Round Jet," Journal Fluid Mechanics, Vol. 59, Part 4, pp. 791-801, 1978.
- 6. " Mark I Containment Program 1/4 Scale Test Report Loads on Submerged Structures due to LOCA Air Bubbles and Water Jets," NEDE-23817-P, September 1978.
3.3-31
B013V3 OV07 DNID90H3 1N3A NIVW 37dI170W L-E*E 3809I3 1 hod 3H AN3HSS3SSV NOIS30 Il NHVW O
NOl1Vis A.LNnOO 3T1VS V7 NORMALIZED CHUGGING LOAD FACTOR o P P P P .-
o 7 I I i 5
8 -
8 -
z E
m G
=8 -
9 88 9
5 O
28 z
m a3 -
8 -
8 -
08/l 4 'Aag b
12' 8'
-7 VENT c 13.41' ?
NOT TO SCALE LA SALLE COUNTY STATION MARK 81 DESIGN ASSESSMENT REPORT FIGURE 3.3-2 00WNCOMER VENT CLEARING JET ANGLE DURING LOCA
Rev. 1 11/76 2 60 -
E v
VALUE AT VENT EXIT ]
E 5
m 40 -
g VALUE AT BASE MAT ]
o.
$ ~
E E 20 -
' , , , i i i i i i O
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 TIME AFTER INITIATION OF LOCA (SEC)
LA SALLE COUNTY STATION MARK 11 DESIGN ASSESSMENT REPORT FIGURE 3.3-3 JET IMPINGEMENT LOAD
Body Shape Cn Circular Cylinder C Flow i.2 Tnt ree Hnn Elliptical Cylinder 02.i ...-o.*
+
4: 3 o .32 08' i
Square [] 2.0 Triangle A i20 2.0 V o v i20 o i."
0
% 90 2. i 5 Q90 1.6o gmo 2.2o
+
o i.3, o
r ao i.
i 5%. 30* '0 t
semitubular Q 33 vm i .i 2 LA SALLE COUNTY STATION MARK 11 DESIGN ASSESSMENT REPORT FIGURE 3.3-4 DRAG COEFFICIENTS
C E
h S
o PD *I D)(24.06) PSI l l l Nl l l l l o o.2 o.4 o.s 0.8 I.o TIME AFTER LOCA (SEC)
NOTE:
- 1. OBTAIN VALUE OF CD FROM FIGURE 3.3-4.
LA SALLE COUNTY STATION MARK il DESIGN ASSESSMENT REPORT FIGURE 3.3-5 DRAG LOAD ON SUBMERGED STRUCTURES DUE TO D0WNCOMER VENT CLEARING
Rev. 7 1/80 I-BEAM: <5 WIDTH $20" 60 g '7 '
- I BEAM: 0" < WIDTH 45" 2 II 5
ui 40 e
/
5 E P :PE: 0" <0D 420" 3,
H sI
- /
2 20 i /
o I i l I ;i iI O 2 4 6 8 20 ELEVATION AB0VE POOL SURFACE (FT)
LA SALLE COUNTY STATION MARK 11 DEstGN ASSESSMENT REPORT FIGURE 3.3-6 MAXIMUM IMPACT PRESSURE ON SMALL STRUCTURES
Rev. 7 1/80
~
OUTSIDE DIAMNTER , 20"I l
6
/
2 ts-
[
5 4
E u.*4
& I 8
d f II 5
5 X
@ 2 r 1I s"
il
,, l' II O ' or 0 2 4 6 8 20 ELEVATION ABOVE POOL SURFACE (FT)
LA SALLE COUNTY STATION MARK 11 DESIGN ASSESSMENT REPORT FIGURE 3.3-7 MAXIMUM IMPACT FORCE ON PIPES
Rev. 7 1/80 FACE WIDTH , , 20" 1.4 12 f
&l s
8 so , o- '
-.J g iI 6 r x v 5
5 4
x 4 ,
II II 2
f 1
II sI
" 8I O
O 2 4 6 8 20 ELEVATION ABOVE INITIAL POOL SURFACE (FT)
LA SALLE COUNTY STATION MARK 11 DESIGN ASSESSMEN' REPORT FIGURE 3.3-8 MAXIMUM IMPACT FORCE ON I-BEAMS
Rev. 7 1/80 1.0 x
m u.
0.8 -
T O
x a- 0.6 iR 0
E 0.4 e
ts 0
1 0.2 I I I 0 .0 I O 2 4 6 8 TIME AFTER IMPACT (MILLl-SEC)
LA SALLE COUNTY STATION
- .t A R K 11 DESIGN ASSESSMENT REPORT FIGURE 3.3-9 TIME HISTORY OF IMPACT LOAD FOR SMALL STRUCTURES IN P0OL SWELL REGION
2700 A A. UNIFORM LOAD 0" l[ Al 18 0 B.
+4.8/-4.0 psig, 0 -360 ASYMMETRIC LOAD 000 MAXIMUM +20/-14 psig 90*
/ \
A-A
+20 B
n 2
m
+10 -
A I
> r
= > ~
a N
= m
> W a
o r m 0 g a gr g c
8 m
E 3m e a
z o 2
o m
w
>o
- c
\A z
~
c- w -10 r sg B L
- H o o r
- m _14 I I
- m
-i 0 90 18 0 270 360g
= h <
h w n5' ANGLE OF APPLICATION (DEGREES) y a
O
Rev. 7 1/80 al - -
J r
=
.=
15 ri 34 e5 '
d5
- r Et \
88
-~ ,
3 S
I l
E E O (6 so) 3WASS3Wd LA SALLE COUNTY STATION MARK 11 DESIGN ASSESSM ENT REPORT FIGURE 3.3-11 DRYWELL/WETWELL DRESSURE TRANSIENTS FOR A MAIN 5TEAMLINE BREAK
Rev. 7 1/80 1 -E e
a r
a EI at 3"
EE
!s - 8 E
Ea!
em N
4
- ey 5
w em I l I
@ ! $ !g (do) 3WM1VW3dW31 LA SALLE COUNTY STATION M ARK ll OESIGN ASSESSMENT REPORT FIGURE 3.3-12 DRYWELL/WETWELL TEMPERATURE TRANSIENTS FOR A MAIN STEAMLINE BREAK
Rev. 7 1/80 t @
I "
?
3 e
15 EE J 3<
sa
( ~
EE 8a
.~
l 1
1 2 h
- n 5
I I I I I o 8 e R R e c (6sas) guns $3Wd i
LA SALLE COUNTY STATION MARK 11 DESIGN ASSESSM ENT REPORT FIGURE 3.3-13 DRYWELL/WETWELL PRESSURE TRANSIENTS FOR RECIRCULATION LINE BREAK
, Rev. 7 1/80 1 -H
- n RW
<a
$5 r _g da -
- E ft 8a en
- N
- S S
I I I ~
H E a ! 8 (do) 38rtivu3dn31 LA SALLE COUNTY STATION MARK 11 DESIGN ASSESSM ENT REPORT FIGURE 3.3-14 DRYWELL/WETWELL TEtiPERATURE TRANSIENT FOR RECIRCULATION LINE BREAK
, Rev. 7 1/80 1
i N
s v 5 b
E 9
. 8 -
e a o E =
a 3 e
o f
'a5 EI 34 e5 -
d5 "EtE 8a
-~
l l l I I I I .
4 R M R
- O =
- o d (6ssd) 3HOS$3Wd LA SALLE COUNTY STATION MARK 11 DESIGN ASSESSM ENT REPORT FIGURE 3.3-15 DRYWELL/WETWELL PRESSURE TRANSIENT 3 FOR AN INTERMEDIATE BREAK
Rev. 7 1/80 N -
1 4
58 b
- 5 d5
- E It 8a
-~
m
~~
?
4 E
i 5 ;
3 E n
b d
2 1 I g
a a !
(do) 3Hn1VU3dW31 LA SALLE COUNTY STATION MARK 11 DESIGN ASSESSMENT REPORT FIGURE 3.3-16 DRYWELL/WETWELL TEMPERATURE TRANSIENTS FOR AN INTERf1EDIATE BREAK
i i i i iii i i i i i iiij iiiiiiig i i i i i i ij i i i i i i ii[ i i i sisiij ! i i s i iii 30 -
DRYWELL o
55 20 -
6 w
e a
a m WETWELL w
E 10 -
I r
> I e i M Q I I I I iiIIi 1 i l ii if I l t iI l l l l lll1 l t t [ t jt g ) llgll g l g g ggg io ' 2 s
$5 = ,g a 4 6
$ io io' 10 30 ig ig ZF 0
$( 2 $pI gg g gm TIME AFTER LOCA (SEC) dM A 2 0 83 m
P y $0 n z ax - m -i O N g
>x EG 4 -i m X
$yd O 3oz ;
C en O
i i i i i siiiiij iiiiiij ,iiiiig i iiis is e i sii j i i i i siig i i i i iii 300 -
DRYWELL E
t w 200 -
5 tix y WETWELL 2
w F 100 -
E o > I
$ " > 0 ' '! ' ' iiritI i e iiiitil i i,,iiil , , ,,, ,, I f f IffII f t f fit t Hg xm G -1 0 2 3 4 1
jo S 6 EF mx n
$>r 10 10 to 10 TIME AFTER LOCA (SEC) 10 10 10
-z -
Qrf" 9 "1 8 5 dM A zo EI F 5@
mm y-az
- z w 8 O "o CO @
A E 4
$N
>~ $@
- 8 x c
E N $yd
- 8o
= z
~
-4 w N
CD O
INITIAL INSTANTANEOUS RUPTURE ACOUSTIC LOADING ANNULUS PRESSURIZATION y JET STREAM RELEASE w e fr> w
- 8K? Im 5 B jj , j$ PIPE WHIP RESTRAINT LOADING g EM
-m E
c =E o _
90 A zo . - w.
2m w >0 83 L
- C 3
=-
m 2 e
-t TIME + m 8o ,
5Z -
O
Rev. 7 1/80 4 SHROUD SUPPORT P P RECIRC.
I 2
PIPE N0ZZLE SHROUD WALL
< VESSEL WALL P -OPERATION PRESSURE ~lOOO PSI P -SATURATION PRESSURE ~ 900 PSI 2
- ---VESSEL WALL SHROUD WALL
/ RECIRC. PlPE N0ZZLE F
SHROUD SUPPORT VESSEL CUTAWAY LA SALLE COUNTY STATION MARK 11 DESIGN ASSESSMENT REPORT FIGURE 3.3-20 AC0USTIC LOAD ILLUSTRATION
Rev. 7 1/80 CALCULATION OF FORCE I l
n.'~.
. ! j SHIELD 5*- g*$
J. y N RPV
. .',.'+ :
/
l
- -- m
,/
h #
Q .
SHIELD ~ .': ~ w a ~* h
' . , ~*
h*-RPV l
)N /
. ?/. -*/
- s & /
L "..
g
- U '" " / A. PRESSURE DISTRIBUTION
-->/ l l ';' _, /
C= d,.*
/
n
! SHIELD
..'. ~~~
- j
.' 'f ' _,/ RPV l
,; Fat 4 1----D. Fv i M eg I
e= W '*:n .
./* 7**-SKIRT zz:2
. . . .. e -
e7, g
- ;;. ..x....
. l}*j, .I *-PEDESTAL
..:. ... '[.,: ;,'.[k B. RESULTANT FORCES
.v . . . . . . .. . .
, , :;., . . - FORCE DESCRIPTION (ALL FUNCTIONS OF TIME)
W. .. '
- l. PRESSURE LOADS
- 2. PIPE RESTRAINT LOAD
- 3. JET REACTION FORCE I 4. JET IMPINGEMENT FORCE
'/ / / /////
LA SALLE COUNTY STATION MARK 11 DESIGN ASSESSM ENT REPORT FIGURE 3.3-21 ANNULUS PRESSURIZATION LOADING DESCRIPTION
Rev. 7 1/80 THE PIPE WHIP RESTRAINT RESTRICTS PIPE MOTION AND ABSORBS BLOWDOWN ENERGY.
THE RUPTURED PIPE TRAVELS FREELY THROUGH THE CLEARANCE GAP AND THE RESTRAINT DEFORMS TO ABSORB THE KINETIC ENERGY.
/ I
/ l p
SHIELD 1
[//
WALL YIELDED PIPE WHIP RESTRAINT PIPE WHIP RESTRAINT AND PIPE AND PIPE AT REST AFTER IN NORMAL OPERATION POSITION POSTULATED RUPTURE SECTION VIEW (AA)
MASS / ENERGY FLOW PATH K
[ ~
%f WELD :
LOCATION F / / F O \
////
if A "
l A /
/ /-
FRONT VIEW LA SALLE COUNTY STATION MARK 11 DESIGN ASSESSMENT REPORT FIGURE 3.3-22 RESTRICTED PIPE MOTION DURING BLOWDOWN
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 3.4 LSCS Position On NUREG 0487 Lead Plant Acceptance Criteria Table 3.4-1 summarizes the extent to which the LSCS design conforms to the NRC Lead Plant Acceptance Criteria. This table demonstrates that all NRC concerns as addressed in NUREG-0487 have been addressed in the LSCS design reassessment.
3.4-1
TABLE 3.4-1 CONFORMANCE OF THE 1.SCS DESICM TO NUREC_-0478 CRITERIA MARL II OWNERS GROUP IDAD OR PHENOMENON LOAD SPECIFICATION NRC REVIEW STATUS 1A SALLE POSITION ON ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
- 1. 14CA-Related Hydrodynamic Lnads A. Submerged Boundary Loads 33 psi over-pressure added to local Acceptable Acce p table . The Mark II program has provided a realistic During Vent Clearing hydrostatic below vent exit (walls assessment of wall loads based on 4T results (General Electric and basemat) - linear attenuation let ter MFN-080-79, Mr. Sobon to Mr. Stolz, March 20, 1979).
to pool sur face.
B. Pool Swell Loads
- 1. Pwl Swell Analytical Mode l a) Air Bubble Pressure Calculated by the Pool Swell Anal- Acceptable ytical Model (PSAM) used in cal-culation of submerged boundary loads.
E b) Pool Swell Elevation 1.5 x submergence. NRC Criteria 1.A.1 Acceptable Q c) Pool Swell Velocity Velocity history vs. pool eleva- NRC Criteria 1.A.2 Acceptable f tion predicted by the PSAM used to i'
compute impact loading on small The impact of a 10% increase in pool swell velocity will Z structures and drag on gratings be assessed. Although the assumptior.a used in the Pool ,
between initial pool surf ace and Swell Analytical Model are already very conservatire g maximum pool elevation and steady- and eliminate the need for any additional factors, the state drag between vent exit and resulting calculated load increase should not require maximum pool elevat ion. Anal- design changes since there are only a minimum of componrnt s ytical velocity variation used up in the pool swell region of the wetwell.
to maxiec,a velocity. Maximum velocity applies thereaf ter up to maximum pool swell.
d) Pool Swell Acceleration predicted by the PSAM. Acceptable Acce lerat ion Pool acceleration is utilized in the calculation of acceleration drag loads on submerged components y during pool swell. <
e) Wetwell Air Wetwell air compression is cal- Acceptable ,
'A Compression culated by the PSAM. Defines the pressure loading on the wetwell [
boundary above the pool surf ace g during pool swell.
TABLE 3.4-1 (Cont'd)
MARK II OWNERS GROUP LOAD OR PHENOMENON IDAD SPECIFICATION _ NRC REVIEW STATUS LA SALLE POSITION ON ACCEPTANCE CRITERI A f) Drywell Pressure Plant unique. Utilized to PSAM Acceptable if based Acceptable.
History to calculate pool swell loads. on NEDM-10320. Other-vise plant unique reviews required.
- 2. loads on Submerged Maximum bubble pressure predicted Acce ptable __,
Boundaries by the PSAM added uniformly to local hydrostatic below vent exit (wells and basemat) linear attenua-tion to pool surface. Applied to walls up to maximum pool swell elevation.
- 3. Impact Loads a) Small Structures 1.5 x Pressure-Velocity correla- NRC criteria I.A.6 Acceptable. Although the criteria is unnecesarily con-tion for pipes and I beams. servative anvesttgattons indicate that, due to the ctze Constant duration pulse. and frequency of structures in the La Salle pool swell g zone, the design loads used are conservative with respect n
y to the NRC Acceptance Criteria. It should be noted that Y
- ,. analytical work performed by Sargent & Lundy utilizing [
d, the PSTP (Pressure Suppression Test Facility) data for M circumferential targets indicates that the DFFR spe-cification is conservative for the size and frequency of structures in the La Salle Pool Swell Zone. Tests E performed by EPRI (EPRI No. NP-798, May 1978) to deter- "
mine flat pool impact on rigid and flexible cylinders are also in good agreement with DFFR. The NRC Acceptance Criteria utilized an assumption (1-beam impact duration is inversely proportional to velocity) which is incon-sistent with theory and experimental evidence. Never-theless, the NRC Criteria have been used to assess structures in the pool swell zone and these structures can withstand the conservative criteria.
b) Large Structures None - Plant unique load where Plant unique review Acceptable. La Salle has no large structures in the [
applicable. where applicable pool swell zone. ,
c) Crating No impact load specified. P NRC Criteria 1.A.3 Acceptable. La Salle has no grating in pool swell area. 4 vs. open area correlation ann'88 velocity vs. elevation history (*
from the PSAM.
TABLE 3.4-1 (Cont'd)
MARK II OWNERS CROUP 14AD OR PHENOMENON LOAD SPECIFICATION NRC REVIEW STATUS la SALLE POSITION ON ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA
- 4. Wetwell Air Compression a) Wall loads Direct application of the PSAM Acceptable calculated pressure due to wet-well compression.
b) Diaphragm Upward 2.5 paid NRC Criteria I.A.4 Acceptable Loads
- 5. Asymmetric Load None NRC Criteria I.A.5 La Salle was assessed for an asymetric load of the vent clearinr; pressure (22 psig) applied over a 180' sector of the wetwell wall. This load was applied from the base mat to the wetwell floor. The pool hydrostatic load (11 psig at the base mat with linear decrease to zero at water surf ace) was superimposed on the asyuusetric load. 'he La Salle design can accommodate this conservative load. GeNral Electric has provided an analysis showing that this asynssetric load will actually be less than g 10% of the maximum vent clearing pressure (CE letter n
" MFN-076-79, March 16, 1979). Based on a subsequent Y analysis by Brookhaven National Laboratories, the NRC %
i revised this criterion to 20% of the maximum vent clearing E Pressure (NRC/MK 11 Owners Meeting, July 24-25, 1979, Bethesda, Maryland). La Salle has been assessed for an asymmetric load five times greater than the present criterton.
C. Steam Condensation and Chugging Loads
- 1. Downcomer Lateral Loads a) Single Vent Loads 8.8 KIP static NRC Criteria I.B.1 Acceptable b) Multiple Vent loads Prescribes variation of load NRC Criteria I.B.2 Acceptable per downcomer vs. number of n downcomers.
- 2. Submerged Boundary w Loads w
a) High Steam Flux Sinusoidal pressure fluctuation Acceptable _
)
C' Loads added to local hydrostatic.
Aplitude uniform below vent exit-linear attenuation to pool surface. 4.4 psi peak-to peak amplitude. 2, 6, 7 Hz frequencies.
TABLE 3.4-1 (Cont'd)
MARK 11 (NNERS CROUP LOAD OR PHENOMENON LOAD SPECIFICATION NRC REVIEW STATifS IA SALLE POSITION ON ACCEPTANCE CRITERI A II. SRV-Related Hydrodynamic Loads A. Pool Temperature Limits None specified NRC Criteria 11.1 and Acceptable for KWU and CE four are II.3 quencher B. Quencher Air Clearing Mark II plants utilizing the NRC Criteria 11.2 La Salle can acconunodate these loads. he first four SRV Loads quencher use an interim load spe- dis char ge cases listed in the NRC Acceptance Criteria cification consisting of the rams have been assessed. In addition, a simultaneous valve head calculational procedure. actuation case is considered. The cases considered Mark 11 plants utilizing the four and the phasing involved were discussed with the NRC are quencher use quencher load in the December 12, 1978 meeting. H is material is methodology described in DFFR. documented in Section 3.2.1.2.
Analytical models have been used to predict forcing function f requencies f or t he load cases considered. Because of the g wide range of discharge conditions considered the frequency n ,f range used exceeds the 4-!! Hz. range specified. A Y ?
range used exceeds the 4-11 Hz. range specified. A presenta- [
tion on the impact of modifications to the SRV f requency R i range was given in the February 13, 1979 meeting. Results -
of an assessment of the SRV T quencher f requency range were presented at the July 26, 1979, meeting. Documentation of these results is being provided.
{
An additional demonstration of the conservatism of the lead plant approach has been documented by Long Island Lighting Co. ( SNRC-3 74, March 30, 1979, Mr.Novarro(LILOD)to Mr. S. A. Varga NRC transmitting a report entitled,
" Justification of Mark II Lead Plant SRV load De finition.")
In plant tests will be run to demonstrate the adequacy and con-servatism of the design loads.
C. Quencher Tie-Down Loads
'n
- 1. Quencher Arm Loads (a) Four Arm Quencher Vertical and lateral arm loads Acceptable _
y developed on the basis of bounding assumptions for air / water dis- gco charge from the quencher and con- '
servative combinations of maximum /
minimum Subble pressure acting on the quencher.
TABLE 3.4-1 (Cont'd)
MARK II OWNERS CROUP LOAD OR PHENOMENON IDAD SPECIFICATION NRC REVIEW STATUS 1A SALII NSITION ON ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA (b) KWU T Quencher KWU "T" quencher not included in Review Continuing Acce p t able. These loads will be calculated using the Mark II O.G. Progree. T quencher methodology and assumptions described in DFFR for four are arm loads not s pecified at this quenchers, as recommended in the Acceptance Criteria.
time. The KWU T quencher methodology was used to verify the con-servatism of this approach.
- 2. Quencher Tie-Down Loads (a) Four-Arm Quencher Includes vertical and lateral Acce pt able ,,,,,
arm load transmitted to the base-mat via the tie downs. See II.C.I.a above plus vertical transient wave and thrust loads.
Thrust load calculated using a standard momentum balance. Ver-tical and lateral moments for air or water clearing are cal-culated ber.d on conservative k clearing assumptions. y w
p (b) KWU "T" Quencher KWU "T" quencher not inc luded Review Continuing Acce pt able. These loads will be calculated using the o' methodology and assumptions described in DFFR for four in Mark II O.C. pregram. T methodology and assumptions described in DFFR for four M quencher tie-down loads not The KWU T-quencher methodology was used to verify the c8 s pecified at this time. conservatism of this approach. N III. LOCA/SRV Submerged Structure Loads A. IDCA/SRV Jet Loads
- 1. Methodology based on a quasi-one- NRC Criteria III.A.1 See Section 3.3.2.1 f or LOCA Jet loads; SRV Ramshead - NA LDCA/ Rams head SRV Jet Loads dimensional model.
- 2. SRV-Quencher Jet Loads No loads specified for lead pl ant s. NRC Criteria III.A.2 The spherical zone of influence defined in the Model under developw 1t in long- Acceptance Criteria is not approppriate for the two term program. arm quencher. A zone of influence for each arm will be defined as a cylinder with an asis coincidental a 4
with the quencher arm. The length of the cylinder will be equal to the length of the quencher are plus 10 end ,,
cap hole diameters. The radius of the cylinder is expected to be quite small. However, because no structures are within s.
5 feet of the quencher arm, 5 f eet will be assumed. Since no };
wtructures are located within 5 feet of the quencher, the NRC o Criterion III.A.2 is now satisfied.
TABLE 3.4-1 (Cont'd)
MARK 11 OWNERS CROUP LOAD OR PEENOMENON LOAD SPECIFICATION NRC REVIEW STATUS LA SALLE POSITION ON ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA B. LOCA/SRV Air Bubble Drag Loads
- 1. LOCA Air Bubble Loads The methodology follows the LOCA NRC Criteria 11I.B.I. The NRC Acceptance Criteria required modification to the air carryover phase from bubble present methodology in several areas. The lead plant s charging, bubble contract, pool have addressed these concerns. Generie documentat ion rise and pool fallback. The will be provided in a Mark 11 Owners Croup submittal.
drag calculations include standard For La Salle County Station, these items have been addressed and acceleration drag component s. as follows:
- a. Bubble as ymmetry - The NRC acceptance criterion recommends a 10% increase in velocity and acceleration to accommodate potential asysseetries in the LOCA and SRV air bubbles. La Salle f eels that this added factor is unnecessary given the available data and the conservatism already included in the calculations.
In support of this position, it is best to discuss LOCA and SRV air bubbles separately. [
Q The LOCA charging air bubble transient is driven by P the tressurization of tha drywell. The limiting ,,
case is a double-ended guillotine break of a recircula- M 7
tion line. In spite of the low probability of this [
type of break, additional conservatisms are included e, in the calculation of the mass-energy release rate. %
Af ter the bubble begins to form, observations from tests indicate no significant asymmetries when the bubble expands (EPRI report NP-441, April 1977). Drag coef ficients are also conservatively determined as outlined in Appendix B.S. Loads measured in teste show that LOCA air bubble loads are greatly over-predicted by analytical models.
L SRV air bubble loads have been demonstrated to be very conservative by the Caors- in pla t tests (CE letter MFN-090-79 to Mr. J. F. Stolz, March 28, 1979) and the ETC full-scale. single-cell tests in Germany (as reported by e Pennsylvania Power & Light). In addition, multiple j valve phasing has been assessed for very conservative '
unrealistic conditions. Finally, as noted for the LOCA -a air bubble, drag coef ficients have been determined conse r va t i ve ly . ((
to O
in view of the conservatisms identified here and the conservatism of the current methods when compared to test data, no additional multipliers are being applied to velacities and accelerations to simulate pos t ul at ed bubble asymmetries.
TABLE 3.4-1 (Cont'd)
MARK Il OWNERS CROUP LOAD OR PRENUMENON LOAD SPECIFICATION NRC REVIEW STATUS LA_SALLE POSITION ON ACCEPTANCE CRITERI A
- b. Standard Drag in Accelerating Flows - Addressed in Section B.5.
- c. Nodalization of Structures - Addressed in Section B.S.
- d. lat er ference Effects - Addressed in Section B.5.
- e. Int er fer ence in Downcomer Bracing - Does not apply to La Salle.
- 2. SRV-Rams Head Air The methodology is based on an NRC Criteria III.B.2 a. Neglecting Standard Drag - Standard drag is calculated Bubble Loads analyitcal model of the bubble and included for all submerged structure load calculations.
charging porcess including bubble rise and oscillation. Acce l er a- b. LOCA Bubble Criteria - See Section B.S.
tion drag alone is considered. g n
- 3. SRV-Quencher Air No quencher drag model provided for NRC Criteria III.B.3. The bubble location and radius will be defined appropriately 7 Bubble Loads lead plants. Lead plants propose for T-quenchers. Bubbles are located near the arms. The %
g interin use of rams head model (See bubble size is predicted from the line air volume. E e III .B.2 above). Model will be -
developed in long-term program.
O E
C. Steam Condensation Drag No generic load methodology Lead plant l oad s pe- Described in Subaections 3.3.1.3.5 and 3.3.1.3.6.
Loads provided. Generic model under cification and NRC development in long-term porgram. review will be con-ducted on a plant unique basis with confirmation in long-term program using generic model.
- o e
M H
\
cn O
LSCS-MARK II DAR. Rev. 7 1/80 4.0 LOAD COMBINATIONS CONSIDERED 4.1 CONTAINMENT AND INTERNAL CONCRETE STRUCTURES The containment and internal concrete structures were asses' sed for the load combinations presented in Table 4.1-1. These combinations include the forces due to pool dynamic loads as reported in DFFR Table 5-2.
The loading categories considered in Table 4.1-1 are consistent with those specified in Article CC-3000 of the ASME B&PV Code,Section III, Division 2 and include the following categories:
- a. normal operating load. with and without thermal loads,
- b. normal operating loads with severe environmental loads,
- c. normal operating loads with extreme environmental loads,
- d. abnormal loads,
- e. abnormal loads with severe environmental loads, and
- f. abnormal loads with extreme environmental loads.
The time sequence of occurrence of the LOCA and SRV transient loads presented in the DFFR Figures 5-1 through 5-6 were used in determining these design load combinations with pool dynamic loads.
All combinations of SRV and LOCA loads with other design loads required by the NRC have been considered, including the hypo-thetical combination of LOCA with one SRV valve actuation.
As shown in Table 4.1-1, the various modes of SRV actuation considered (with the rams head discharge) are:
SRV-ALL 1. Symmetric actuation of all valves
- 2. Resonant sequential symmetric actuation of all valves 4.1-1
LSCS-MARK II DAR- Rev. 7 1/80 SRV-ADS Automatic depressurization actuation of seven valves.
SRV-Asymmetric Actuation of two adjacent valves.
SRV-Single Actuation of one valve.
The LOCA loads are denoted by P g and PB in the load combination table and represent three possible pipe break accidents:
- a. DBA - design-basis large break accident
- b. IBA - intermediate break accident, and
- c. SBA - small break accident.
Wherever applicable, the following loads associated with LOCA are included wherever P g or P B occur in the load combinations:
- a. LOCA pressure,
- b. accident temperature,
- c. pipe break reactions,
- d. vent clearing and pool swell,
- e. condensation-oscillation, and
- f. chugging.
Even though the SRV and LOCA loads used for design are bounding loads as disc'2ssed in Section 3.0, additional load factors are applied to these loads (see load combination Table 4.1-1) to assure conservatism for hypothetical overloads.
The load factors adopted are based upon the degree of certainty and probability of occurrence for the individual loads as discussed in the DFFR. The relation between the different times of occurrence of various time-dependent loads as presented in the DFFR were combined and accounted for to determine the most critical loading conditions. In any load combination, if the effect of any load other than dead load (such as thermal 4.1-2
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 loads) reduces the net design forces, it is deleted from the combination to maximize the design loads.
The reversible nature of the structural responses due to the pool dynamic loads and seismic loads is accounted for by con-sidering for each the peak positive and negative magnitudes of the response forces and maximizing the total positive and negative forces and moments governing the design.
Seismic and pool dynamic load effects are combined by summing the peak responses of each load by the ABS method. The SRSS method is more appropriate than this conservative approach, since the peak effects of all loads do not occur simultaneously.
However, the conservative ABS method is used in the design assessment of the containment and internal concrete structure to expedite licensing review.
Re-evaluation of the containment structure for these loads is described in Section 5.1.
Acceptance Criteria The acceptance criteria used in the reassessment of the containment and internal concrete structures for these additional loads and load combinations are the same as those reported in LSCS-FSAR Subsection 3.8.1. These criteria meet or exceed the requirements of Article CC-3000 of the ASME B&PV code,Section III, Division 2.
For example, the ASME Code permits yielding of the containment reinforcing steel when thermal loads are present, whereas the criteria used in the reassessment do not permit yielding of the reinforcing steel.
4.1-3
TABLE 4.1-1 DESIGN LOAD COMBINATIONS LOAD g
E COND D L F Po. To Ro Eo Ess PR PA T J R J ER SRV Ay ALL ASYMMETRICAL SINGLE 1 Normal w/o Temp 1,4 1,7 - - - - -
1.5 0 X X 1.0 1.0 - - - -
2 Normal w/ Temp 1,3 - - - -
1.3 0 X X 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 - - -
3 No rmal 1.25 0 X X Sev. Env. 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.25 - -
1.25 -
1.0 1.0 -
1.25 X 0 X 4 Abnormal 1.0 1.0 1.0 - - - - -
X
- - - 1.25 1.0 1.0 -
1.0 0 0 0 4a 1.0 1.0 1.0 - - -
5 Abnormal 1.1 X 0 X Sev. Env. 1.0 1.0 1.0 - - -
1.1 -
1.1 -
1.0 1.0 -
1.0 1.0 1.0 0 0 0 X Sa 1.0 1.0 1.0 - - -
1.1 - -
1.1 -
r Normal y
6 0 X X m 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 -
1.0 - - - - -
1.0 I Ert. Env. 1.0 A >
. 7 Abnormal 1.0 1.0 1.0 X 0 X E Ext. Env. 1.0 1.0 1.0 - - - -
1.0 1.0 -
1.0 Y
1.0 -
1.0 1.0 1.0 1. 1.0 0 0 0 X 7a 1.0 1.0 1.0 - - -
o z
LOAD DESCRIPTION
= Dead Loads Egg = Safe Shutdown Earthquake D
L = Live Loads PB = SBA and IBA LOCA L.oads F = Prestressing Loads TA
= Pipe Break Temperature Load
= Operating Temperature Loads RA
= Pipe Break Temperature Reactions To O 8 Ro = Operating Pipe Reactions PA = DBA LOCA Imads Py = Operating Pressure Loads R
R
= eactions and Jet Forces Due to 2 y
SRV = Safety / Relief Valve l'sds Pipe Break Eo = Operating Basis Earthquake J
km
\
m O
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 4.2 CONTAINMENT LINER The load combinations used for the design of the suppression pool liner and its anchorage system are the same as given in Table 4.1-1 except that all load factors are equal to unity.
The use of unity loads factors is in accordance with Article CC-3000 of the ASME B&PV Cede,Section III, Division 2.
Acceptance Criteria The self-limiting thermal loads, the strains in the liner plate and the displacements of the liner anchorage system are limited to the values allowed in Article CC-3000 of the ASME B&PV Code,Section III, Division 2.
For mechanical loads such as any net negative pressure from pool dynamic load, the liner stresses are limited to the values specified in Subsection NE-3211 of the ASME B&PV Code,Section I!I, Division 1.
Fatigue evaluation of the liner is based on Subsection NE-3222-4 of the ASME B&PV Code,Section III, Division 1.
I 4.2-1
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 4.3 OTHER STRUCTURAL COMPONENTS 4.3.1 Concrete Structures The load combinations, including pool dynamic loads, considered in the reassessment of concrete structures (other than contain-ment concrete structures) such as shear walls, slabs, and beams are shown in Table 4.3-1.
For concrete structures, the peak effects resulting from seismic and pool dynamic loads were combined by the conservative ABS method even though the SRSS method is more appropriate, since the probability of all peak effects occurring at the same time is very small.
Acceptance Criteria The acceptance criteria used in the reassessment of reinforced concrete structures other than containment and internal concrete structures are the same criteria defined in Subsection 3.8.4.5 of the LSCS-FSAR and are identified in Table 4.3-1 for each load combination. The stresses and strains are limited to those specified in ACI 318-1971. As indicated in Table 4.3-1, ultimate strength design method has been used for all load combinations. No overstress is allowed for seismic loads.
As stated in the FSAR, when a LOCA occurs outside the contain-ment, as in load combinations 4, 4a, 5, Sa, 7, and 7a, yield line theory is used to design reinforced concrete walls and slabs.
4.3.2 Steel Structures The load combinations including pool dynamic loads considered in the reassessment of steel structures such as framing, con-tainment galleries, embedments, hangers for cable trays, con-duits, and ducts are listed in Table 4.3-2.
4.3-1
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 For steel structures such as containment and reactor building galleries, framing and their embedments, the peak effects resulting from seismic and pool dynamic loads were combined by the conservative ABS method, whereas for the design of hangers for cable trays, conduits and HVAC ducts, the peak effects from seismic and pool dynamic loads were combined by the SRSS method.
Acceptance Criteria For steel structures, stresses and strains in accordance with the 1969 AISC specifications are used for load combinations 1 through 3 defined in Table 4.3-2. No overstress is allowed for seismic loads. For load combinations involving abnormal or extreme environmental loads, as in load combinations 4 through 7a of Table 4.3-2, the steel stresses were conserva-tively limited to 0.95 r,. No plastic deformations were allowed.
4.3-2
TABLE is.3-1 LOCA AND SRV DESIGN LOAD COMBINATIONS REINFORCFD CONCRETE STRUCTt'RES OTHER THAN CONTAlhHENT ASW-MET- DESIGN LOAD COND D L* F To R E F P P Tg Rg RR SRV** ADS ALL RICAL SINCLE STRENCTH EON Po O O 33 B A 1 Normal 1.5 0 X X AC1 318-71 w/o Temp 1.4 1.7 1.0 1.0 - - - - - - - - -
2 Normal AC1 318-71 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 - -
1.3 0 X X w/ Temp 1.0 1.3 - - - - -
3 Normal AC1 318-71 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.25 - - 1.25 0 X X Sev. Env. 1.0 - - -
1.0 1.0 1.25 X 0 X Yield Limit 4 Abnormal 1.0 1.0 1.0 - - - - - 1.25 - -
0 0 1.0 1.0 1.25 1.0 1.0 - 1.0 0 X 4a 1.0 - - - - - -
5 Abnormal 1.0 1.1 1.1 1.0 1.0 - 1.1 X 0 X Yield Limit Sev. Env. 1.0 1.0 - - - - -
0 5a 1.0 1.0 1.0 - - -
1.1 - - 1.1 1.0 1.0 - 1.0 0 0 X U
n 6 Normal ACI 318-71 Y Ext. Env. 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 -
1.0 - - - - - 1.0 0 X X s
w 7 Abnormal 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 X 0 X Yield Limit -
b Ext. Env. 1.0 1.0 1.0 - - - - -
1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 0 0 0 X 7a 1.0 1.0 1.0 - - - -
1.0 -
es N
LOAD DESCRIPTION D = Dead Loads E = Safe Shutdown Earthquake 33 L = Live Loads PB
= SBA and 1BA LOCA Loads F = Prestressing Loads Tg = Pipe Break Temperature Load
= Normal Operating Pressure RA = Pipe Break Temperature Reactions PO Loads ,
Differential Load
= Operating Temperature loads PA
= DBA LOCA Lnads To Ro = Operating Pipe Reactions RR = Reactions and Jet Forces Due to y Pipe Break Py = Operating Pressure Loads * = Varies an Magnitude and Intensity (
SRV = Safety / Relief Valve Loads ** = Only Ons SRV Load should be $
Combined at One Time Eg = Operating Basis Earthquake
TABLE 4. 3-2 LOCA AND SRV DESIGN LOAD COMBINATIONS STRUCTURAL STEEL ELASTIC DESIGN ASYN-MET- DESICM M _D,,,_ M 1 Po TO R O I O E 33 P
B PA TA Rg RR SRV** ADS g RICAL SINGLE STRESS 1 Normal AISC w/o Temp 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 - - - - - - - - -
1.0 0 X X Allowable 2 Normal AISC w/ Temp 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 - - - - - - -
1.0 0 X X Allowable 3 Normal AISC Sev. Env. 1.0 1.0 -
1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 - - - - - -
1.0 0 X X Allowable 4 Abnornal 1.0 1.0 1.0 - - - - -
1.0 -
1.0 1.0 - 1.0 X 0 X 1.6 AISC 4a 1.0 1.0 1.0 - - - - - -
1.0 1.0 1.0 - 1.0 0 0 0 X Allowable i 95 Fy 5 Abno rmal Sev. Env. 1.0 1.0 - - - -
1.0 - 1.0 - 1.0 1.0 - 1.0 X 0 X 1.6 AISC 3a 1.0 1.0 - - - -
1.0 - -
1.0 1.0 1.0 - 1.0 0 0 0 X Allowable p, 1 .95 Fy g
- a. 6 Normal ?
1.6 AISC g w Ext. Env. 1.0 1.0 -
1.0 1.0 1.0 -
1.0 - - - - -
1.0 0 X X Allowable g j, 1 .95 Fy ,
7 Abnormal 1.6 AISC g Ext. Env. 1.0 1.0 - - - - -
1.0 1.0 - 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 X 0 X Allowable m 7a 1.0 1.0 - - - - -
1.0 - 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 0 0 0 X 1 .95 Fy LOAD DESCRIPTION D = Dead Loads E = Safe Shutdown Earthquake 33 L = Live Loads P = BA and IBA LOCA Loads B
S = Stability Loads T A
= Pipe Break Temperature Load P = Operating Pressure Differential R = Pipe Break.'3emperature Reactions O m Load Loade Q
= Operating Pipe Reactions R
O P = OBA LOCA Loads Py = Operating Pressure Loads R * **'" "8 "" * #"** "*
R Pipe Break >*
N SRV = Safety / Relief Valve Loads ** = Only One SRV Should be Combined $
EO = Operating Basis Earthquake at One Time
- = Varies in Magnitude and Intensity NOTE: In loading Combinations 2 and 3, the design stress is 1.5 AISC Allowable when T is considered.
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 4.4 BALANCE-OF-PLANT PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 4.4.1 Wetwell Piping The load combinations considered for piping located in the wetwell are shown in Table 4.4-1. The combinations include the loads described in Section 3 resulting from building response, loads on submerged structures due to the surrounding fluid motion, and pool swell and fallback loads. Where certain load combina-tions are bounded by another load combination, the bounding combination was considered. The loads were combined using the SRSS method, with the exception of condensation oscilla-tion loads, which were added absolutely.
4.4.2 Non-Wetwell Piping 4.4.2.1 Load Combination and Acceptance Criteria For piping not submerged in the wetwell, all loads described in Section 3 are applied to piping through the building response. These loads were considered in the combinations and for the acceptance criteria shown in Table 4.4-1. Of these load combinations, number 2 and 3 were considered to be the bounding combinations, and piping was analyzed for these two combinations. As the other load definitions and combinations became more clearly defined, it became possible to verify the adequacy of load combinations 2 and 3 with respect to the others. Studies were performed and are described in the following subsection. Loads were combined using the SRSS method with the exception of condensation oscillation loads which were added absolutely.
4.4-1
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 4.4.2.2 Evaluation of Bounded Load Combination - Rams Head De finition
- a. " 8*
",,^
SSE + SRVADS +
To evaluate the adequacy of the design basis relative to this load combination, spectra for various points in the containment and reactor building were combined SRSS and compared with the design-basis spectra at these points. The plots are shown in Figure 4.4-1. The spectra show that in the piping frequencies the chugging load com-bination is bounded by the design basis,
- b. SSE + Co vs. DESIGN BASIS Eighty-six subsystems were analyzed for this com-bination and 1,132 restraint loads compared with the design-basis loads. Of the loads for this combination, 91.3% were lower than the design basis.
Approximately 8.7% of the restraints increased in load, and of these, three restraints (or 0.3%)
increased sufficiently to require redesign. Figure 4.4-2, Sheet 1, shows the complete distribution of the load changes. The CO load used was the 7.5-psi peak to peak definition with fluid-structure interaction.
4.4.2.3 Justification of Alternative Acceptance Criteria
- a. Quencher vc. Rams Head The switch to a quencher discharge device caused a change in building response spectra which was evaluated to ensure the continued adequacy of the design basis. The study described in 4.4-2
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 Subsection 4.4.2.2b was performed for this load combination and a distribution of load changes is shown in Figure 4.4-2, Sheet 2. Of these loads, 98.2% are lower than the design basis. The 1.8%
that are increases are caused by the fact that although the quencher spectra peaks are lower in amplitude than the rams head spectra peaks, the fre-quency of the peaks shifts in the low-frequency direc-tion, causing a small number of restraints on low-frequency systems to increase. None of the increases would require redesign, since the fundamental fre-quencies of the piping are larger than these low frequencies.
- b. HUGGING vs. DESIGN BASIS SSE + SRVADS +
Because SRV ggg loads are used instead of SRV ADS for the quencher load definition, this load com-bination must be reevaluated for the quencher device. It now becomes equivalent to SSE + SRVggg + CHUGGING. The same study as described in Subsection 4.4.2.2 was done for this load com-bination, and the load change distributions are shown in Figure 4.4-2, Sheet 3. Approximately 90.4% of the loads are lower, and one restraint (or 0.09%) would require redesign.
4.4.2.4 Summary Based on the evaluations outlined above, the current rams head design basis can be considered an acceptable design basis for the plant. The results of th3 piping analyses for the rams head design basis are in Tabies 3.9-34 through 3.9-36 of the LSCS-FSAR.
4.4-3
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 4.4.3 Equipment All loading combinations shown in Table 4.4-1 were considered.
The following bounding load cases were used for the re-evaluation:
Load Combination Acceptance Criteria
- a. Normal operating loads + Upset OBE Seismic + SRVall (1% damping) (1% damping) 5
- b. Normal operating loads +
SSE Seismic + SRV yy (2% damping) (2% damping)
> Emergency
- c. Normal operating loads +
SSE Seismic + CO 2-7 hz (2% damping) (2% damping)
The seismic loads were combined with the pool dynamic loads by the SRSS method except for case (c), where the absolute sum method was used.
The acceptance criteria used for BOP equipment are given in Table 4.4-2 for both active and nonactive equipment and for fluid and nonfluid systems.
SQRT Forms have been completed for all pieces of equipment located in the reactor building (except for valves).
Equipment reevaluation for loads combination case (c) is not documented in SQRT Form because of one of the following reasons:
- a. Equipment does not possess any natural frequencies in the dominant frequency range of 2-8 Hz.
4.4-4
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80
- b. Equipment possess natural frequencies in the dominant frequency range of 2-8 Hz with insignificant partici-pation to the equipment total response.
I. Nonactive fluid system equipment has been checked for ,
the same loading combinations and the corresponding ASME Section III design limits.
Operability of all active components was established by an elastic deflection analysis if the combined stresses were below the yield stress and by an exact deflection analysis if combined stresses exceeded the yield stress.
II. The piping reaction on mechanical equipment will be maintained within the equipment vendor's nozzle allowables by providing additional pipe restraints if needed.
If the nozzle load cannot be maintained within the vendor-supplied equipment allowables, the following additional checks will be performed:
- a. Local nozzle stress analysis using WRC Bulletin 107 as a guide,
- b. Evaluation of the equipment supporting structure.
III. The seismic qualification reports for all equipment and components mounted to the floor will be reviewed and checked using the new loading combinations. Additional calculation and/or test shall be made where necessary. In addition, foundation loads will be checked for acceptability.
IV. For Seismic Cateogry I valves, the dynamic coefficients will be computed from the new piping analysis which considers all LOCA and SRV related dynamic loads. The valves will be qualified to meet these dynamic coefficients or a new piping 4.4-5
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 support arrangement will be developed to reduce the dynamic coefficients to acceptable levels. In addition, active valves will undergo a review to assure that the stress allowables for operability are also met.
V. T-QUENCHER ASSESSMENT The impact of the loading combinations associated with the T-Quencher have been assessed. Equipment that needed retesting under rams head loads needs retesting under T-quencher loads. Equipment that was tested and met the requirements of rams head loading would in most cases meet the requirements of T-quencher loads with minor justification. Some equipment qualified by analysis may need additional calculations. No major hardware modifications or retesting of the equipment is anticipated.
4.4-6
TABLE 4.4-1 LOAD COMBINATIONS FOR EQUIPMENT AND PIPING SRV Load Case P W ALL ADS OBE SSE SBA( IBA DBA Acceptance Criteria 1 X X X Upset 2 X X X X Upset 3 X X X X Emergency (2) 4 X X X X X Emergency ( }( }
5 X X X X X Emergency ( }( } E O
, 6 X X X X X( } X( Emergency ( } $
7 X Emergency (2) 9 i
w X X X U
U P - Pressure W - Weight SRV - Safety Relief Valve ADS - Automatic Depressurization System OBE - Operating Basis Earthquake SSE - Safe Shutdown Earthquake E SBA - Small Break Accident ?
IBA - Intermediate Break Accident DBA - Design Basis Accident "
- 2. Faulted for Non-Essential Subsystems $
- 3. Active Equipment Evaluated to Upset
- 4. Chugging
- 5. Condensation Oscillation or Annulus Pressurization
LSCS-MARK II DAR P.s v . 7 1/80 TABLE 4.4-2 LOAD COMBINATIONS AND ALLOWABLE STRESS LIMITS FOR BOP EQUIPMENT A. Nonfluid System Equipment NONACTIVE ACTIVE (AND ACTIVE PLANT CONDITION (ELASTIC DEFLECTION) EXACT DEFLECTION)
Upset (Normal Operating Loads m j 0.6 S y (D.M.) o mI
- y ( *"*}
+ SRVggg + OBE Seismic) 5 0.3 S u (B.M.) 3 0.4 S u (B.M.)
t3 0.7 S y (D.M.) a t j 0.9 S y (D.M.)
5 0.4 S u (B.M.) 5 0.6 S u (B.M.)
Emergency ,
(Normal Operating Loads om j 0.7 S y (D.M.) om j 0.9 S 'D.M.)
+ SRVALL + SSE Seismic) 5 0.4 S u (B.M.) 5 0.6 S u (B.M.)
(Normal Operating Loads t j 0.95 S y (D.M.) a t j l.5 S y (D.M.)
+ SSE Seismic + CO2-7) s < 0.6 S (B.M.) < 0.9 S (B.M.)
- u -
u B. Active Fluid System Equipment PLANT CONDITION ASME CLASS 1 ASME CLASS 2 & 3 Upset (SRVALL + OBE + Normal Per ASME Sec. III Per ASME Sec. III Operating Loads) Same as Nonactive Same as Nonactive Emergency (SRVggg + SSE + Normal Operating Loads) om j 1.00 Sm m j 1.00 Sh (CO2-7 + SSE + Normal Operating Loads) ,
a t j 1.5 S m "t j 1.65 Sh Where:
m = Membrane stress S u = Ultimate stress at a = Membrane + bending stress "9 t
S'h 8 m = As defined by Section III D.M. = Ductile material S = Yield stress at corresponding B.M. = Brittle material temperature 4.4-8
Rev. 7 1/80 racautscv ru cra see.o roo.o too.o so.o ro.e to.o e.o e.o i.e e.s 8.00 d isa ' 1">"l2' iiit ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ""ut2' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' """ n' ' ' ' ' ' '
7 00 l
6 00 5.00 S
E E 4 00
!M :
3 00 s
2.00 - ' /
7 1.00 ) 9 b J ' \
i
's f/
\
0.00 n " "" - . i > > > iin on inn . . . . i . '.in un = . . - .". .. . . . . . .n. nn
.see o.u4 o.ote o.sto o.oes " ".o4o o a.oso a.noe o.roo e.4ee e.see i.e e.o renroo su secemos LA SALLE COUNTY STATION SET-1 REACTOR SLAB EL. 694'-6" N-S M ARK H ESIGN ASSESSMENT REPORT G W E 4.4-1 COMB. 1. = [SSE2+ CHUG 2 + (SRVADS)
RESPONSE SPECTRA COMPARIS0N DESIGN
- COMB. 2. = [(SSE)2 + (SRVRH)2]y BASIS VS. CHUGGING
- DESIGN BASIS (SHEET 1 of 18)
Rev. 7 1/80 FRtGutNCY IN CPS son.o eco.o too.o so.o so.o is .o s.o z.o n.e s.s 16.00 '
s .. i l jinu a q i a e e ileei ; junn ia n; i s i i a aeie e i . a nni lmi ine i a i 14.00 12 00 10.00 3 -
k ,
E ~
E8.00 _
u e .
6.00
. F 4.00 I I 2.00 m N
/~ \~
3 +
~
0.00 i>>,,oni,'>" > i,ii ,,,,,,,,ini,,,,,,,,,,,,.,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,,, , , , , , , ,,,,, , ,, ,,,,,,,,m , , , , , , , , , ,,
. cot o.co4 o.cos o.oio a.oro a.o o o.a., e. goo e,oos e,.go e,oon 3,o e ,,
renroo tw seceNos LA SALLE COUNTY STATION SET-1 " ^ " * " **'"" ********"' "'" "'
REACTOR SLAB EL. 694'-6" VERT COMB. 1. = [SSE2+ CHUG 2 + (SRVADS}) RESPONSE SPECTRA COMPARIS0N DESIGN
- COMB. 2. = [(SSE)2 + (SRVRH)2] BASIS VS. CHUGGING
- DESIGN BASIS (SHEET 2 of 18)
Rev. 7 1/80 rneaucwcv IN crs see.o ees.o ise.e es.e ro.e is.e s.e e.e i.e e.s 8 00 u_2 , a . , aun o a.u . 4 - . . >' '"i"'" ;'4 '"ut" 'a a i 7 00 8 00 5 00 3
5 '
C' E4.00 u
e .
3 00 2 00 7
. /
1 00 l A 7 / 3 L\ () ' N
(.I) \
s N b 0.00 $ i n "un' iii i' i' ni' i n ni n n' =>>"nio ii '
.see o.oo4 o.'ooso.oto a.oen o.our o.'oso' " ' ' o' " " ".=eos' ' ' " "o".*e' e' e'a .'s'e"s i o".' ion' renteo IN secewos LA SALLE COUNTY STATION SET-1 REACTOR SLAB EL. 694'-6" E-W '""^***"'",'"'""'
COMB. 1. = [SSE2+ CHUG 2 + (SRVADS}
RESPONSE SPECTRA COMPARIS0N DESIGN
- COMB. 2. = [(SSE)2 + (SRVRH)2]% BASIS VS. CHUGGING
- DESIGN BASIS (SHEET 3 of 18)
Rev. 7 1/80 FRt90ENCY !W cps eso.o too.o ion.o so.o 20.o io.o s.o 2.o n.o e.s 8,00 ' - - - - 'unon > > > > > >> . n u ni t i... ...i nio n ' .
7 00 6.00 5 00
?
E C
E 4 00
'i u
e 3.00 2 00 ,
\
d l.00 )
- 7\ @ .
( \
/ 1r / \
) Y %
0.00 ...,,i,n,, ,i ,i ,,,i ,,,i ,,,,i ,,,,i ,,,,i , , , , , ,l ,, , , , , ,,,. ,,,, ,,,, , , , , , nn ,, , c, .. ., , ,,,o ,,,,
.002 0 004 0 000 0.O 0 0.ot0 0.040 0.000 0 300 0.t00 0.400 0.000 i.0 28 renseo su secanos LA SALLE COUNTY STATION SET-1 REACTOR SLAB EL. 740'-0" N-S MARK la ESIGN ASSESSMENT REPORT COMB. 1. = [SSE2+ CHUG 2 + (SRVADS)2]g FIGURE 4.4-1 RESPONSE SPECTRA COMPARIS0N DESIGN
- COMB. 2. = [(SSE)2 + (SRVRH)2]h BASIS VS. CHUGGING
- DESIGN BASIS (SHEET 4 of 18)
Rev. 7 1/80 ratoutwcr IW cra see.o see.o see.e oe.e es.e ie.e e.e e.e i.e e.e 16.00 ,... . in...,.. , . . . . > . . . . , i..... a. ; su. i. 2.2 ........i...i.
14.00 12.00 10.00 o
5
, i 3 E '
C E8.00
'i 8 .
e .
6 00 LN 4 00 I 2 00 l N \ { N
}
d
- C- k%
0.00 .... .... .. , , . . . . . . .... .... .... . . ... .. . . . . .... . . . ' .... .i . <.l ... ....i .... .
.oot o.oo4 o.cos o.oto a.oro o.o4o o.eso o.nos o.neo o.4ao o.cos n.o z.e renteo IW stesNos LA SALLE COUNTY STATION SET-1 MARK li ESIGN ASSESSMENT REPORT REACTOR SLAB EL. 740'-0" VERT FIGURE 4.4-1 COMB. 1. = [SSE2+ CHUG 2 + (SRVADS)2]g RESPONSE SPECTRA COMPARISON DESIGN
- COMB. 2. = [(SSE)2 + (SRVRH)2] BASIS VS. CHUGGING
- DESIGN BASIS (SHEET 5 of 18)
Rev. 7 1/80 ratatacwcr tw ces .
500.0 200.0 100.0 50.0 20.0 10.0 5.0 20 10 0.5 8.00 '>>> > ' a.. i>> > > > > >>> t > ....... ,eii e ii. ._1 tun ut. >>>a 7.00 6.00 5.00 3
E D
E4.00 d
e 3.00
/
. r 1
2.r0 U >
1.00 h
- /
0.c0 ,,,, .... > , ,... .... .... .... .... . , , . . . ..., .... ..., ,, , , , , . . ,,,, ,,,, _
.002 0.004 0 000 0 010 0.020 0.040 0.000 0.100 0.t00 0.400 0 000 1.0 20 renteo la secewos LA SALLE COUNTY STATION MARK 11 ESIGN ASSESSM ENT REPORT SET-1 REACTOR SLAB EL. 740'-0" E-W COMB. 1. = [SSE2+ CHUG 2 + (SRVADS}
RESPONSE SPECTRA COMPARIS0N DESIGN
- COMB. 2. = [(SSE)2 + (SRVRH)2]b BASIS VS. CHUGGING
- DESIGN BASIS (SHEET 6 of 18)
Rev. 7 1/80 FREQUENCY IN cps s00.0 t00 0 t00 0 s00 20 0 t0.0 s.O E.0 s.O o.s
.. . . ..""os ii e i .nnini >>.i'i,non'i. 'i - -
8.00 i>ii 7.00 6.00 5.00 e
w E
E4.00 b
u e
3.00 2
2 00
[
1.00 }
u \
f iii. ,inii
................i,ii,i..n 0.00 ..... .... . . . . . . .... .... .... .... . . . .
0 400 0 000 10 20
.00E 0 004 0 000 0.010 0.020 0 040 0 000 0.100 0.t00 renteo tw seceNos LA SALLE COUNTY STATION SET-1 REACTOR SLAB EL. 843'-6" N-S MARK ll DEStGN ASSESSMENT REPORT FIGURE 4.4-1 COMB. 1. = [SSE2+ CHUG 2 + (SRVADS)2]
RESPONSE SPECTRA COMPARIS0N DESIGN
- COMB. 2. = [(SSE)2 + (SRVRH)2]h BASIS VS. CHUGGING
- DESIGN BASIS (SHEET 7 of 18)
Rev. 7 1/80 rateutwcv IN cra sos.o roo.o too.o so.o so.o to.o s.o a.o 1.o e.o 16.00 . . .. iiii . ne l ,, . . . ..i1 ,isus us iaia eii e ' in i . isi eii e i 14 00 /
A 12.00 10.00 3
~
E E 8 00 d .
d a
D 6 00 e 1<
M 4 00 l 1 2 00 ; A 4F JJ QR r- S r -
D s x
0.00 i>>>> nn . i i e i i i .... no . ... ini . . . . . . iiii' un >>>>> no .. , i i' ii .' > > > ' .. 1
. cot o.co4 o.ooo a.oto o.oto o.oeo o. coo a.too o.nos e.eoo o.ooo s.o a.o fratto tw secewos LA SALLE COUNTY STATION MARK H ESIGN ASSESSMENT REPORT SET-1 REACTOR SLAB EL. 843'-6" VERT 2
COMB. 1. = [SSE + CHUG 2 + (SRVADS) 3 RESPONSE SPECiRA COMPARISON DESIGN
- COMB. 2. = [(SSE)2 + (SRVRH)2] BASIS VS. CHUGGING
- DESIGN BASIS (SHEET 8 of 18)
Rev. 7 1/80 rREQUENCY IN CPS 000.0 200.0 100.0 50.0 20.0 10.0 0.0 t.0 t.0 0.8 8.00 .
iie a "no si i>ie ii> i "n>>. ..i i. ., iii n .,i..,
7.00 6.00
\.
5.00 S
E 1
g4.00 s -
d 8
C 3 00 \
~
L 2.00 @\
,)
1.00 / ,
/
\
_ -/ %
- "" ii'i "" i' ' ' ' ' i ' i i
"" nimi i "" nii' 0.00 iiii i i i i 1 i i i i i i 1.0 " ".0 2
.002 0.004 0 000 0.010 " ".
0 020 0 040 0.000 0.100 0.t00 0.400 0 000 PERIOD IN SEC3NDS LA SALLE COUNTY STATION SET-1 REACTOR SLAB EL. 843'-6" E-F! M ARK 11 DESIGN ASSESSMENT REPORT FIGURE 4.4-1 COMB. 1. = [SSE2+ CHUG 2 + (sqyADS)2]g RESPONSE SPECTRA COMPARIS0N DESIGN
- COMB. 2. = [(SSE)2 + (SRVRH)239 BASIS VS. CHUGGING
- DESIGN BASIS (SHEET 9 of 18)
Rev. 7 1/80 racoutwcv tu ces Woo.o too.o too.o so.o to.o to.o 5.o 2.o 1.o a.5 8.00 ee i i -
us e, l. <'s.. . is. .,
puu l, . isi.. i... . ......l.. ......i 7.00 6.00 5 00 C . - ~
$)
h E4.00 5
0 I e
3.00 l i 1 2.00 l m ,
j 1 00 1 p
(- / N \
0 00 ,,,,,,,,,. ,. ,i,,,,,,, , , , , , , , , , . , , , ,i..... , ,, ,,,,,,,,,,....n.,i ,,,,i. .,,i ,! ...iniiii,ioni a.oco o.a.o o.oso a. ion o. coo a.*oo o.soo t.o a.o
.oor o.oo. o.oos o.oio reatoo tw steswos LA SALLE COUNTY STATION SET-1 CONT. WALL EL. 786'-0" E-W COMB. 1. = [SSE2+ CHUG 2 + (SRVADS) RESPONSE SPECTRA COMPARIS0N DESIGN
- COMB. 2. = [(SSE)2 + (SRVRH)2] BASIS VS. CHUGGING
- DESIGN BASIS (SHEET 10 of 18)
Rev. 7 1/80 FREQUENCY IN CPS soo.o EDo.o loo.o so.o to.o to.o 5.o e.o 1.o o .5 8.00 > > > > i i..... .,,,i,, , , , , , , , , , , , , , ,, , , , ,, , ..; , .... .......i 7.00 7
6.00 e
5.00 t
f I
E D
E4.00 u
a 3.00 r-2 00 } T
(
~
J A .)
1.00 [ l' )
/~-
- A '
k g 0 00 t aint aaea a ain tIaea ainat i 1 e I i t it Ieil I I i e e in 11 e a e a t i a a si n , a f a a ai e til e a a e e a nit a r a a a e ii19 aae Li a a 7
- .cor o.co4 o.cos o.oto c.oro o.o4o o.oea o.too o.roo o.4co c.cos 1.o ***
renteo tu stCenos LA SALLE COUNTY STATION ScT-1 CONT. WALL EL. 786'-0" VERT COMB. 1. = [SSE2+ CHUG 2 + (SRVADS}
RESPONSE SPECTRA COMPARIS0N DESIGN
- COMB. 2. = [(SSE)2 + (SRVRH)2]h BASIS VS. CHUGGING
- DESIGN BASIS (SHEET 11 of 18)
Rev. 7 1/80 FREQUENCY IN CPS soo.o roo.o ico.o so.o ro.o so.o s.o a.o i.o o .s 8.00 i. . . ,
..>....'...i ,_.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.00 6.00 5 00 S
E '
E 4 00 "i
O .
8 3.00 - -
t-@
\
\
. s
)
2.00 1 1.00 V 'sr A g =>
(__ /
} T 0 00 ......... . . ... . . . . . . . ....
. set 0.004 0.000 0.0 0 0.0t0 0.040 0.000 0.i00 0.t00 0.400 0.000 a.0 28 FERISD IN SEC8WD3 LA SALLE CGbNTY STATION SET-1 CONT. WALL EL. 786'-0" N-S
"*""" "*'"" ^**'***'"' "'" "'
FIGURE 4.4-1 COMB. 1. = [SSE2+ CHUG 2 + (SRVADS) 3 RESPONSE SPECTRA COMPARIS0N DESIGN
- COMB. 2. = [(SSE)2 + (SRVRH)2] BASIS VS. CHUGGING
- DESIGN BASIS (SHEET 12 of 18)
~.
Rev. 7 1/80 ratoutwcv IW cra Goo.o too.o too.o so.o to.o to.o 8.o 2.o 1.o o .3 8 00 .
... ""i"> ii.. in i i '"""i i> i'""".in i> i 7 00 6 00 5 00 9
5 p
E 4 00
i taJ N &
F 3.00 1
l 2 00 1 .
I e
D N
~
1 00 '
, / O 1 b
0.00 iiii un i i in i i iiii on . .. ini i > a i in ..o nii .ing;g ,1,. o . . . . .. in
.oor o.cos o.cos o.oto o.oto o.ow o.oso c.too o.roo a.u n o. sea i.e z.e renteo tw sccewos
- -s LA SALLE COUNTY STATION MARK 11 ESIGN ASSESSM ENT NEPORT SET-1 DRYWELL FLOOR EL. 736'-0" N-S 2
COMB. 1. = [SSE + CHUG 2+ (SRVADS RESPONSE SPECTRA COMPARIS0N DESIGN
- COMB. 2. = [(SSE)2 + (SRVRH)2]b BASIS VS. CHUGGING
- DESIGN BASIS (SHEET 13 of 18)
Rev. 7 1/80 FREQUENCY IN CPS s00 0 00.0 t00.0 s0.0 0.0 10 0 s.O r.0 s.O 8.s B.00 ' '
c . c . cou p ' " ' ' ' ' ' '
7.00 __.
6.00 5.00 o
w 2
>- 1 E4.00 /
5 a '/
e 5 00 /
s
, l 2.00 [ / -
1 00 2 W
/l_
Q s 0 00 ,,,, ,,,, , , ,,, ,,, ,,,, ,,,, ,,,, ,,,, , , , , , , ,,,, ,,,, , , , , , ,,,,,.,, , ,,, , , , ,,,,,,,,,
002 0 004 0.000 0.010 0.020 0.040 0 000 0 100 0.t00 0.400 0 008 18 2.'8 PERIOD IN SEC8MDS LA SALLE COUNTY STATION MARK H ESIGN ASSESSM ENT REPORT SET-1 DRYWELL FLOOR EL. 736'-0" VERT 2
COMB. 1. = [SSE + CHUG 2+ (SRVA05)
RESPONSE SPECTRA COMPARISON DESIGN
- C0f18. .!. = [(SSE)2 + (SRVRH)i]b BASIS VS. CHUGGING
- DESIGN BASIS (SHEET 14 of 18)
R 7' I" P Rev. 7 1/80 FREQUENCY IN CPS 500 0 200 0 100.0 50.0 20 0 10.0 80 2.0 10 0.5 8.00 ii , , ii.,,in, ,,,, ,,,, ii,,,,,, , , , , , , , , , , ,,,,,, ,,,,,,,i 7 00 6.00 m C.00 3
E E4.00 0 2, g
r-s
?.00 i "
\
! k
? 2.00 ll \
z A sJbJ l r s 1.00 / / b
/ \ / 1
- 3 U %
0 00 .... .... . , , , , , ,,,, ,,,, ,,,, ,,., , , ,. , ,, , , , , , , , , , , .... ..., ,, , ,, , ,, , , , , , , ,,,,
.002 0.004 0 000 0.010
! 0.0t0 0.040 0.000 0 100 0.t00 0.48e 3.300 10 2.0 PERIOD IN SECOND3 LA SALLE COUNTY STATION SET-1 DRYWELL FLOOR EL. 736'-0" E-W MARK H ESIGN ASSESSM ENT REPORT RM W COMB. 1. = [SSE2+ CHUG 2 + (SRVADS)2]h RESPONSE SPECTRA COMPARIS0N DESIGN
- COMB. 2. = [(SSE)2 + (SRVRH)2] BASIS VS. CHUGGING
- DESIGN BASIS (SHEET 15 of 18)
=
Rev. 7 1/80 FREQUENCY IN CPS geo.o too.o too.o So.o to.o to.o 8.o 2.o 1.o 0.5 8.00 .- - - " ' " " > ' =i>- ' ' ' = "" ' ' ' ' " " ' '
7.00 2
\
6.00
_.5.00 e .
E u
E4.00 5 .
U .
}
e .
7 3.00 '
l
? I
~
2.00 L J {
r 1 00
' ' 2 f) l
\!
/
/
/
}'
N c.00 ..... ..., , , in, ,,, , , , , , n, ,,,,4 ,,,, ,, ,4 ,, ,, ,, ,, ,,, n ....i,,,,i ...i ,i,i ...i ...i ,,,,iini.
.oot o.co4 c.cos o.oto o.oto a.e4e o.neo o. ion o. coo o.4ao o.ooo 1.o 2.s )
rERIso IM secewos LA SALLE COUNTY STATION SET-1 RPV EL. 786'-0" N-S FIGURE 4.4-1 COMB. 1. = [SSE2+ CHUG 2 + (SRVADS)2]g RESPONSE SPECTRA COMPARISON DESIGN
- COMB. 2. = [(SSE)2 + (SRVRH)2] BASIS VS. CHUGGING
- DESIGN BASIS (SHEET 16 of 18)
Rev. 7 1/80 FREQUENCY IN CPS 900 0 200.0 100.0 50.0 20 0 10.0 8.0 20 1.0 0.5 8.00 i> ii "i n ine iiii ii . . .nnoni . . . . . . , , ,.on . , . . . . .
7 00 6.00
{
F
- 5.00 o
w I
N !
E 4 00
'i u
e 3.00 }
J 2 00 k V
I 1
1.00 SQ 2 %
0 00 .>>>. n" . . . .. . . .... .... .... . . . . , ,,,, ,,,, , , , , , ,,, ,, ,, ,, ,, ,, ,, , , , , , ,,,,,
.002 0 004 0.006 0.080 0 020 0 040 0.080 0 100 0.t00 0 400 0.900 10 20 PERISD IN SEC8WD3 LA SALLE COUNTY STATION SET-1 RPV EL. 786'-0" MARK 11 ESIGN ASSESSMENT REPORT VERT 2
COMB. 1. = [SSE + CHUG 2+
(SRVADS)
RESPONSE SPECTRA COMPARIS0N DESIGN
- COMB. 2. = [(SSE)2 + (SRVRH)2] BASIS VS. CHUGGING
- DESIGN BASIS (SHEET 17 of 18)
Rev. 7 1/80 FRegueWCY lu CP8 ses.o see.o ins.e so.o eo.o so.o e.e e.o n.o e.e 8.00 - " ' ' ' - '- " ' ' ' - - = = = - ""'o -
7.00 I
. L 6.00
,5.00 e
w -
z -
g . (
g4.00 d -
8 m
3.00 2.00 1
/ T 1.00 \
y % D/
sj \W d N 0.00 ,,,, ,,,, , , , , , , ,,,, ,,,, ,,,, ,,,, , ,, , ,, ,., , , , , , u,, , , , , , , , , , , ,, ,, ,, ,, ,, ,. ,,m, ,n,
.oor o.oe4 a.cos o.ono a.oen o.o4o a.oes o. ion o. coo e.eas e.ees i.e e.o renteo In secanos LA SALLE COUNTY STATION MARK ll ESIGN ASSESSMENT REPORT SET-1 RPV EL. 786'-0" E-W COMB. 1. = [SSF- CHUG 2+ (SRVADS)
RESPONSE SPECTRA COMPARIS0N DESIGN
- COMB. 2. = [(SSE)2 + (SRVRH)2]\ BASIS VS. CHUGGING
- DESIGN BASIS (SHEET 18 of 18)
Rev. 7 1/80 LOAD COMBINATION: SSE + C0 DESIGN BASIS: SSE + SRV(ALL) - RAMS HEAD DECREASE : ; INCREASE 50 -
TOTAL RESTRAINTS 1132 0
z 40 -
Di u
d E3 30 -. 28.4 27.2 y 20.8 E 20 -
15.0 10 5.0 1.9 1.8 r- t -
100-75 75-50 50-25 25-0 0-25 25-50 OVER 50 DECREASE - 1 INCREASE PERCENT CHANGE IN PIPING SUPPORT LOADS FROM DESIGN BASIS LA SALLE COUNTY STATION MARK 11 DESIGN ASSESSMENT REPORT FIGURE 4.4-2 RESTRAINT LOAD CHANGE DISTRIBUTION (SHEET 1 of 3)
Rev. 7 1/80 LOAD COMBINATION: SRV(ALL) - QUENCHER + OBE DESIGN BASIS: SRV(ALL) - RAMS HEAD + OBE DECREASE : : INCREASE 50 -
TOTAL RESTRAINTS 1132 42.3 5 40 -
M u
d h 30 -
g 26.1 s
5 e
u 20 -
18.1 11.7 10 1.8 r1 100-75 75-50 50-25 25-0 0-25 25 & OVER DECREASE : INCREASE PERCENT CHANGE IN PIPING SUPPORT LOADS FROM DESIGN BASIS LA SALLE COUNTY STATION MARK li DESIGN ASSESSMENT REPORT FIGURE 4.4-2 RESTRAINT LOAD CHANGE DISTRIBUTION (SHEET 2 of 3)
Rev. 7 1/80 LOAD C0FBINATION: SSE + SRV( ALL) - QUENCHER + CHUGGING SRSS DECREASE INCREASE TOTAL RESTRAINTS 1132 50 -
m E 40 -
M d 30.0
$ 36 -
28.0 r 23.4 5
s E 20 9.0 10 6.1 1.3 .0 r"1 '.7 100-75 75-50 50-25 25-0 0-25 25-50 50 & OVER DECREASE : : INCREASE PERCENT CHANGE IN PIPING SUPPORT
- LOADS FR0ti DESIGN BASIS LA SALLE COUNTY STATION MARK ll DESIGN ASSESSMENT REPORT FIGURE 4.4-2 RESTRAINT LOAD CHANGE DISTRIBUTION (SHEET 3 of 3)
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 4.5 NSSS PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 4.5.1 Loading Combinations and Acceptance Criteria The load combinations and acceptance criteria used for the analysis of NSSS piping systems, equipment, reactor pressure supports, and internal component analysis are shown in Table 4.5-1. The information presented in Table 4.5-1 has been discussed with the staff in various Mark II Owner's Group /NRC meetings. Table 4.5-1 is in agreement with a conservative, general interpretation of the NRC technical position, " Stress Limits for ASME Class 1, 2, and 3 Components and Component Supports of Safety-Related Systems and Class CS Core Support Structures Under Specified Service Loading Combinations".
Note that the NSSS piping, equipment, and the reactor pressure vessel support and internals are treated in the analysis as " Type 1" components.
In response to questions from the staff, additional technical justification has been provided for the following load combina-tions in Table 4.5-1 for:
- b. N + LOCA (1-7).
These additional justifications are presented in Reference 1.
Peak response due to related dynamic loads postulated to occur in the same time frame but from different events are combined by the square-root-of-the-sum-of-the squares method (SRSS).
A detailed discussion of this load combination technique is presented in Reference 2. In addition, Reference 3 provides an overview summary of the SRSS method with a summary of its historical precedents and additional technical considerations.
The technical justification for the time load combinations /
acceptance criteria mentioned above and for the use of the SRSS method is currently under review by the NRC.
4.5-1
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 4.5.2 References
- 1. Transmittal letter, MFN19378, L. J. Sobon to NRC (atten-tion J. T. Knight), dated May 5, 1978, " Mark II Containment Program-Responses to NRC Request for additional Information" (Response to additional information, S. A. Varga (NRC) to Niagara Mohawk Power Corp., March 21, 1978, Docket N No. 50410).
- 2. General Electric report NEDO-24310, " Technical Bases for the Use of the Square Root of the Sum of squares (SRSS) Method for Combining Dynamic Loads for Mark II Plant," July 1977.
- 3. Transmittal letter R. A. Hill to NRC (attention J. P.
Knight), dated April 3, 1978, " General Electric-Executive Summary Report and Supplement Technical Bases for the (g) SRSS Method of Combining Dynamic Responses".
- 4. Transmittal letter, MFN-175-78, E. D. Fuller to NRC (attention J. P. Knight) , dated April 24, 1978, " Square Root Sum of the Squares (SRSS) Meeting Viewgraphs" (pre-sented April 6, 1978).
4.5-2
LSCS-IIARK II' DAR Rev. 7 1/80 TABLE 4.5-1 LOAD COMBINATIONS AND ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA FOR NSSS PIPING AND EQUIPMENT (Vessel and Internals / Piping and Equipment Operating Condition Categories)
OPERATING CONDITION CATEGORIES LOAD COMBINATION
- DESIGN BASIS EVAL. ONLY N + SRV (all) Upset Upset N & OBE Upset Upset N + SSE Faulted Faulted N+ (OBE + SRV (ALL)) Emergency Upset N+ (SSE + SRV (ALL)) Faulted Faulted N+ (SBA + SRV (2)) Emergency Emergency N+ (IBA + SRV (2)) Faulted Faulted N+ (SBA + SRV (ADS)) Emergency Emergency N+ (SBA/IBA + SSE + SRV (ADS) ) Faulted Faulted
- N Faulted Faulted
- N + (LOCA y_7)) Faulted
- N Faulted
+ (LOCA7 + SSE)
- See Legend on the following pages for definition of terms and criteria for combining loads.
- From all initial conditions.
- From rated power initial conditions.
4.5-3
LSCS-MA.RK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 TABLE 4.5-1 (Cont'd)
LOAD DEFINITION LEGEND Normal (:N) - Normal and/or abnormal loads depending on acceptance criteria.
OBE - Operational basis earthquake loads.
SSE - Loads due to vibratory motion from safe shutdown earthquake loads.
SPV (2) - Safety / relief valve discharge induced loads from 2 adjacent valves.
SRV (ALL) - The loads induced by actuation of all safety /
relief valves which activate within milliseconds of each other (e.g., turbine trip operational transient).
SRV (ADS ) - The loads induced by the actuation of safety /
relief valves associated with automatic depres-surization system which actuate within milli-seconds of each other during the postulated small or intermediate size pipe rupture.
LOCA - The loss of coolant accident associated with the postulated pipe rupture of large pipes (e.g., main steam, feedwater, recirculation piping).
LOCA y - Pool swell drag / fallback loads.on piping and ccapc-nents located between the main vent discharge outlet and the suppression pool water upper surface.
LOCA - Pool swell impact loads acting piping e.1d components 2
located above the suppression pool water upper surface.
LOCA 3
- Oscillating pressure induced loads on submerged piping and components during condensation oscillations, i.e., chugging.
LOCA - Building motion induced loads from chugging 4
(condensation oscillation).
LOCA 5 - Building motion induced loads from main vent air clearing.
LOCA - Vertical and horizontal loads on main vent piping.
6 LOCA 7 - Annulus pressurization loads.
SBA - Small break accident.
IBA - Intermediate break accident.
4.5-4
-i . --------
y.
A I
0 .;,
(~:
f',1 v-i
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 5.0 REEVALUATION AND DESIGN ASSESSMENTS 5.1 CONTAINMENT AND INTERNAL CONCRETE STRUCTURES The containment and internal concrete structures were reevaluated for the pool dynamic loads to include the fluid structure inter-action (FSI) effect and to assess the pool dynamic loads that were not previously defined. The details of the individual analyses and reevaluation are summarized in this section.
5.1.1 Structural Analysis for SRV Loads The various SRV loads used in the reevaluation are described in Section 3.0.
The containment structure was analyzed for the SRV dynamic loads using the Sargent & Lundy version of the finite element computer program DYNAX described in Appendix A. The reactor building and containment structure have been modeled with axisymmetric finite elements. Figure 5.1-1 shows the refined structural analytical model which includes the primary contain-ment, the basemat, taunding soil, idealized reactor building walls and slabs, drywell floor, the reactor pressure vessel (RPV),
and the fluid in the pool including FSI effect. Also included in the model are the suppression chamber columns, RPV stabi-lizer truss, refueling bellows, and the refueling / spent fuel pool slabs and walls. The model uses 362 elements and 399 nodes to represent the structure. Of the 362 elements used, 187 are thin shell elements represent the modified reactor support, 40 solid elements represent the suppression pool water, and 158 solid elements represent the soil. The RPV is represented with 13 shell elements.
5.1-1
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 The containment building walls and pool slab are included as axisymmetric shells to account for their mass and approximate their stiffening influence.
The soil is modeled with 158 axisymmetric solid finite elements in 14 horizontal layers down to the bedrock level. The dynamic strain dependent stiffness and damping characteristics of the soil were used in the analysis to determine the soil elements material properties.
In order to include the plant unique fluid structure interaction (FSI) effect, the water in the suppression pool is simulated by fluid finite elements described in Reference 1. The water is modeled with 40 solid finite elements in four layers.
The SRV loads were represented by Fourier harmonics to account for the spatial pressure distribution in the circumferential direction. To account for the pressure distribution in the meridional direction, the suppression pool walls were divided into nine zones and to each zone an individual load time-history is specified.
The response of the structure to the pool dynamic loads was determined by direct numerical integration of the governing differential equations. The resulting acceleration time-histories were then used to determine the response spectra at the desired locations using the computer program RSG described in Appendix A.
The same procedure was used to analyze the SRV loads from various modes of actuation.
The resulting structural responses to the various SRV loads are combined with the other appropriate loads as per the load combinations shown in Table 4.1-1. The margin factors from these load combinations are presented in Tables 5.1-1 through 5.1-13.
5.1-2
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 5.1.2 Structural Analysis for LOCA Loads The analysis of the structure for the LOCA loads was performed as a set of analyses covering each LOCA related phenomena separately. The methods used for each analysis are summarized in the following for the LOCA induced loads of chugging, con-densation oscillation, pool swell, and vent clearing.
5.1.2.1 Vent clearing Analysis The vent clearing load for analysis is described in Section 3.0.
The model used in the analysis of the vent clearing loads is described in Subsection 5.1.1.
The containment structure was analyzed for the effects of the vent clearing load statically using Sargent & Lundy's axisym-metric finite element computer program DYNAX. See Appendix A for a description of the computer program.
The resulting structural response to the vent clearing load are combined with the other appropriate loads as per the load combinations shown in Table 4.1-1. The margin factors from these load combinations are presented in Tables 5.1-1 through 5.1-13.
5.1.2.2 Pool Swell Analysis The postulated pool swell phenomena induced loads are described in Section 3.0.
The model used in the analysis is described in Subsection 5.1.1.
The containment structure was analyzed for the effects of the pool swell loads statically using Sargent & Lundy's 5.1-3
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 axisymmetric finite element computer program DYNAX. See Appendix A for a description of the computer program.
Two loading cases were considered; symmetric and asymmetric.
The spatial pressure load distributions in the circumferential direction were represented by using Fourier harmonics.
The resulting forces and moments on the structures design sections were obtained directly from the DYNAX computer output.
The resulting structural responses to the pool swell loads are combined with the other appropriate loads as per the load combinations shown in Table 4.1-1. The margin factors from these load combinations are presented in Tables 5.1-1 through 5.1-13.
5.1.2.3 Condensation Oscillation Analysis The condensation oscillation loads used in the analysis are described in Section 3.0.
The finite element model used in the analysis is described in Subsection 5.1.1.
The method of analysis used for the condensation oscillation loads is similar to the one described in Subsection 5.1.2.4.
The resulting structural responses to the condensation oscilla-tion loads are combined with the other appropriate loads as per the load combinations shown in Table 4.1-1. In these load combinations, it was conservatively assumed that an inter-mediate pipe break accident (IBA) could result in a high steam mass flux which induces a condensation oscillation (CO) load.
Therefore, CO load plus SRV was considered as one of the pos-ADO sible combinations. The margin factors from these combinations are presented in Tables 5.1-1 through 5.1-13.
5.1-4
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 5.1.2.4 Chugging Analysis The chugging loads used in the analysis are described in Section 3.0.
The finite element model used in the analysis is described in Subsection 5.1.2.2.
For the chugging loads as defined in Section 3.0, the direct method of dynamic analysis cannot be used because the frequency of these dynamic loads is a variable. Therefore, the dynamic analysis was performed in the frequency domain rather than in the time domain. The method of such an analysis is known as " Fourier Transform Method" or " Frequency Response Method."
This method is somewhat analogous to the influence line method used in static analyses.
lll The external load which is usually expressed in the time domain is also expressed in the frequency domain, using " Fast Fourier Transform" algorithm. Using this algorithm, a given function is transformed from time domain to frequency domain and vice versa.
The analysis was performed in the following steps:
- a. The containment structural model described in Subsection 5.1.2 was analyzed using the Sargent
& Lundy version of the finite element program DYNAX which is capable of analyzing axisymmetric shells and solids subjected to arbitrary symmetric and asymmetric static or dynamic loads.
The chugging loads were applied as Fourier sine and/or cosine harmonics for each case. A band-limited white-noise time-history was used for the analysis. The Fourier transform of such a 5.1-5
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 time-his ory has a constant magnitude at all values within the frequency range of interest.
- b. The response (force, moment) time-histories obtained from the above white-noise analysis were stored in electronic files.
- c. The transfer functions of the responses were obtained by the computer program FAST described in Appendix A.
The Transfer Function is computed as follows:
T k I") " I*I F (w) in which:
R (w) = structural response of a node / element, k
th T (w) = transfer function of the k response, and k
F (w) = Fourier transform of the external load.
The resulting structural responses to the chugging loads are combined with the other appropriate loads as per the load combinations shown in Table 4.1-1. The margin factors from these load combinations are presented in Tables 5.1-1 through 5.1-13.
5.1.2.5 ECCS Reflood Analysis The pressure distributions within the containment associated with an assumed ECCS reflooding of the drywell chamber are described in Section 3.0.
The analysis procedure used for this loading is similar to that described in Subsection 5.1.2.2.
5.1-6
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 The resulting structural responses to this loading are combined with the other appropriate loads as per the load combinations shown in Figure 4.1-1. The margin factors from these load combinations are presented in Tables 5.1-1 through 5.1-13.
5.1.3. Downcomer Effects on the Drywell Floor The downcomer vents are now subjected to a variety of submerged structure dynamic loads resulting from SRV and LOCA loads.
The loads on the downcomers resulting from submerged hydro-dynamic forces are described in Section 3.0.
In addition to the pool dynamic loads on the downcomers, the effects of the structures response to the pool dynamic and seismic loads is also considered in the analysis.
The analytical models used to compute the responses of the downcomers from the various loadings is described in Sub-section 5.3.3.
The structural analysis model of the drywell floor is shown in Figure 5.1-2. The drywell floor was modeled as a thin elastic circular plate with a circular hole in the middle.
The slab was assumed to be fully restrained at the pedestal and containment walls and supported at the columns.
An influence coefficient method described in the following was used to compute the forces induced in the drywell floor by the combined loads on the downcomers.
The locations of the downcomers lie along four rings at radii 19 feet 9 inches, 23 feet 3 inches, 32 feet 9 inches, and 36 feet 3 inches.
5.1-7
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 A concentrated radial or circumferential moment, in the form of Fourier harmonics, is applied at a point on each one of the downcomer rings. The moments induced in the floor in the radial and circumferential directions are obtained from KALSHEL, an S&L computer program (see Appendix A for a description), analysis.
Figure 5.1-3 shows the circumferential distribution of floor moments induced by a concentrated radial moment applied at radius 23 feet 3 inches. For computational convenience, the ordinates are normalized to make the induced radial moment equal to unity. Figure 5.1-4 shows the radial distribution of floor moments induced by the concentrated radial moment applied at radius 23 feet 3 inches. Figures 5.1-5 and 5.1-6 respectively, show the circumferential moment applied at radius 23 feet 3 inches. Similar sets of curves are generated for the other rings of downcomers.
The magnitude of the multiple lateral loads acting on the downcomer tip producing the applied moments on the drywell floor are given in Figure 4-10 of the DFFR Revision 2.
Using the moment coefficients from these curves in the following equations, the radial and circumferential design moments at any design section resulting from the downcomer loads can be calculated.
5.1-8
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 4 360 m =z .x .e .z e 29-gn 4
n=1_(M 4n 44n0=o$$n0)+(M en On *0 40n'$=o40ne)_
4 360* 360* -
+ N "O " nbl_ " Ga
- On*000n* OEo 00nD 4n* &n*004n*0Eo 0 04n0) .
where:
m, = radial moment induced at a design section; n = number of rings of downcomers (n = 1, 2, 3, 4) ;
M
&n = radial m ment applied at a point on the n ring; k
&n * "4n/M4n i m
4" = radial moment induced in the floor at the point where M n is applied; M
en
=
g umferential moment applied at a point on the n ring.
m = radial moment induced in the floor at the point en where M en is applied; k
en " "On/ Men i
- " = normalized radial moment along the radius through the point where M is applied; 4n 6
&On = normalized radial moment along the radius through the point where M is applied; en B
44ne = normalized radial moment along the n th ring due to M
&n I B
&One = n rmalized radial moment along the n th ring due to M en I S
eene = normalized circumferential momen.t along the n ring due to M0n; nd 6 = normalized circumferential moment along the n D 04ne ring due to M &n*
The absolute values of the moment coef ficients are used to account for the random direction of the downcomer lateral loads m and to obtain the absolute maximum values of m4 and e for design assessment.
5.1-9
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 The design forces and moments on the drywell floor were obtained by combining these downcomer induced forces with other loads in the load combinations defined in Table 4.1-1. The conserva-tive ABS method was used for combining the loads, even though the SRSS method is more appropriate. The margin factors from these load combinations are presented in Table 5.1-13.
5.1.4 Design Assessment Margin Factors 5.1.4.1 Critical Design Sections The primary containment and internal structures have been checked as to the structural capacity to withstand the dynamic loads due to SRV discharges and LOCA in addition to the other appropriate loads described in the FSAR. The methods of analysis used have been described in the preceding subsections and the design load combinations are given in Table 4.1-1. The struc-tural capacity acceptance criteria are the same as in the FSAR for which all design sections have been evaluated using the computer program TEMCO IV (described in Appendix A).
Figures 5.1-7 through 5.1-14 illustrate the reinforcing steel and prestressing tendon layout including all modifications and reinforcing additions discussed in Section 7.0. It should be noted that Figure 5.1-12 shows all of the original and additional reinforcing in the pedestal and the concrete fill discussed in Section 7.0. The details of the concrete filled portion of the pedestal are shown in Figure 5.1-11.
Figures 5.1-15 and 5.1-16 show the design sections used for the structural assessment in the basemat, containment, reactor support, and drywell floor. Figures 5.1-17 and 5.1-18 give typical design section capacity interaction diagrams for the l basemat and containment.
5.1-10
LSSC-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 5.1.4.2 Design Forces and Margin Factors The design forces in the critical design sections were obtained by combining with the ABS method the peak effects of all the loads according to the load combinations defined in Table 4.1-1.
The material stresses in the critical design sections were obtained using computer program TEMCO IV described in Appendix A.
Margin factors, defined as the ratio between the allowable stress and the actual stress in the section, were computed for each design section. If any of the loads (such as temperature) other than dead load reduced the desic.. forces, it was decided from load combination to obtain the mot conservative margin factor.
Margin factors for the basemat, containment wall, reactor support and drywell floor are reported in the following tables:
- a. basemat - Tables 5.1-1 through 5.1-4,
- b. containment wall - Tables 5.1-5 through 5.1-8,
- c. reactor support, Tables 5.1-9 through 5.1-12, and
- d. drywell floor, Table 5.1-13.
Even though a few of the margins reported in the tables are close to 1.0, it must be emphasized that conservative loads, analysis procedures, and material strengths were used in the assessment in order to expeditiously verify the adequacy of the structure for the pool dynamic loads. Therefore, the margins reported are the most conservative. The actual margins will be higher than reported.
5.1-11
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev, 7 1/80 5.1.5 References
- 1. A. J. Kalinowski, " Transmission of Shock Waves into Submerged Fluid Filled Vessels," ASME Conference on FSI Phenomena in Pressure Vessel and Piping Systems, TVP-TB-026, 1977.
- 2. K. T. Patton, " Tables of Hydrodynamic Mass Factors for Translational Motion," ASME Paper No. 65-WA/UNT-2, 1965.
5.1-12
TABLE 5.1-1 MARGIN TABLE FOR BASE MAT FOR ALL VALVES DISCHARGE (With Plant Unique FSI)
STRESS REINFORCING STEEL CONCRETE SHEAR LOAD COMPONENT COMBINATION MARGIN ** CRITICAL *** MARGIN CRITICAL MARGIN CRITICAL EQUATION
- FACTOR SECTION FACTOR SECTION FACTOR SECTION 1 2.03 2 4.72 2 1.05 2 [
o 2 2.27 2 5.23 2 1.30 2 7 5
3 1.33 2 3.01 2 1.01 2 g 7 4 NA NA NA NA NA NA [
4a NA NA NA NA NA NA 5 NA NA NA NA NA NA Sa NA NA NA NA NA NA 6 1.30 2 2.91 2 1.04 2 7 NA NA NA NA NA NA 7a NA NA NA NA NA NA to NOTES:
- Refer to Table 4.1-1 @
- Margin Factor = Allowable Stress / Actual Stress
'8
- Refer to Figures 5.1-15 and 5.1-16.
NA = Not Applicable DO
TABLE 5.1-2 MARGIN TABLE FOR BASE MAT FOR 2 VALVES DISCHARGE (With Plant Unique FSI)
STRESS REINFORCING STEEL CONCRETE SHEAR LOAD COMPONENT COMBINATION MARGIN ** CRITICAL *** MARGIN CRITICAL MARGIN CRITICAL EQUATION
- FACTOR SECTION FACTOR SECTION FACTOR SECTION 1 2.61 2 1.'35 6.07 2 2 5 2 2.92 2 6.73 2 0
1.68 2 8 us 3
b I
1.71 2 3.87 2 1.27 2 y
% 4 2.07 2 5.05 2 2.16 2 U 4a NA e
NA NA NA NA NA g 5 1.58 2 3.59 2 1.64 2 Sa NA NA NA NA NA NA 6 1.67 2 3.75 2 1.32 2 7 1.39 2 3.28 2 1.50 2 7a NA NA NA NA NA NA
- n a to =k wable Stress / Actual Stress
- Refer to Figures 5.1-15 and 5.1-16.
- NA = Not Applicable 4 5
TABLE 5.1-3 MARGIN TABLE FOR BASE MAT FOR ADS VALVES DISCHARGE (With Plant Unique FSI)
STRESS REINFORCING STEEL LOAD CONCRETE SHEAR COMPONENT COMBINATION MARGIN ** CRITICAL *** MARGIN EQUATION
- CRITICAL MARGIN CRITICAL FACTOR SECTION FACTOR SECTION FACTOR SECTION 1 NA NA NA NA NA NA 2 NA NA NA NA NA NA b 3
2' H
NA NA NA NA NA NA h
h 4 1.39 2 3.24 2 1.68 2 $
4a NA NA NA NA NA NA O
5 1.06 2 2.4E 2 1.27 2 y Sa NA NA NA NA NA NA 6 NA NA NA NA NA NA 7 1.00 2 2.32 2 1.16 2 7a NA NA NA NA NA NA
- arg n a tor = kilowable Stress / Actual Stress
- Refer to Figures 5.1-15 and 5.1-16.
- NA = Not Applicable w 5
TABLE 5.1-4 MARGIN TABLE FOR BASE MAT FOR LOCA PLUS SINGLE SRV (With Plant Unique FSI)
STRESS REINFORCING STEEL CONCRETE SHEAR LOAD COMPONENT
-COMBINATION MARGIN ** CRITICAL *** MARGIN CRITICAL MARGIN CRITICAL EQUATION
- FACTOR SECTION FACTOR SECTION FACTOR SECTION 1 NA NA NA NA NA NA E O
2 NA NA NA NA NA NA 8 h
p 3 NA NA NA NA NA NA $
4 NA NA NA NA NA NA U m o 4a 1.51 2 2.7E 2 1.79 2 g 5 NA NA NA NA NA NA Sa 1.12 2 2.22 2 1.30 2 6 NA NA NA NA NA NA 7 NA NA NA NA NA NA 7a 1.04 2 2.]; 2 1.19 2 NOTES:
- Refer to Table 4.1-1 M
- Margin Factor = Allowable Stress / Actual Stress @
- Refer to Figures 5.1-) P- and 5.1-16.
NA = Not Applicable ~d 5
TABLE 5.1-5 MARGIN TABLE FOR CONTAINMENT FOR ALL VALVES DISCHARGE (Pith Plant Unique FSI)
STRESS REINFORCING STEEL CONCRETE SHEAR IDAD COMPONENT COMBINATION MARGIN ** CRITICAL *** MARGIN CRITICAL MARGIN CRITICAL EQUATION
- FACTOR SECTION FACTOR SECTION FACTOR SECTION 1 4.33 1 2.17 1 1.23 13 e 2 4.16 1 2.02 1 1.26 13 m 3 2.44 14 1.82 1 1.26 13 H M
" NA 4 NA NA NA NA NA s H
4a NA NA NA NA NA NA g 5
W UA NA NA NA NA NA Sa NA NA NA NA NA NA 6 2.16 14 1.83 1 1.27 13 7 NA NA NA NA NA NA 7a NA NA NA NA NA NA NOTES:
w
- Refer to Table 4.1-1
- Margin Factor = Allowable Stress / Actual Stress Q
- Refer to Figures 5.1-15 and 5.1-16. sa NA = Not Applicable 5
TABLE 5.1-6 MARGIN TABLE FOR CONTAINMENT FOR 2 VALVES DISCHARGE (With Plant Unique FSI)
STRESS REINFORCING STEEL CONCRETE SHEAR LOAD COMPONENT COMBINATION MARGIN ** CRITICAL *** MARGIN CRITICAL MARGIN CRITICAL EQUATION * . FACTOR SECTION FACTOR SECTION FACTOR SECTION
.h 1 6.22 1 3.12 1 1.23 13 en 2 5.97 1 2.90 1 1.26 13 @
tn g 3 3.50 14 2.61 1 1.26 13 I %
$ 4 2.69 14 3.42 1 1.28 13 U
4a NA NA NA NA NA NA a 5 1.75 14 3.04 1 1.28 13 "
Sa NA NA NA NA NA NA 6 3.10 14 2.63 1 1.27 13 7 l.52 14 2.97 1 1.28 13 7a NA NA NA NA NA NA NOTES:
- Refer to Table 4.1-1 4
- Margin Factor = Allowable Stress / Actual Stress y
- Refer to Figures 5.1-15 and 5.1-16.
NA = Not Applicable q
TABLE 5.1-7 MARGIN TABLE FOR CONTAINMENT FOR ADS VALVES DISCHARGE (With Plant Unique FSI)
STRESS REINFORCING STEEL CONCRETE SHEAR LOAD COMPONENT COMBINATION MARGIN ** CRITICAL * *
- MARGIN CRITICAL MARGIN CRITICAL EQUATION
- FACTOR SECTION FACTOR SECTION FACTOR SECTION 1 NA NA NA NA NA NA g o
2 NA NA NA NA NA NA y 7 3 NA NA NA NA NA NA E e w
- M 4 1.87 14 2.38 1 1.28 13 H 4a NA NA NA NA NA NA $
w 5 1.22 14 2.12 1 1.28 13 Sa NA NA NA NA NA NA 6 NA NA NA NA NA NA 7 1.06 14 2.07 1 1.28 13 7a NA NA NA NA NA NA NOTES:
- Refer to Table 4.1-1 *
- Margin Factor = Allowable Stress / Actual Stress u
- Refer to Figures 5.1-15 and 5.1-16 NA = Not Applicable Q
8
TABLE 5.1-8 MARGIN TABLE FOR CONTAINMENT FOR LOCA PLUS SINGLE SRV (With Plant Unique FSI)
STRESS REINFORCING STEEL CONCRETE SHEAR LOAD COMPONENT COMBINATION MARGIN ** CRITICAL *** MARGIN CRITICAL MARGIN CRITICAL EQUATION
- FACTOR SECTION FACTOR SECTION FACTOR SECTION 1 NA NA NA NA NA NA e 2 NA NA NA NA NA NA y P 3 NA NA NA NA NA NA 7 E y 4 NA NA NA NA NA NA s H
4a 1.57 14 2.59 1 1.52 8 g
- o 5 NA NA NA NA NA NA Sa 1.08 14 2.66 1 1.50 8 6 NA NA NA NA NA NA 7 NA NA NA NA NA NA 7a 1.00 14 2.6 1 1.54 8 5
NOTES: <
- Refer to Table 4.1-1 *
- Margin Factor = Allowable Stress / Actual Stress v
- Refer to Figures 5.1-15 and 5.1-16 NA = Not Applicable
(
TABLE 5.1-9 MARGIN TABLE FOR REACTOR SUPPORT FOR ALL VALVES DISCHARGE (with plant unique FSI)
STRESS REINFORCING TENSION CONCRETE COMPRESSION SHEAR LOAD COMPONENT COMBINATIO MARGIN ** CRITICAL *** MARGIN CRITICAL MARGIN CRITICAL EQUATION
- FACTOR SECTION FACTOR SECTION FACTOR SECTION 1 3.7 1 8.31 1 8.9 16 2 2.23 17 4.95 18 2.95 20 E
, 3 1.45 18 4.16 18 3.77 20 g 4 NA NA NA NA NA NA M ?!
4a NA NA NA NA NA NA H
5 NA NA NA NA NA NA g NA NA 5 Sa NA NA NA NA 6 1.47 20 4.21 18 3.8 20 7 NA NA NA NA NA NA 7a NA NA NA NA NA NA g a
NOTES:
- Refer to Table 4.1-1
- Margin Factor = Allowable Stress / Actual Stress H
- Refer to Figures 5.1-15 and 5.1-16 NA = Not Applicable DO
TABLE 5.1-10 MARGIN TABLE FOR REACTOR SUPPORT FOR 2 VALVES DISCHARGE (with plant unique FSI)
TRESS REINFORCING TENSION CONCRETE COMPRESSION SHEAR LOAD COMPONENT COMBINATION MARGIN ** CRITICAL *** MARGIN CRITICAL MARGIN CRITICAL EQUATION
- FACTOR SECTION FACTOR SECTION FACTOR SECTION 1 11.10 11 9.78 6 11.9 19 2 2.3 17 5.47 18 1.99 10 t<
3 1.55 20 5.70 17 1.50 16 $
- ?
H 4 1.82 20 5.08 18 3.07 20 g u w M 4a NA NA NA NA NA NA
- H 5 1.66 20 5.47 6 3.09 20 U
Sa NA NA NA NA NA NA :o 6 1,44 1 5.67 17 3.20 20 7 1.21 20 3.80 18 3.29 20 7a NA NA NA NA NA NA w k
NOTES:
- Refer to Table 4.1-1 y
- Margin Factor = Allowable Stress / Actual Stress
- Refer to Figures 5.1-15 and 5.1-16 s NA = Not Applicable Do
TABLE 5.1-11 MARGIN TABLE FOR REACTOR SUPPORT FOR ADS VALVES DISCHARGE (with plant unique FSI)
N '
.. STRESS
~
REINFORCING TENSION CONCRETE COMPRESSION SHEAR LOAD COMPONENT COMBINATION ., MARGIN ** CRITICAL *** MARGIN CRITICAL MARGIN CRI'IICAL EQUATION *
., FACTOR SECTION FACTOR SECTION FACTOR SEC'.' ION 1 NA NA NA NA NA NA 2 NA NA NA NA NA i" un m 3 NA NA NA NA NA NA Q
= a 4 4 1.67 15 4.10 18 3.21 18 $
" ?!
4a NA NA NA NA NA NA H
5 1.33 15 4.15 18 3.52 .20 a NA #
Sa NA NA NA NA NA 6 NA NA NA NA NA NA 7 1.13 IB ~3.54 18 3.41 20 7a NA NA NA NA NA NA g s
NOTES:
- Refer to Table 4.1-1
- Margin Factor = Allowable Stress / Actual Stress
- Refer to Figures 5.1-15 and 5.1-16 q NA = Not Applicable co o
TABLE 5.1-12 MARGIN TABLE FOR REACTOR SUPPORT FOR LOCA PLUS SINGLE SRV (with plant unique FSI) s
\ STRESS REINFORCING TENSION CONCRETE COMPRESSION SHEAR LOAD COMPONENT COMBINATION MARGIN ** CRITICAL *** MARGIN CRITICAL MARGIN CRITICAL EQUATION
- FACTOR SECTION FACTOR SECTION FACTOR SECTION 1 NA NA NA NA NA NA 2 NA NA NA NA NA NA t*
3 NA NA NA NA NA NA $
un 4 NA NA NA NA NA NA f
$ 4a 1.02 15 4.11 18 2.51 15 N H
5 NA NA NA NA NA NA Sa 1.07 15 4.16 18 2.84 15 x 6 NA NA NA NA NA NA 7 NA NA NA NA NA NA 7a 1.00 15 3.48 18 3.12 15 m
.k NOTES:
- Refer to Table 4.1-1 y
- Margin Factor = Allowable Stress / Actual Stress
- Refer to Figures 5.1-15 and 5.1-16 s NA = Not Applicable )
o
TABLE 5.1-13 MARGIN TABLE FOR DRYWELL FLOOR AND SRV AND LOCA LOADS (with plant unique FSI)
N .,,' STRESS REINFORCING TENSION CONCRETE COMPRESSION SHEAR LOAD '
. COMPONENT COMBINATION MARGIN ** CRITICAL *** MARGIN CRITICAL MARGIN CRITICAL EQUATION * - FACTOR SECTION FACTOR SECTION FACTOR SECTION 1 5.6 3 11.2 3 4.1 1 2 5.4 4 4.5 4 2.7 1 5
3 2.08 6 2.50 4 2.02 1 o
- Y y 4 1.23 8 2.21 8 1.44 1 %
w to
- 8 1.17 8 4a 1.04 8 2.05 5 1.38 8 2.45 8 1.82 8 s5 5a 1.16 8 2.27 8 1.30 1 6 2.06 6 2.42 4 1.87 1 7 1.33 8 2.31 8 1.44 1 7a 1.10 8 2.10 8 1.15 1 m NOTES:
- Refer to Table 4.1-1 y
- Margin Factor = Allowable Stress / Actual Stress
- Refer to Figures 5.1-15 and 5.1-16 q a
4 ""'
Rev. 7 1/80 sg e - :
g; : :
i ? h: - . . _
l u.J \
E I. 4
- p s e 5 '\
s- \4Ml.! . V s
' ~
4
! Ene i i
- t \,
e
- su (
re + .l
- -- .m - -
55
- E
\6
-f EE
- n "
/l \
$ $$ u.s.1 t '
gg -q t.4 - - :
c :e - :
ee -l 5 a!< -+-+ l < ,
'en e 6e l 3. w I
=t ;
I gg grLL:D fitMats
- :: 2 \ l
++e I I III . -
.l .l!.lI ,i l l+ .l+-i tu-,t .id
! ' $+0N10 e ,,
, ,J.l'I l 1 I Ik l 5:1 : . .
-.g,t- .% :'W :
~
- . , , i.
,. \![S N/\. N/\' / Y['x!/ ,jy' NI M/\/Nl/ \l m I . ;i I
, y _ _ _
- l l l l
3 s
~ l l
> l
$ 4 E
N E 2 y .' -
! i e I d
t 2 ;"
h
( testo accx
, G .g.e . , Gi imd n I ,,..-. l 113 ' < =" -
LA SALLE COUNTY STATION M ARK ll DESIGN ASSESSMENT REPORT FIGURE 5.1-1 P0OL DYNAMICS MODEL WITH FSI EFFECT
Rey, 7 1/80 di:. REAc.Tcy,t REA(tor. couTAIMMEMT 90 f"f o&T
~ () () ~
() ~ ~
() 8
()
~
8
~
4 ~ 'S
() [ ()
[ '
J L g A
A ,,
A
^
()
I
()
()
() - - I)
~
() ()
c oLUMH9 e s
- s ri
' '*M
= -
Y9 _
SEC.Tiobj A-A LA SALLE COUNTY STATION MARK ll DESIGN ASSESSMENT REPORT FIGURE 5.1-2 DRV'.4 ELL FLOOR ANALYTICAL MODEL
Rev. 7 1/80 Q
a j ?
I I
I-8 i
I I
'R e p j
( I l .,
I I
3
\
) e r v
[ o
'N n N
hs
's '
e l I
&s,-
@ ~', _ 9 q$ ,e " 'l <
L'
" O 9 4 T. N O
1N31]IdJ30] IN3 WOW LA SALLE COUNTY STATION MARK 11 DESIGN ASSESSMENT REPORT FIGURE 5.1-3 CIRCUMFERENTIAL VARIATION OF fiOMENT IN DRYWELL FLOOR DUE TO CONCENTRATED RADIAL M0 MENT APPLIED AT RADIUS 23'-3"
Rev. 7 1/80 L
a
'o
\ T
\
s I d i i & 'o I
Oe ',
y v
\
8 4
\
\ ,
c N
N
% - _' _ f_ -
.. _... _N N s (
N
\
\
\
on
\
3 9 9 7 9 o ~ v. 9 09 b=
i
. S. S.
IN3lOlj_430] 1N3hl0W LA SALLE COUNTY STATION MARK 11 DESIGN ASSESSMENT REPORT FIGURE 5.1-4 RADIAL VARIATION OF M0 MENT IN DRYWELL FLOOR DUE TO CONCENTRATED RADIAL M0 MENT APPLIED AT RADIUS 23'-3"
Rev. 7 1/80 e
a i '8 I
I J
B i
R I
I N
I I
,,J '8
\s '?
/
/
/ -
h s
N _
g T. $ /
g k/ _1M-b y,/ -
_ _ ' ' -~ ~ _
o S w o. v. N b 1N 31]IJJ30] 1N3 WOW LA SALLE COUNTY STATION MARK 18 DESIGN ASSESSM ENT REPORT FIGURE 5.1-5 CIRCUMFERENTIAL VARIATION OF MOMENT IN DRYWELL FLOOR DUE TO CONCENTRATED CIRCUMFERENTIAL 110 MENT APPLIED AT RADIUS 23'-3"
Rev. 7 1/80 L
3 f $
I Lf L_
a I
[
[@'
I f
/
/
/
j ,/
/
y
., C
.( '
~N ~~~ ~ ~ ~ g N
w si w
-e
~
\
J \ \
\
\ % 's
'r--
- o 3 S 9 v. N y -
IN31DlJJ30] 1N3WWi LA SALLE COUNTY STATION MARK 11 DESIGN ASSESSM ENT REPORT FIGURE 5.1-6 RADIAL VARIATION OF MOMENT IN DRYWELL FLOOR DUE TO CONCENTRATED CIRCUMFERENTIAL MOMENT APPLIED AT RADIUS 23'-3"
Rev. 7 1/80 m
D )D )D^Y b MM wMLS.S 4 9
..-.=>.-- 3 . gmu,.__ e. -
.aw,_ a..
r s" "..
q%
OsvL RtG~t ,/
g l;
- _, ,L . .w ; ; s M $4 up-- ; k-,~.7, '
),
aJ _,
o -
.__.. , ,a vw. >n -
- m
.ll L l l i b l_ h i i
'l/A ,
- w p
, rh h::= W5} k 5, 7
)b E.j ]h
((f(
m y- - - - -
mm m
& nlo afn f-m- 1 i
uI %a~\B# n s s A?rR l>i
- t s
1 1- , -
- d J/ M
~ '
/t NN
$.L 4m #
r A
-. m -
s N
s vn m,
s
, ,x ~
l b
q.L
\ ' \-
l74 ((~ l l ( , _s%h di l \ \
'i?~"
,jx ? ,
, m gJ:-
=s st- , .
u
,. e 1h a.
4 n . ii a, ,e"\ x Nw n's.r ' r-i / ,i /g
- l.
g -
N - /
}
m !j
_ ($ i %_, e \\\ s p '4 g/
.. w g h\k .: --C2C>=.a);[p;/I xxm jif I
a ,! .,
~
t g
W
- ._.e
,- g M
w o
gea ;
u , ;
';1 u
l
( '
eus s$p
-e ...a ...... o lf s c: - --] (3-"-{W=
a.m c.. %. ,. . .
- - {- - " . A,. -
,- ,gg..
.m.aa A %-&., --
,., . .. . .m -, .a- m . . .
.e e Ne e mg e e o
LA SALLE COUNTY STATION MARK 11 DESIGN ASSESSMENT REPORT FIGURE 5.1-7 BASE MAT PLAN - TOP REINFORCING LAYOUT
Rev. 7 1/80
. s x[
'D D D
s.
{ -
.. .i. ...._
O 9 . . .
-c7_ , . . . ? .. .. @ . . .
Ma vsw . .tS*.vnwrtre< l T#-
j"'ti25%F3 E D. W.;tIr. i l
%25*~
H l li <, l < J' r' ., ;
g _,_
n -. + -- p.;
. n u. - -
i+ l r..: _.
- -'2 _T- 1 h-- g Err-
W 3
e ""rff H l. l !
IF t ,
I i
- J<,j rad.W.W. - r_ ED
- ,1_ x, I . h.,.7,14 e , ,
-<,w-m
-e.w
- M
., r- -
! 'T -
f_33 -.-+-- 1 3
m fl .
l 7 .//[ l l 's'> 's l N
a 's l p-: '
- _o?_! i 1.i i i I
{ ' l l . ["
- .'i l j s i __ 4 gp, A i, l s
I i.il e
{} C'TI *)' ' _Mp l*l -
Jg g
)
- ' '. g w ,8 ll i.,, ,
j
,., - l, E-1
.m_ . . ' l 1** 4
'?o\ \ l \ l l'!! h s 3 s ..t s .,
9 ~~; y _*
/ #
\'
@ %,-k
- dyNi )
. e, =
v e - m '
axw -
_u ,
n -
N '
_ _ .;, . . ll \ l l'-
_' __ 4
.,; .gll1 g v
~
,- Q ajt i
O .} J 1 g ti l t==
,-tl M.a _ ,, n i i g 4 - .i . lL
-__ l l ,2 I I I I ll l i I tn S hi -
]
-. ... a .
+g-
'y=.=r#;*M.
. HA- .
y ,. ,g
- _._.vw LA SALLE COUNTY STATION MARK 11 DESIGN ASSESSMENT REPORT FIGURE 5.1-8 BASE MAT PLAN - BOTT0'4 REINFORCING LAYOUT
Rev. 7 1/80 sa. , m3-y fireT7.'_
- M -._~
4
. Z',g , ,Y CY 5$ ,3 . .-
s se, K.
,.N
.me
~fi f.a*2.*d.
d w -.
_y /#
M
- ___ ,
'k U,L_ ' , \ ,
. .,,,p ::ll*,.:::.E$ \
\
'(y "T9;rr/ sf ..r f
y? ~ ~ - -
l
, ha t
~
i
[
.6 ,.
~
. r s
. D t,
w pp .'
Ts es d W=
c *
.... n T
, .- _ r* ::= .u r--
. il % ct? g
, a ll
/, a
~i'1-id.
= '"+ ,,.. _
w .
1 No I ;
sj i h W ^s //
1 . . , .
_] .
hN
> ~
3 5 ~;==E l
L LA SALLE COUNTY STATION MARK ll DESIGN ASSESSMENT REPORT FIGURE 5.1-9 CONTAINMENT WALL POST-TENSIONING TENDON LAYOUT
~ ~
et s'a'-v Rev. 7 1/80 i
==_ J'
[ ,
- x/
h SEE. DET. X N'y
- EL.~I%W !
S -
/)
W= h-
. <s
[
14, eg- _/
ix g.g.
~
[ ll SPAClu/m VARIES FROM EL 7&l' O" /
qg s
,s 82' TO 17 '2' Nr /
- Na n siz i
~
/_ / .
COUTAIUMEUT (x \ LIV ER EL 740'-O" bY I
< v Ygbo,V
,1 J" 4 1
! , s er ci2,. NMLX
) It b-4 18312' n
E L . 710'-es*
R
,i 3
y l4 : 4 8-d _
f> I l
_ TO (., RE ACTOR
" o a # 2'
$ 2 I
$ d h. # n e 24' T/ e t. 4.se'- 4' O N S ALL ,f neiwF y
,d i st.E','y."j! *
Q j 7 - e t. o7 s'- e
/ N __
/
N, LA SALLE COUNTY STATION MARK 18 DESIGN ASSESSM ENT REPORT FIGURE 5.1-10 CONTAINMENT WALL -
REINFORCING LAYOUT
Rev. 7 1/80 e- .
k*a
-d vs j =4 7 % b i 2
h4
- x. i g
/
f-
-\ .j,., g <{b- ,/
- 4 np - <
g N
AM. _
'/ iS.y 0
ss
. ?
3 n G3 6 e
(-
o 5 ?,
y..
G e . .-
g;.
gt n-
-;s} .
4e
-i 2 a6 y* U sS i 5 *7v ?>
[ __ ,_..-. ,,,,,.
!i! . . ..L u .__ _
,_m ,
4.8 II
{
- t$ @-t 1-
-s 6 4
h1b__,,,L ._ _ _ , , , _
,_ =
q- ,
~
o
$9
+ -=
3
$ 4 P
.h A E -d a s 9
4 LA SALLE COUNTY STATION MARK 11 DESIGN ASSESSMENT REPORT FIGURE 5.1-11 REACTOR SUPPORT - CONCRETE PLUG
t Rev. 7 1/80
- ._ a.-
, .s. .-.
f **
a.. -
l 2.sa*7'I fp eET S Er. P 4) i ,.. 5g 4=d ,
3 d d if -t
- &l S.&.dts *
- $' J7;
}.
g I . 7 U '
fdj g' K] j91 f m ,.. e
, .; w% : 4 _. .
h- a >
t
%' p> ' s,.e s /
g ..,.
Q hm *.
=w h-4- :ss-h ~
I E" l
9 _
-- Ilj l J, _J
.....s,.
c d k lli N*l I
S h-
. t.
s -
6 q-.i (;%% \
i
.- .. \ 'Mr.%\ ~ !#, <
Il.- D .
2 r e'=
,N"a* l w i , ,.t.s ' ' .' fV '> 't I ' '-4 R 6 y I I_
_ m .,__
l . .m. . . @l~ __l-- _[ TdC.. -
a ! yM* k [1-q l ~44***
, ee
- y.e... i v.
'9
. = . . . .ay m:::= <
- y *e
[ _..._ _ _ _ _ _ . _ . _ . . _ _ _ ,
. q, .
.4 i
en,y- - e .
3,-
4 , _.. :f 4s [! .
c... ' r ,~~-o T [@?
9
- , . . ~-_-
= , ~
( $ 's.
, i i
c .._ _
O hN. . ;. g
.L {p -Y - . . . - . . , , .
[W" - . ,.
) D~1 d bt7%yp" l af.sta ..
MJiie. C
,2 ....... ',-.,. -
m.l f
I s g
= t.
y
~7 A,, l h' gQ .-g
- 1. ~
1 kn I t .g 4 -
gj - .. ,E - i t
t w.m -
i i '
~.
a u __,
i>
LA SALLE COUNTY STATION MARK ll DESIGN ASSESSM ENT REPORT FIGURE 5.1-12 REACTOR SUPPORT - REINFORCING LAYOUT BEFORE MODIFICATION
i n
4
. l , l .
c
<se e>*
..,gr\ , 7 c
~ 4,sse9x,
. - f, e s ~. . . . -
s
<\ s = k 3* \
..#N[ *'* i \\\ u.*g ..i g \
- + 5.s. f. .. S t.
7
- ) A sj.; a'il;t
~
\d) rd . . n e .
t \ + {-
E*.-
4,h 3 $*Sd a;
+
l . ...
M II$h 1[.
i t-M% m:_a_e..5.:e -
U L,
.... s. j _J .. _ c r. .m ....
t 4. ...
. , . . . . , . . .. ... _ ...~ _
e, m R "t . p. < - ;;r.-yy-. _
- %D / 9% ~' ~'
9 &o%
.. , e u-
/9.
v 5>
- a p
- w s
- r . * .\.e-.r -
,4 r
. ~
m.....
c.,
n { -st%i, D
, l + -
- . 4'~
9 i Ir
\ g cg/s o , ,
s ti ++ a' j is.
EE Ut '+ ' A ~- "*
, { m,i ? Q-$-o-
_.u .
_a.
-.-...~~.c,,...., , ,
u.e , . . ..--
h f# f h ,
i 'I
- d) l'P V gf
.g \ ..a k
.. e .- T c. w Y
[.v '
s 3,
__f i 4
y, 9, Qs f O
47 /- } ..T ___, ,
5' C - ~.I L .--"s
(
. G 4L4 i WP A.
Y J YA'+' p.__1.i 1 _N, .-
.~x:::-=W w/ _J. .,
i
=*.r.s. "
4
- '"".'" "
- ~.~O~ .""
- eo"ov 29 NSCGC. NG #. A*J ( 9-o i w ...e
- eL D e6M E TA'L.*^ .'
i i
Rev. 7 1/80 j h 4 l s l l t A [/
' p.s
. Dgg%.
p . .
c e i rr~~*
,.j$'\ \ \ f '
\ i!! N s 4 '\
- \xJ 94.> b@8., ,
\+. ]{6F jl!!>g E.! i #.f gg g agr,
'e.: 'x
~'
y:
}. .m w.i , + t p;. .
'"\
y\ c ', ,. t, . un*. k*' ~ w
~
?mm
? r ri .
1 1
4 ,'
6;
'i- A .
t 1
.,,tr+.::.+c**.:+;.t*4+~~Q w,t 4.
-~~.~
6 4'so
- W s-y.
v 4.&< ./. / *
, . , , '.Op.
ei v*s -t i
- .-= a.[.., .. hrg.<$.
g.3 y
-tp a h. a~K
% &r & ~~~A~~ ~ #' ,. 388T.
- j. t d .
'l.6L .;
A. f' ,
- e s. A _
- n %resc %G eAc a. A<
irr r _ .t.*.:,).
dy4sc:
/t
,f.).;. / N,
- 4 lly / :/f,:.,
u m,f e s*n
-, 7. -- ' ~n
,
- z, j _
.m//
N
+,-
.s_ "fa Er..v, -m
[ - - r lI4:u.kOC*W4 m .fa.e~. 7 - - -,l - ^
l N;
l
., l ..,,.
j ADDITION AL tie DAA PE'Nr%NG PLAN *
,, ,.g " * ' *
.f .q!! ; y,y!*' ~ y "I i1 i f, f....
-e I
I i
m -) .
d == ~ * ..-
.ti ii r,, W
,f v'~[-.A T' i .. . ,
3 i
3 Or'7g1 1 [< .
i-- '
~
+f f, t-+ +i 4 -
I 4-
'h.,,f'{;;
9 IF ii -/f** fLJ/
i ;
Di m -- t -- - . , ,.a.-
- . . --, e, , ~,,;; ,,
- l. ..* .. .l..
< . - ~
- *C',:T=;;;;**
- Y" CME'*
- :7 "
wores
" ED .. e '*.* ."'**C * ~.".*.*
- . *.',* T .':,.-
- i py, {. ; - . . . .
. _ _ , , _ _ _ _ _ _._,._.. g .-,. m, ,, ._e.% .
n:- e. y~=. -.,. ; u., .. .
.
- u a -.
l 3's
- w Su -
- die tw : u sw . . y .+.,
llllafll ll l! !! lj w
.i; oi, i,. o ouw l
, m ,,,,
. n ,n -- .
- . . . . . . ute, , -. -,,,
y:.
~-.umvm- e c,,,-.y-,,
f _y .,
3..
- },.:._ +J e.:nt. '_l.y .. J
[ _l,. .
O O b- N hd d
..~,3 .#_ .. [Y
- :< : :.==:. ",,.
- C '
~- da
% ~~~ 2 GJ VOf l -2. - ,p(.\ /@ . O 'o d '
.\' LA SALLE COUNTY STATION
, g' # ' M'P *%b ,
/ g MARK ll DESIGN ASSESSMENT REPORT b -
M d, % q.gMpd ._-s ~ 4 FIGURE 5.1-13
.D"- Mi2 iiqliO (Ji[ 1) O-O cre 't UNIT 1 - DRYWELL FLOOR - '
MiocLe emFwcuc, Nu REINFORCING LAYOUT .
-.x.,.
t l j '
i
( , , I . l
./
~
/t,, . ,
1 y <
~ ,
Et -4 -' 2
)$;* I* i+ '* O
_ .g
-whr
. ++;
~:. _ _
- v ,. r t ...
a-n u. - . . .
v e oo++ow at= oec'4a #t.A4 t e um s D
.W p f. L t.
+
- . H ?. %
If I
=== '
c- 947 ()(N ()() 0- ' "
seu roo ee,ancecg gja es ea>
t WY
\ '
th
\
\ u ..,
i E tL{L-Wre w v s r '
tj v vy esesA 3+ , -
11 ~ ee~ ec, , me,,___,
w gsw
[
l
Rev. 7 1/80 4
4 8 .
9
.f n -
- e. f r~' Ns.
,,v -
e /.-
i -
h<
s k
- N s.
<- v/
\ (
' tmtm ,
n 4:t .r'/ x s 4N. -
- N~ s w
T:>t
&' A' ) m % y.#.m : W :.,
T , =. .
~
/
d s
'\ .-
/'\ llf%*i'~
!. Ac"E.)y! n
, ff.? 't:M . :* . : , .
,, y,
\ . <y. -q%3 ,
I, . . ; *- ~;W..ya '9::f1.l.NF r >'h
'- s
% } (
t J '. 7 ~
wa.
g! -
q.*7,_.4 ...
- , * " , . . . e . . '. . .
m th GG%By4fy 2'- b 11 . "
- 2 a'.,. ;..-. g.* kg,/*d? ..
.f,
- g. g* *s*j,vl,9,{W, n...[.;c;j;
>Y L'*. -W.; ?r;
'[*???.
,g' , .
+% f
- f.g. # /
, /
C
_Anr,e. ..~w w - At T.L m ; mll: W.:j N *4W ~d{ep s
e 8
4og'9 '
- e a
/<,.f
/
.na.
.[e&n.n ,.. !t '
n-e j r* , .
j- p- f-I
- tt it's
- 6 - -
k ;*cs."%.~~..T o ,
pe,,_ W .=
m.-no La 'l6
- p l! 7
- Ige \ - -
l@- ~ r-
.(~ . ,. ,
, y+ a:6(Lff ,*ylM .\, -
__ AfDTirJ4AL TE' HAP
-M't*fr#0*4c
' " ' PL AN g>
a
~*{ -- _-
8/
r i
"T' J' -
i .!L . s
< 4 .. r.;.;....
>fM . .I -=< I -M . ,
4, Q
_1 q__pL J fp' ,g, 6
_ y!
6
[
r 9 4 '
p_{e._
g t m .y *** ,,,f;,.4% ,.,,.
i"***
/ '% A ,
r
=.L.:.n.
~
==
a
.:. r;.=. ~e.r..~.
9 %' -
eacpoa i.
,y w ~oreo
' L ---
e
~ . - =,~ - - <
i"' . . -
g {. h,c-. " e'*
~a._7,,.,.,,.,....
_. i _ .
. sie gy :31,.:y.::g*.:*.a. .:
w*pe v, .
un __ z,y 1
l nl r str ; t I ,w (a n._,
W v.s ,I 4a -.
i fi i ,
,, ,, y
_.4. _ - - - . _- L - .-_... .ryu ., _ a t -
- __ ' >y
- z. n'~_ w __
K,'._ _
t L. L .., a ut
. - L, J==~ j.,, L '
J N1 _.
-h a =ric;' ra- ..
=c:.
- t = ::
~
a: ta . ::::,
t
- ~ , s
^escrioa -- v- 11_
LA SALLE COUNTY STATION
-') ._ _ ., ::: . .r::=~.:
M ARK ll DESIGN ASSESSMENT REPORT te =:'
i 3.,
r, ~..~.~ :.,,
,::.ll7
~ ~ ~ ~ FIGURE 5.1-14
~y/h,JL-UNIT 2 - DRYWELL FLOOR - I REINFORCING LAYOUT m 1
Rev. 7 1/80 l
en H
- V H
,N '
9 l (*
l 9 .m
,p .+ ..
i @
p.+
.m f wveau enuo
- w. ,._ .u..g __
=st - e~r ELtsdci' J M '
I* U'
+
+
lis 7 8{p N+MM 9 *
. a 4'
.1L ist d l ; _
sg ,sv.i i
+ 16 97 3 eu,2y.,pe ,tt-sr %
l a E a s *.+ n Antd $
n n
,; ,, e._ e 'V haYp*o'$f '
nu ,oY. 2 e ,e; .
v n . ,
3% n
- Y g +5 i+
l+
' i 4j \me.1
'je_kde E 3
e
.t 1 3$
LA SALLE COUNTY STATION MARK la DESIGN ASSESSM ENT REPORT FIGURE 5.1-15 DESIGN SECTIONS - PRIMARY CONTAINMENT AND REACTOR SUPPORT
Rev. 7 1/80
- 1.' o or Dowt4 C O M E' R.6
/q\. _
O @
l I
l I I I i I
@ @ @ l@ @ l@ @ @
R= M'il$ R- 4 i '-('-- -
~ E DCTE RE AC TOR SU P PO RT EDGE CONTAINMENT SECTION NUM BE R I 2. 3 4 5 (o 7 8 R A DI OS cruo 14."No 20 % 22.% 26 % 30.17 3 2.17 3ro.17 4l.33 LA SALLE COUNTY STATION MARK 11 DESIGN ASS ESSM ENT REPORT FIGURE 5.1-16 DESIGN SECTIONS - DRYWELL FLOOR
, LOADING j lX SYMBOL COMBINATION
,r o ^ I B
o 2 FY = 52 0 KS! $_ d_ X 3
- T
- 4 F'C = 4.50 KSI y q 8 = 12.00 IN O 5 T = 84.00 IN FC = 0 600F*C .e X (IN) AS (IN2) o FC = 0.850F'C b 4g m- FS = 0.900FY 6.00 5 33 Sa 78 00 5.33 H 78
~8 a
~
W _
N 0-)
bo gfC = 0.300F'C
+"
- v. FC = .600F'C Q FS = .400FY g Z-
~
> r 5 5# a s2 =
? $8 mm , ar a-g=
$r o$ $y R J dd z o f
@M m > O A &*
a co
- $C _'80.00
-60.00
-40.00
-20. N g. 2'0.00 4'O.00 6'O.00 8'0.00 l'00.00 E 5; c3 m N L "i4 in MOMEN il F -KIPS x10*
N2 zu k u>
z c3 2 $
y o N
m ._ - .
O O 7- ~
m
- 2 a N
BASEMAT SECTION 2 - MERIDIONAL DIRECTION @
Rev. 7 1/80 O
O E E e- _O ze
- m<
cz
$ -NMT tomb $ $$ O U
O
_m a m O
l v.
c o X' A & O s e x x S.
O u m a P
r 1 ut oo
,e in o u O 3
em u. u O EE 88 $
ub **
- QQ g
om o -
X k
o \' II 8
A E f -S ~$ ;E u
- I r S E o - I o y ' O H E d '
00 0d3 00'0d3 00Od! 00*Odi 00*ds 00* 00*0d- ~
t O t* SdIM NI 0807 lBIX s Z 40 Z O. LLJ 3 CE O
- D E
O Z O E
_- k 8
Z 8
O
~
G E o 2*550eO O to to 3 8 O in O O M *
- d'99"~~ o
- n"?E n -Ow m o 3 P"0 -
9 /, S
- u. u. m - x m* _m LA SALLE COUNTY STATION MARK 11 DESIGN ASSESSM ENT REPORT FIGURE 5.1-18 REPRESENTATIVE CONTAINMENT INTERACTION DIAGRAM
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 5.2 CONTAINMENT UALL AND BASEMAT LINER ANALYSIS 5.2.1 Basemat Liner 5.2.1.1 Description of Liner and Liner Stiffeners The basemat liner plate consists of a 1/4-inch thick plate of Grade SA240 Type 304 stainless steel material. The base-mat liner plates are anchored with M4 x 13 structural steel sections at a maximum spacing of 9 feet 3 inches. Refer to Figure 5.2-1 for the basemat liner anchorage details.
The basemat liner has been modified by adding stiffeners to provide additional capacity to resist the hydrodynamic up-lift pressures resulting from SRV and LOCA loads. The stif-feners are made of 3/8 inch thick plates, Grade SA204 Ty7e 304 stainless steel, folded into the shape of a channel with a 6-inch web and 3-3/4 inch flanges. Refer to Figure 5.2-2 for the basemat liner stiffener details.
5.2.1.2 Loads for Analysis The loads acting on the liner plate, described in Section 3.0 of this report, are included. These loads are divided into two main categories: (1) self-limiting loads; and, (2) mechanical loads (each of these is discussed in the following).
Self-Limiting Loads Strains in the liner plate and anchorage system are introduced due to dead loads, post-tensioning, creep, shrinkage, and ther-mal effects.
5.2-1
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 Mechanical Loads These loads are introduced due to SRV and LOCA discharge within the suppression pool area. Due to the oscillating nature of the loads, the liner plate and anchorage system could experience stress reversals. For analysis it has been assumed that there are 3886 actuations (DFFR) with 10 stress reversals per actuations.
5.2.1.3 Load Combinations The liner and anchorage systems are designed for the load combinations listed in Table 4.1-1 except that all load factors are taken as unity.
5.2.1.4 Acceptance Criteria The strains in the liner plate due to self-limiting loads are limited to the allowable values specified in Table CC-3720 of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code,Section III, Division 2, and the displacements of the liner anchor-age are limited to the displacement values in Table CC-3730-1 of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code,Section III, Division 2.
Primary membrane stresses due to mechanical loads in the liner plate and anchorage system (weld and anchor) is check-ed according to Subsection NE-3221.1 of the ASME B&PV Code,Section III, Division 1. Primary plus secondary membrane plus bending stress is checked according to Subsection NE-3222.2 of the same code, and fatigue strength evaluation is based on Subsection NE-3222.4 of Section III. Allowable design stress intensity values, design fatigue curves, and material properties are obtained from Subsection NA, Appendix I of the ASME B&PV Code,Section III, Division I.
5.2-2
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 Subsection NB-3356 of the ASME B&PV Code,Section III, Division I is used to obtain a fatigue strength reduction factor of 4.0 for the fillet weld attachment of the containment wall liner plate and anchorage system.
Capacity of the liner anchor for concrete pull out due to negative SRV loads is limited to the service load allowables in ACI 318-71.
5.2.1.5 Analysis The liner plate is analyzed for a postulated probable maximum, static equivalent, hydrodynamic net uplift pressure of 8 psi.
Consequently, the liner plate has been modified by the addition of stiffeners to provide the required additional capacity. The analysis is divided into two phases: first, assessing the liner plate between the stif feners to ensure that the plate has the capacity to transfer the loads to the stiffeners; and secondly, analyzing the stiffeners as beams of varying span numbers that are supported at the anchorages.
5.2.2 Containment Wall Liner 5.2.2.1 Description of Liner The suppression chamber wall liner consists of a -inch plate of Grade SA240 Type 304 stainless steel material. This liner plate is anchored at a maximum spacing of 1 foot 3 inches with 3 x 2 x h inch angles welded to the plate intermittently with a -inch fillet weld at 4 inches every 12 inches center-to-center spacing. Refer to Figure 5.2-3 for the containment liner detail.
5.2-3
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 5.2.2.2 Loads for Analysis The loads for analysis are described in Subsection 5.2.1.2.
5.2.2.3 Load Combinations The load combinations are described in Subsection 5.2.1.3.
5.2.2.4 Acceptance Criteria The acceptance criteria for the containment wall liner is described in Subsection 5.2.1.4.
5.2.2.5 Analysis To study the response of the liner plate due to the oscillating SRV discharge loads, a dynamic finite element analysis is per-formed. Since the liner plate experiences bending between anchor supports predominantly in one direction, a two-dimen-sional representation is used for the dynamic analysis.
Several beam elements are used to represent the flexibility of the liner plate between two anchor locations. The ends of the model which represent the anchor supports are assumed to be fixed against both in plane rotation and displacements.
In addition, a nonlinear stiffness matrix is used to simulate the stiffness of the concrete to resist compressive loads only, with no resistance towards tensile or negative SRV discharge loads. The time-pressure history of the oscillating air bubble, which has approximately 10 negative pulses per actuation, is used as the input forcing function to the finite element model.
The results of the dynamic analysis show that the dynamic load factor is approximately equal to 1.0. The liner plate can, therefore, be analyzed for SRV discharge loads by using a static solution procedure.
5.2-4
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 TABLE 5.2-1
SUMMARY
OF CONTAINMENT WALL LINER PLATE STRESSES / STRAINS FOR ALL SRV CASES I MECHANICAL LOADS (Suction Loads)
ACTUAL STRESS ALLOWABLE STRESS STRESS OR OR SAFETY CATEGORY USAGE FACTOR USAGE FACTOR MARGIN Primary (Pb)
Bending 8,400 psi 1.5 Sm = 30 ksi 3.6 Secondary (0) 57,600 psi 3.0 Sm = 60 ksi 1.04 Peak (F) 0.04 1.0 25.0 II SELF-LIMITING LOADS STRAIN ACTUAL STRAIN ALLOWABLE STRAIN SAFETY CATEGORY (in/in) (in/in) MARGIN Self-limiting .001 .002 2.0 5.2-5
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 TABLE 5.2-2
SUMMARY
OF CONTAINMENT WALL LINER ANCHORAGE LOAD / DISPLACEMENT FOR ALL SRV CASES I MECHANICAL LOADS (Suction Loads)
ACTUAL STRESS ALLOWABLE STRESS OR STRESS OR SAFETY CATEGORY USAGE FACTOR USAGE FACTOR MARGIN Weld Primary (P 3) 800 psi 1/2 Sm = 12.5 Bending 10 ksi Peak (F) 0.04 1.0 25.0 Angle Primary (Pb) 300 psi Sm = 13.9 46.3 Bending hsi II MECHANICAL LOADS (Suction Loads)
ALLOWABLE STRESS ACTUAL LOAD LOAD OR SAFETY CATEGORY OR STRESS STRESS MARGIN Concrete Diagonal 75.0 lbs/in 860.0 11.4 Tension lbs/in Failure III SELF-LIMITING LOADS ACTUAL ALLOWABLE STRESS DISPLACEMENT DISPLACEMENT SAFETY CATEGORY (in) (in) MARGIN Anchorage System .015 .045 3.0 5.2-6
A 0" seUD FL.USH p- ^
f P EL&7W-4' ,
N\ d *W*deAce i /
/
/
/ O O O O \ \
u" ***
/ O O \
TYPICAL COUUECTIOU FOR M4x13 BEAM g
( O / .- .
N O )
sAce up mAc 6esuo Ft.uw , ( )
'4' a &, O , ,
+ l O (+o DSYMM. ABOUT (,.
-;, , j F B M EL/,7S'-4'd =, t 0 s /
r
~ -+
O s N
/
O
.momo M'gbyu-
"~'
i ? O
?
%f O /
\ 60 0 TYPICAL COUUECTIOU OF M4x13 To l' \' 6 O '
O /
EME.EDDED It_ N ,
/
e
% y s
- = m -
M m O g F
~
T e I 27'- 9' H
b g 6N Ilioo*
m z n C >O 2
!" $C PLAU VIEW
'?
h
= r -<
- 50 =>
= a s 9-o O %
32 C
8
Rev. 7 1/80
.r.,
Wo*
r a'[Lm'3 ____.1_* - .. =
4 , .. ' u up i 4.C v
- - - ~
7l i :
l
/$ m,.
- m. ,
e._
N' N./ j %,ff f i
/ $55 YN&
f ,
- y. . ;. .
/
/ '
f
--M(r,x -g-.t- >
I t
- c. - . N
/ Q- %\'. %AD - -
\
"*' . . /jp 4
',719 M7 ,
3 3
gl ,
I l .
8 N gT ,' i //I --' t.h
}
)
e - t j
j; _ ; ..w _rd-+ an j
_1 .*A't 2
. }y_N ir, 4 _
(
ii-
-s es . . . . _ ,
(q s
y9
. L3A
\g -
Qi. ,.
?-
- 7. '\
o, w.
.e
- g y_; '"-
%.)- y 7:'y
, e t \ - ,-
. %. , fx_ xw as! g '
- l d \
- hF**-' 3 ,
3 ) g .
y s
I e b,h> H-
-[.Nh +
r g
um
.,s b y. 9
.,a_
o*
s(- -- =
w k g./ $
s .ty gy' i
.s
_ Np
, y g
, ...< ,, u_,( p
=
7v
__* E'_ ,- -__=j il
- . ( tess 40 . ma t J
h b
p17) l N c ? t. h I i y yp .u L -
l 4 ss
,, !/ E' Q/ /
i 1
.~ - a .
i ,
1_
kg _-
i * " '
, , . 27 i, +en*
l
!." . n, s Ic, - n_w. _,
1- .
)>'Id, J #-J#-J
[
.sp ,, ' f .c, 6,
a -
,a 1[
J
\. fM'[* "~' ' M _,7 h , M;7 "%'*' ' v")
8 y~ -. ~m v .n i K s m. Q# f* %.m /' y ,f g o.s g /
O ~
,s...<-. -! .u- /
f '
.w w .s ee g p.- yky.~
.y, y
~,Vu,gt y q/ -,' N u */ w s y.
i ,, .>. . .
eummow coot noce uuse ou wv4-
< e a e .- wi m . - -- . . u. i LA SALLE COUNTY STATION MARK la DESIGN ASSESSM ENT REPORT FIGURE 5.2-2 BASE MAT LINER STIFFENER DETAIL (SHEET 1 of 4)
Rev. 7 1/80 m-g <=..r.
_.e.. ~." , N.
.. .c . .
1~,
e A i cm ,
i
- %&-. s s 1 _l
.r rT t-
- T/ --
wy W (ham k; y.- . , 2 I
.<%r x ED $
s ' ,.
j.. r +( .'.
.c.
.- - wa .
3 . I .,
. . 1: . -
.L a.
i.,
y,, , .. ..3..- y.e DETAIL I
_~
-~ ? R 1 F r"h
!7_n=2: ==,, '
Ieen aw ' _ \[' 0 ,-s.***"**
I i *
.i . w-r t % &M: t"# ( ** M**
"L M l % ,.
' ~
4 \. w., _
^^
, = ,_.,_> _ .. . _ .
d.r~_
.t.:JE w '
i \i i = m -
y ,'w ed t - .1%
eaa ~ u s
j ,, ,.. .-
' I '
DE TA.il 2 seem uvava (8*f * * '* u
-~
.f
_ n. w -- . , /_,. p a ~ *.. .,
. .....r-L
,/
i u // I i I
, <,j,ii ti.ri.e.a N
/ y, I l
--- 7 ty f s r4 y,,,,,,._
f.g w w.s g
,e s
- *8, v K tv/ " *
~
qA .Q. a. - -
L%, l" hw . ~.
~
u . g -] ~ . _. _- -
~~~ , ..
r .. %.
~
...w.-
L y- .- .I
. g pl.
t.
i i ; t .+ . =I .
cerut w v. , e.
3 L. ,, _
DETAIL 4 ms..<
LA SALLE COUNTY STATION MARK 11 DESIGN ASSESSMENT REPORT FIGURE 5.2-2 BASE MAT LINER STIFFEhER DETAIL (SHEET 2 of 4)
Rev. 7 1/80 h_,.,
- e. ,e _ .:s 4. _.:.q e. ,e LM4 g ,14td.
lI &l Y
'%. . e=
AW97 ., . aene . 9 9 ,
.= _
c=
k 7$3 hh b____
=
a.
== 2..
/ . 5*'2*'I s
=t
\Qv- a v.*] -
1
== .Nl b ,
- / /
(
.j N
- m. 9} p*' /d ' r' %,. ;y. Ws, iy a\
e - -
f a . u ;-
s y, p u ..
n grA u u n . ..
O E ;J" = i
'u d n u N J , y s u. .ar.-
~
- ,=.J=L., l . .
%s - >
j l
N 'd .Y-Q's O,# 4 Y %u s sEJy 't 2..aue__ x # c .. .. wn, re n, ..- =, 1 1 -a r as 4n e ..,.. ,
n i
~ ~- yw ..
- u
- A.
, m:mR nn y m rve u q N . c-- - l 8,i u u n- A:-
t,, .ax
., _i . y -
^ '
(+ _ E I I
-1U h
\ n - i ,.$-hi[
g .g Q t m[*
144'M
,f; 5..__..
= a
. .. . 9 ;
.;g m ... ..
i
. _ .. _ (.= ._. ,
ww.y@
. cc -
- /
,j=.c g ( g' N l
, 4 k_ #=- ,
s z
gy w.i .
.. u _- 1
~
l 3 nnnn we
' ,n 3% i;b' er nnans?
.;.M L-- " _),
_' -Mcq su l ya, i -.E m t c= =a =m. h
/
~
m w
s :
=
,r s
E
( , =e een e e m!, .
f(
- *~ e_j -w j[w-_ ,g ,
c=
. ne -= 1 er, =2 a , =2 v sj 3
.lia=v = c =
' \' . w.c]c M/ / ra c= , c
. {A .b.-' m
//N . [; .lg y
'iy i
s
%:n=~,3
=
W s%*
lm*A_ A '
- I 1a e. ,e Kwo ade@EE %"A 5
An 'eTALA904 ssLAN y= a g r ;e n w 4 4.-
i
=
?
LA SALLE COUNTY STATION MARK 18 DESIGN ASSESSMENT REPORT FIGURE 5.2-2 BASE MAT LINER STIFFENER DETAIL (SHEET 3 of 4)
Rev. 7 1/80 GUEMcHER SUPPORT '
(err OTH E R9) ,
i autWcHE R 9 9E.
(ibY OTHER9)
%,V , h '.
j'
= ? LAP
/ WELD BY 7fg , E- j / 'oTaeet EL.675' 9I4 I- " ,
-- C i OEWT 4
~
/ / / / RTTM/ / /t LER cute
- 2" 04E std '
gp'geooryotg h ri/2 e
~
c o v E R ft 9ECTIOU r e.V1 + actre y
W/C#*/ -
]
y____ _ _ _ _
_ ,, f'Et 6 (ffe) ,
T- l !E[} gg g ! I ti)I ~f
.- u g(%7/dyguur
!;i l h ,, I,~ h '
t 6 TIFF e (TYe) 7 7, -,= > - = 5
(, ~^h#' _ b ql (b
I \
i l LEAK CHASE
'7 j 4
~fp
- \ 'y ,
\ ouEJCHER g s_ gg
\ q9 y 9 '
- 9G e
\
py h I
( 0Y OTHG29) t_ _ _ I U A - d$ 6*iE 4 i w W - _ _ - __ _ --_\ Q l 9 PLArd '
ra97 em van $ Te roz Yg'+ ewe.
TYPlCAL FILJl9HED PLAT E DETAIL sesus: acue LA SALLE COUNTY STATION MARK 11 DESIGN ASSESSM ENT REPORT FIGURE 5.2-2 BASE MAT LINER STIFFENER DETAIL (SHEET 4 of 4)
Rev. 7 1/80 4 _
)
W h t . ; 'l ,ny Ove e ..r. x M=
-e- ; % fry
/
w ,ge, gpar N
co u <,
VA v ie<a beue/r7
-east s
g r 1 ... - .. u.
4 var rom 'n eies x
'%x,7s.12 / ,
l l
l
/
/
i e4g weg c2 a.cz g U Ltdert pt.- pqi\ f 9y \
k DETAIL A a.wa> g,l ---f. woest ,
Vt3_ [
E* ^
LINER k.
4 l w-g o 2 cs c.n -v ,
2S$402.ah#tY y.,a n. ,
}* :5.7'64c ~ _y'-
i _ ,
/ SPLICE L
, ,, 'sL fiW*'*
- qbrie copsa. z'-dlk.
, SPAC.INQ (TYR)
CUP ANQLE (TYP.
y_
TYR ARR'T, OF HORl2.. h VERT STIPR IN THE CYLIMDKic.AL SECT. OFTHS COMTAiNMENT LA SALLE COUNTY STATION MARK 11 DESIGN ASSESSM ENT REPORT FIGURE 5.2-3 CONTAINMENT WALL LINER DETAIL
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 5.3 OTHER STRUCTURAL COMPONENTS 5.3.1 Concrete Structures _
The load combinations including pool dynamic loads considered in the reassessment of concrete structures (other than con-tainment and concrete structures) such as shear walls, slabs, and beams are shown in Table 5.3-1.
For concrete structures, the peak effects resulting from seismic and pool dynamic loads were combined by the conservative ABS method even though the SRSS method is more appropriate since the probability of all peak effects occurring at the same time is very small. The concrete members were found to be structurally adequate to sustain the ABS loads. No field modifications are required for these concrete elements.
5.3.1.1 Acceptance Criteria The acceptance criteria used in the reassessment of reinforced concrete structures other than containment and internal concrete structures are the same criteria defined in Subsection 3.8.4.5 of the LSCS FSAR and are identified in Table 5.3-1 for each load combination. The stresses and strains are limited to those specified in ACI 318-71. As indicated in Table 5.3-1, ultimate strength design method has been used for all load combinations. No overstress is allowed for seismic loads.
As stated in the FSAR, when a LOCA occurs outside the contain-ment, as in load combinations 4, 4a, 5, 7, and 7a, yield line theory is used to design reinforced concrete walls and slabs.
Table 5.3-3 gives a summary of the capability of the "other" concrete and steel structures affected by the additional pool dynamic loads. The table reflects the status of the reassess-ment to date. (See Appendix D for details of the assessment.)
5.3-1
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 The percentages given in the table represent the portion of the structural elements which have the reserve strength to sustain the SRSS/ ABS loading.
5.3.2 Steel Structures The load combinations including pool dynamic loads considered in the reassessment of steel structures such as framing, con-tainment galleries, embedments, hangers for cable trays, con-duits, and ducts are listed in Table 5.3-2.
For cable tray, conduit and HVAC duct hangers, the peak effects resulting from seismic and pool dynamic loads were combined by the SRSS method. Structural steel framings in the drywell and in the reactor building and their corresponding embedments had the peak effects of the seismic and pool dynamic loads combined by the absolute sum method, and the stiffening of structural elements for such a combination is in progress.
5.3.2.1 Acceptance Criteria For steel structures, stresses, and strains in accordance with the 1969 AISC specifications are used for load combina-tions 1 through 3 defined in Table 5.3-2. No overstress is allowed for seismic loads. For load combinations involving abnormal or extreme environmental loads as in load combinations 4 through 7a of Table 5.3-2, the steel stresses were conserva-tively limited to 0.95 f . No plastic deformations were allowed.
y 5.3.3 Downcomers and Downcomer Vent Bracing The downcomer vents are subjected to static and dynamic loads due to normal, upset, emergency, and faulted plant conditions.
The downcomer vents are braced at elevation 721'-0", well above the pool swell impact zone to reduce the forces and moments being transmitted through the downcomers to the 5.3-2
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 drywell floor. Additional bracing is provided at elevation 697'-1" to support the downcomers against bounding submerged structure loads defined in Section 3.0.
5.3.3.1 General Description General features of the downcomers are as follows:
- a. 98 downcomers per unit,
'o . pipe outside diameter - 24.25 inches,
- c. pipe wall thickness - 00.375 inch,
- d. pipe weight per unit length - 7.883 lb/in., and
- e. pipe material - SA-240 TP 304, The downcomer vent bracing at elevation 721'-0" is shown in Figure 5.3-1. General features of this bracing are as follows:
- a. The bracing plate girders are composed of 5/8 inch thick webs 2 feet deep, and 3/4 inch thick flanges 14-1/2 inches wide.
- b. Connection of the bracing to the downcomers is accomplished through a stiffened ring welded to the downcomer. The ring assures that transfer of forces between converging bracing members while preserving the integrity of the downcomer vent.
The ring is constructed with a 5/S-inch thick web 2 feet deep, and 3/4 inch thick flanges 7 inches wide whose cross-sectional shape is that of a channel.
- c. A-572 Grade 50 steel is used in the bracing system.
The downcomer vent bracing at elevation 697'-1" is shown in Figure 5.3-2. General features of this bracing are as follows:
5.3-3
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80
- a. The bracing members are composed of 8" diameter double extra strong pipes. This shape has been chosen to minimize drag loads on the bracing system.
- b. Two outer rows of the downcomers have been braced together and their bracing system is anchored into the containment wall. Similarly, two inner rows of downcomers are braced together with the bracing system anchored into the reactor support.
- c. To provide anchorage for the bracing system embedment plates with pretensioned bolts have been provided on the containment wall and the pedestal.
- d. The bracings members are rigidly connected to the downcomers through a collar, whereas a pinned connection is provided at the junction of bracing members and the embedment plates on this containment wall and pedestal.
- e. Bracing members are composed of A618 Grade II seamless pipes, whereas embedment plates are of A588 Lukens Fineline material.
5.3.3.2 Loads for Analysis The l'> ads affecting the downcomers and downcomer bracing are identified in the following. The loads are described in detail in Section 3.0.
Load Description
- a. Dead Weight This is the static force acting vertically down due to the weight of the downcomer.
5.3-4
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80
- b. Pressure Load The pressure differential between the drywell atmosphere and wetwell atmosphere produces loads on the downcomer walls as it acts as a pressure retaining boundary during a loss-of-coolant accident.
The downcomer experiences dynamic loads due to its response to the base excitation produced in the drywell floor,and bracing anchorage locations on the containment wall and the pedestal.
The OBE also causes water oscillations inside the suppression pool. The drag and inertia forces of these oscillations will produce a dynamic loading on the submerged position of the downcomer.
The SSE causes dynamic loading of the downcomer due to the excitation it produces in the drywell floor and bracing anchorage locations on the contain-ment wall and pedestal.
The SSE accelerations also create water oscillations inside the suppression pool. The drag and inertia forces of these oscillations produce dynamic loading of the downcomer.
- e. LOCA Loads
- 1. At high mass flow rates, viscous and pressure forces will act on the downcomer walls.
- 2. At low mass flow rates, random movement of the steam / water interface at the vent exit 5.3-5
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 causes intermittent lateral impingement of the suppression pool water on the vents which results in a random lateral load on the down-comers as discussed in Section 3.3.
- 3. The downcomer drywell floor anchor points experience acceleration loadings in the ver-tical and horizontal directions due to LOCA loads on the suppression pool boundary.
- f. SRV Discharge Dynamic Loads The air discharge from the SRV vent line forms high-pressure bubbles which expand and contract periodically until they rise to the pool surface.
The downcomers were analyzed for the time varying forces produced by the SRV bubble oscillations on the submerged surface of the downcomers.
The time varying forcing function produced by the SRV bubble oscillations on the submerged surfaces of the wetwell walls create dynamic loading on the downcomers due to the excitation it produces in the drywell floor and bracing anchorage locations on the containment wall and pedestal.
- g. Thermal Transient Loads The temperature variations with respect to time, between the interior and exterior of the downcomer, produce thermal gradient stresses through the downcomer walls.
5.3.3.3 Design Load Combinations The loads identified in Subsection 5.3.3.1 are combined in Table 4.1-1, when applicable, with the load factors set to unity.
5.3-6
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 5.3.3.4 Acceptance criteria Downcomer Vents The stresses within the downcomer are considered acceptable if they satisfy the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code,Section III, Subsection NE. As permitted by Subsection NE-1120 for MC components the downcomers were analyzed using Subsection NB-3650 of Section III, however, the lower allow-able stresses (S )m from Table I-10.2 for MC components were used when performing the analysis.
The allowable stress, S m, f r the downcomer material is 21177 psi. This was obtained from the tabulated value in Section III for S m at the design temperature of 340' F multiplied by a factor of 1.17. This factor was obtained from the ratio of the minimum yield stress obtained from test results on the downcomer material to the values tabulated in Section III.
Stress Intensity Limits The primary stress intensity includes the primary membrane stresses plus the primary bending stresses depend upon the downcomer loading conditions as follows:
- a. The limit of stresses under upset condition is 1.5 S m'
- b. The limit of stresses under emergency condition is 2.25 S m*
- c. The limit of stresses under faulted condition is 2.25 S m'
5.3-7
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 Downcomer Dracing The allowable stresses for the downcomer bracing are:
- a. The AISC allowables, for load combinations 1, 2, and 3 of Table 4.1-1.
- b. 1.6 times AISC allowables, but no greater than 0.95 f , for load combinations 4, 4A, 5, SA, 6, 7 and 7A (Reference 2).
Welding of the bracing to the downcomer is designed to satisfy the ASME B&PV Code,Section III, Subsection NF (Reference 1) .
5.3.3.5 Analysis The downcomer vents and bracing have been analyzcd for the loads described in Subsection 5.3.3.2 with PIPSYS computer program. See Appendix A for a description of PIPSYS.
The structural components of the bracing system and the downcomers are modeled as beam elements. The intersection of the downcomer vents and the drywell floor are modeled as rigidly fixed.
The lower tip of the downcomers are modeled as free. The intersections of the bracing system and the containment wall are modeled as pinned, and the intersections of the bracing and the pedestal are modeled as pinned in the vertical direction and fixed in the horizontal direction. These boundary conditions reflect the structural connections provided between the bracing and the containment wall and between the bracing and the pedestal.
The detailed models used for the analyses are shown in Figures 5.3-3 and 5.3-4.
The inertia effect of the water surrounding the submerged portion of the downcomer (12 feet) was approximated by the addition of a water mass (Reference 2) equivalent to a column 5.3-8
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 of water 12 feet long and 24.25 inches in diameter (the outside diameter of the downcomer) to this portion in the model. The mass of water inside the submerged portion of the downcomer is also considered in the model, and is used for all dynamic loads input through the drywell floor (building response loads).
The effects of fluid damping were conservatively neglected.
For the dynamically defined submerged structure loads, the
' inside water mass is either considered or neglected in order that the bounding maximum responses can be obtained.
The analyses were performed for each load independently using the structural model described above. Then the maximum responses from each load were combined with the ABS method for bracing and SRSS method for downcomers, using the appropriate load combina-tions described in Subsection 5.3.3.3.
5.3.4 References
- 1. ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code,Section III, Sub-section NF, 1977 edition, including the Winter 1977 Addenda.
- 2. Sir Horce Lamb, " Hydrodynamics," Sixth Edition, Dover Press, New York, 1945.
5.3-9
"Ad!. . 3-1 LOCA AND SRV DESIGN LOAD COMBIN ATIONS REINFORCFD CONCRETE STRt:CTIPES O'THER THAN CONTAINvFNT ASYM-LOAD MET- DESICN
[g3 COND _D_ L* _F, PO To R O E E gg Pg P g T3 Rg R R SRV** ADS ALL RICAL SINGLE STRENGTH O
1 Normal w/o Temp 1.4 1.7 1.0 1.0 - - - - - - - - - 1.5 0 X X ACI 319-71 2 Normal w/ Temp 1.0 1.3 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 - - - - - - -
1.2 3 X X ACI 31R-71 3 Normal Sev. Env. 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1 1.25 - - - - - - 1.25 0 X X ACI 31%-71 4 Abnormal 1.0 1.0 1.0 - - - - - 1.25 - 1.0 1.0 -
1.25 X 0 X Yield I.imit 4a 1.0 1.0 1.0 - - - - - -
1.25 1.0 1.0 -
1.0 0 0 0 X en 5 Abnormal Q Sev. Env. 1.0 1.0 1.0 - - -
1.1 -
1.1 - 1.0 1.0 - 1.1 X 0 X Yield Limit 4 5a 1.0 1.0 1.0 - - - 1.1 - - 1.1 1.0 1.0 - 1.0 0 0 0 X 9
- sf
.' 6 Normal ACI 318-71 U
',' Ext. Env. 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 - 1.0 - - - - - 1.0 0 X X
- 0 7 Abnormal >
Ext. Env. 1.0 1.0 1.0 - - - - 1.0 1.0 - 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 X 0 X Yield Limit 7a 1.0 1.0 1.0 - - - -
1.0 - 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 0 0 0 X LOAD DESCRIPTION D = Dead Loads E gg
= Safe Shutdown Earthquake L = Live Loads PB
= SBA and IBA Pressure Load F = Prestressing Loads Tg u Pipe Break Temperature Load Po = Normal Operating Pressure RA
= Pipe Break Temperature Reactions Differential Load Load s l3
= Operating Temperature Loads PA = DBA LOCA Pressure Loads .
To R0 = operating Pipe Reactions RR = Reactions and Jet Forces Due to Pipe Break w Py = Operatine Pressure loads iaries in Ma nitude and intensity );
SRV = Safety / Relief Valve I oa.f s s -
< n h On- sR V load should be f or b i ne-d e t o ne T ir..
EO = Operating R191s farthquake
TABLE 5.3-2 IOCA AND SRV DESIGN LOAD COMBINATIONS STRUCTURAL STEEL EIASTIC DESIGN ASYM-LOAD MET- DESIGN EON crAD D L* F TO R E E gg Pg Pg Tg RA SRV** ADS STRESS Po O O RR A3 RICAL SINGLE 1 Normal AISC w/o Temp 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 - - - - - - - - -
1.0 0 X X Allowable 2 Normal AISC w/ Temp 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 - - - - - - -
1.0 0 X X Allowable 3 Normal AISC Sev. Env. 1.0 1.0 -
1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 - - - - - - 1.0 0 X X Allowable 4 Abnormal 1.0 1.0 1.0 - - - - -
1.0 -
1.0 1.0 - 1.0 X 0 X 1.0 AISC 4a 1.0 1.0 1.0 - - - - - -
1.0 1.0 1.0 - 1.0 0 0 0 X Allowable i 95 Fy 5 Abnormal Sev. Env. 1.0 1.0 - - - -
1.0 - 1.0 - 1.0 1.0 - 1.0 X 0 X 1.6 AISC o
5a 1.0 1.0 - - - -
1.0 - -
1.0 1.0 1.0 - 1.0 0 0 0 X Allowable C 1.95 Fy Q 6 Normal 1.6 AISC Ext. Env. 1.0 1.0 -
1.0 1.0 1.0 - 1.0 - - - - -
1.0 0 X X Allowable W 1 .95 Fy H
H 7 Abnormal 1.6 AISC Ext. Env. 1.0 1.0 - - - - -
1.0 1.0 - 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 X 0 X Allowable S 7a 1.0 1.0 - - - - -
1.0 -
1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 0 0 0 X 1 .95 Fy W LOAD DESCRIPTION D = Dead Loads E gg
= Safe Shutdown Earthquake L = Live loads P g
= SBA and IBA Pressure Load S = Stability loads Tg = Pipe Break Temperature Load P = Operating Pressure Differential R = Pipe Break Temperature Reactions @
O Load Loads
- R = Operating Pipe Reactions P = DBA INA Pressure Loads O A P
y
= Operating Pressure Lo.eds R R
= Reactions and Jet Forces Due to qm Pipe Break O
SRV = Safety / Relief Valve Loads ** = Only One SRV Should be Combined F0 = Operating Basis Eart hquake at One Time
- = Varies in Magnitude and Intensity NOTE: In loading Combinations 2 and 3, the design stress is 1.5 AISC Allowable when T, is considered.
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 TABLE 5.3-3 CAPABILITY OF CONCRETE (OTHER THAN CONTAINMENT) AND STEEL STRUCTURES CAPABILITY FOR STRUCTURAL ELEMENT SRSS* ABSOLUTE SUM Gallery Steel Beams 100% 100%
Gallery Steel Pedestals 100% 100%
Embed. Pl's 100% 100%
Cable Tray Hangers 100% 50%
Conduit Hangers 100% 100%
nVAC Hangers 10C% 100%
Concrete Slabs and Deams 100% 100%
Shear Walls 100% 100%
- The structcaral elements have been shown to be 100% capable of taking seismic and pool hydrodynamic loads if combined by the SRSS method. This percentage, however, does not reflect the effects of annulus pressurization ;n the hangers attached to the containment galleries. A majority of these hangers have been fcund to be overstressed for SRSS combina-tion of annulus pressurization inertia loads with SSE and are being stiffened for the combination. When these hangers are stiffened, they will be designed for all the loads and load ccr.binations given in Table 5.3-2.
5.3-12
^
g Rev. 7 1/80 AORYWELEJLOOR 3 '
l l l l l i l l EL.'73 6'2"Ik" l e i i i i 1
l
-dBKAclNC,
[ EL.72! *- 0" i i i
+H lg_'
f (TOTAI 5WELL 1 ~EL.717*-10"
- - !l _
d 2
i 0 PEDEST'AL
/N I IK11TIAL PCCL EL.699'id
=- -
=- -- -
g e -
0 i . E
=
I
() 9 LVEMT EXIT EL.GS711o" 2
DOWNCOMER SUPPR.Essichi CoNTAIMMELIT VEh4TS p0OL COLUMN gSASE MAT
- EL.673'-4" 2 2 2 2 LA SALLE COUNTY STATION MARK ll DESIGN ASSESSM ENT REPORT FIGURE 5.3-1 D0WNCOMER VENT BRACING AT ELEVATION 721 '-0" (SHEET 1 of 4)
Rev. 7 1/80 ir i gomta g $.O' 'h -
1e. , /
%- \
\
\ -
l l f
%. \
~
/ t-N/'
- q. \ -
.h
+
N
~
, /
'4' '
N -
. / '
/
sn.
/ . ,4'
, I*
Ve$2E *!, fh?" kh **
174 A T s
%)
\/
( <eu m
\J s.
.s n e. oar w w
<d ,,
'or shy l l .
. . m \
,~
qf II , //4
- N p*, r I
\ %
4
\,
E '%.
l N/ i*
'fi 'g V4, PLAN LA SALLE COUNTY STATION MARK 11 DESIGN ASSESSM ENT REPORT FIGURE 5.3-1 D0WNCOMER VENT BRACING AT ELEVATION 721'-0" (SHEET 2 of 4)
Rev. 7 1/80 s
\b x \\ ,j 's ,
c \ 2 y
% m ', ,
"' ' 's s
\
j
/
ll _
'\ / i -
., -( ;\
i N, - t g // ~1 1
.'i 1l'
-ir- -
L 1 ,
0 ,
j \
7' j
I g
DETAL A LA SALLE COUNTY STATION MARK 18 DESIGN ASSESSMENT REPORT FIGURE 5.3-1 DOWNCOMER VENT BRACING AT ELEVATION 721 '-0" (SHEET 3 of 4)
Rev. 7 1/80 J
' EX16TINQ .JA4'd i ZOOWNCOMEtz.
~T 'l ExisTiNa DOW NCOMER 24") h N
L __
1BW W'% o D -
Om.m'.e
_ _( . >
V -
e v
s ,
t
. I ~>
0 v <
s o j g ' *
)
s i
t_l: '
t -9 Ccolm,wy
~}
g
-a -.
l va. ~ -
~ */ .& = VAmss ,
g ,,,, ,
St=CT ON Eb- B o I l s x 3 ..,
L, _g_x b.
=
~
W s
~$1
' ' ^ ' ' ' LA SALLE COUNTY STATION MARK 11 DESIGN ASS ESSM ENT REPORT 6ECTION Bl- B1 nauae s.3-1 DOWNCOMER VENT BRACING AT ELEVATION 721'-0"
,, (SHEET 4 of 4)
gc*Tl Rev. 7 1/80 5g,natrc.
.". L/
l'
- g $. II m
%* . I bi
'%4.. \ -
' d ! 9. g Ng,..;li.,g;i ei tar, s
e
- s
,g '-
dN
<'N 3.. c k%/d-(\
4:
l eh I -
Jf[I 7
. ,s; O'
s
) _
p ?* ,, p t ~ teacros: ,
p,*s
,,+
e* gc* ,
3m;o,[*
"' i 2;,9- '274 .hg4 < i _ n erauI
- ~ on. e, l4etacroe
, s .
j< > _
ed
?gA + _
'E'"
~
~g h )E,o3 g-
"* /4 . O'
~
, q s
([3 sw -,we - p
\
{ -
j c3 e. >
d' ,f
& , \x .rm?
i
, / s' ' , 3 ' & ' ~,, '!<
./ @ PTT s
/ f Gi'@;g@)\j'N
, t G, cre
'"t-8,g,.'97
~' f NR[Qiji:y\\( fl A :
~'
\
\
W's..
--an V;t,,
a, v '
- Nurecicer.ee
- #
9 .,
k ccNTeiu*e~7 wa L
. -e r. - ce: 4 u N.
\$.
p me is t Lace +; \
,v.
P L A bl scaucas.s.o-LA SALLE COUNTY STATION MARK 61 DESIGN ASSESSM ENT REPORT FIGURE 5.3-2 00WNCOMER VENT BRACING AT ELEVATION 697'-0"
Rev. 7 II0 84* 7 60
/ / 48' E
./ g /jgp ss' 24-w AN
%'W 4
c 4e 12'
% m'
%A' '
n.72f-O',
. NZ Z _ '
~
Rw T@
9q
.a N
L N \
N o o G yth'.2 '
o 4)
EL69f'I ,___ o
- e o
u
/, ,
Z~NZ s o o
~@ id / o " <
~ ~
~
7 o s
/
a o "
of. . ,,
o o E
o
o o
9 [,,
.z m g o
"/
9 o
90* o o o
( 0,0,0) S j gALLE COUNTY STAM g otsioH ASSE**
p1GURE 5.3-3 PARTIAL 00 oR CIM g G ANO 2
Rev. 7 1/80
% gf g,
J 90 (0,0, 0 )
48' d[NMg 36' 2<-
N", R ,y "
/g/
N sr ,,
c.
N KP
>NrNaf Nra "
} "
0 \ar ,,
y
-gN. /
o dy "
e A; %
< 5 -
a s
e,s
" o o
-g U o s -
g
- s. .
N T. -
x x
.N
-dN" o ,
a x. , . N, ,
px" " ,,
N, ggx., .,,. pd s
N.%'. k LA SALLE COUNTY STATION MARK 11 DESIGN AS S E SSM t.NT R EPORT FIGURE 5.3-4 PARTIAL DOWNCOMER BRACING MODEL OUTER RINGS 3 AND 4
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 5.4 BOP PIPING ANALYSIS Piping was analyzed to the bounding load combinations using the rams head load definition as described in Section 4.4. Results of these analyses are shown in Tables 3.9-34 through 3.9-36 of the LSCS FSAR.
5.4-1
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 5.5 EQUIPMENT (BOP) 5.5.1 Reevaluation and Design Assessment Methods 5.5.1.1 Analysis 5.5.1.1.1 Static Analysis Static analysis was used to seismically qualify rigid equipment (i.e., equipment with fundamental natural frequency FNF > 33 Hz) .
These types of equipment were assessed and reevaluated using the following method.
The peak acceleration value in the frequency range of 33 to 100 Hz from the new loading combination response spectrum curve (RSC) mentioned in Subsection 4.4.3 were determined.
Then they were compared to the acceleration value (ZPA) used in the original equipment seismic qualification analysis.
If the new acceleration value is less than or equal to the original ZPA, the equipment is qualified for the new loading combinations and no additional analysis is needed.
If the new acceleration values exceed the original ZPA, the analysis is repeated using the new acceleration values.
5.5.1.1.2 Dynamic Analysis Dynamic analysis methods were used for flexible equipment (i.e., equipment with fundamental natural frequency < 33 Hz) .
These types of equipment were assessed and reevaluated using the following method.
The response spectrum curves (RSC) for the new loading ,
combinations were compared to the original RSC used in the dynamic analysis of the equipment.
5.5-1
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 If the new RSC is less than or equal to the original RSC, the equipment is qualified and no additional analysis is needed.
If the new RSC is higher than the original RSC, a new dynamic analysis is performed using the new RSC.
5.5.1.1.2.1 Acceotanc3 Criteria See Table 4.4-2.
5.5.1.2 Testing 5.5.2.1 Single Frequency Testing The new acceleration values for the new loading combinations are determined (see Subsection 5.5.1.1.1) and compared to the original acceleration values used in the seismic test.
If the new acceleration value is less than or equal to the original acceleration value, the equipment is qualified, otherwise, retesting of the equipment is required.
5.5.1.2.2 Random Frequency Testing The new RSC for the new loading combinations is compared to the test response spectrum (TRS) used in the original seismic test.
If the new RSC is less than or equal to the original TRS, the equipment is qualified, otherwise, retesting is required.
5.5.1.2.3 Acceptance Criteria Equipment should perform its intended safety function during and after the test using the new acceleration values or RSC.
5.5-2
% 6 4
. e 4
rr .
f*
g- .
p g-t i
k D
e s
1 4
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 6.0 SUPPRESSION POOL WATER TEMPERATURE MONITORING SYSTEM 6.1 SYSTEM DESIGN 6.1.1. Safety Design Basis The safety design basis for setting the temperature limits for the suppression pool temperature monitoring system are based on providing the operator with adequate time to take the necessary action required to assure that the suppression pool temperature will always remain below the 200* F temperature limit estaolished by the NRC in NUREG-0487. The system design also provides the operator with necessary information regarding localized heatup of the pool water while the reactor vessel is being depressurized. If relief valves are selected for actuation, they may be chosen to assure mixing and uniformity of heat energy injection to the pool.
6.1.2 General System Description The suppression pool temperature monitoring system monitors the pool temperature in order to prevent the local pool water temperature from exceeding 200* F during SRV discharge and provides the operator with the information necessary to pre-vent excessive pool temperatures during a transient or accident.
Temperatures in the pool are recorded and alarmed in the main control room. The instrumentation arrangement in the suppres-sion pool consists of two bulk and 14 local temperature sensors mounted on the pool and pedestal wall and located within a 13-foot line of sight of each quencher centerline.
The two bulk temperature sensors are dual-element chromel constantan thermocouples located at elevation 683 feet 0 inch, and at azimuths 17* and 197 , respectively. These sensors provide signals which are used to indicate to the operator the bulk temperature of the suppression pool.
6.1-1
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 The local temperature sensors consist of 14 dual-element, 100 0, platinum RTD's located 1 foot below the low water level, at elevation 698 feet 10 inches. Ten of the sensors are located on the outer suppression pool wall at azimuths 0*, 30*, 67*, 113*, 150', 1800, 210', 247*, 293', and 330a.
The other four are located on the pedestal at azimuths O*,
90 , 180 , and 270*.
The sensors are powered from ESS-1 and ESS-2 divisions and local discharge areas are monitored by two sensors, one from each division. This represents a conservative measure-ment of local pool water heatup. All instrumentation will be qualified Seismic Category I. The time constant of the thermocouple installation will be no greater than 15 seconds.
The time from output of sensor to initiation of function will be no greater than 0.5 second. The difference between measure-ment reading and actual temperature will be within + 2* F.
The sampling technique for monitoring the pool temperature is to continuously record the measurements made by each of the 14 RTD's. The discharge locations and spacing are such that the number of sensors and their arrangement provides conservative monitoring of localized suppression pool water heatup in addition to bulk pool temperature.
The quenching of the steam at the quencher discharge forms jets that heat the water and generate convection currents in the suppression pool. These currents eventually rise and displace cooler water near the pool surface.
During an extended blowdown, a large temperature gradient is expected initially near the quencher. After a short time the pool gradients will stabilize with a bulk to local temper-ature difference of about 10* F. (Bulk and local temperature are defined in NUREG-0487.) The adequacy of the temperature monitoring system will be confirmed by the in-plant SRV testing.
6.1-2
LSCS-MARK II DAR Pev. 7 1/80 6.1.3 Normal Plant Operation The temperature monitoring system is utilized during normal plant operation to ensure that the pool temperature 'ill remain low enough to condense all quantities of steam that .aay be released in any anticipated transient or postulated accident.
When rams head devices were specified far design, there was an NRC concern that high pool temperature might result in high pool dynamic loads during SRV discharge because of unstable steam condensation. Installation of T-quenchers has eliminated this concern. The local pool temperature (temperature measured on the containment wail at the elevation of the T-quencher) limit is specified to be 200* F in accordance with the NP" Lead Plant Acceptance Criteria (NUREG-0487). During normal plant operation, the system is in continuous operation recording the suppression pool water temperature in the main control room.
An alarm is actuated in the control room if the pool temperature limit is reached.
6.1.4 Abnormal Plant Cperation BWR plants take advantage of the large thermal capacity of the suppression pool during plant transients which require relief valve actuation. The discharge of each relief valve is piped to the suppression pool, where the steam is condensed.
This results in an increase in. pool water temperature but with a negligible increase in containment pressure. However, certain events have the potential for substantial energy addition to the suppression pool and could result in a high local pool temperature if timely corrective action is not taken. When rams head discharge devices are used, test results and operating experience indicate that high magnitude oscillatory loads may occur when a high steam mass flux is injected into a pool with local temperature above 170* F. Although analysis demonstrates that the pool temperature will remain below 150' F when the steam mass flux is high enough to cause these loads, 6.1-3
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 T-quenchers have been installed instead of the rams heads to provide additional margin to the pool temperature limits.
Most of the transients that result in energy discharge to the suppression pool are of short duration and have little effect on the suppression pool temperature. However, three events have the potential for substantially high energy release to the pool that could result in undesirably high pool temperatures if timely corrective action is not taken.
These events are: (1) events that result in the isolation of the plant from the main condenser; (2) stuck-open relief valve; and (3) automatic Capressurization system (ADS) operation.
A brief description of each of these events follows:
- a. Primary System Isolation When the primary system is isolated from the main condenser, the reactor is scrammed automatic-ally and the stored energy in the vessel internals, the fuel relaxation energy, and the decay heat are rejected to the suppression pool. The amount of heat rejected to the pool depends on reactor size, power level, and primary system heat-removal capability. This includes condensing type heat exchangers which remove steam directly from the RPV.
- b. Stuck-Open Relief Valve Tae steam flow rate through a safety / relief valve
( SRV) , is proportional to reactor pressure. One method of terminating energy input to the pool is to scram the reactor and depressurize the RPV 6.1-4
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 in the event the relief valve cannot be closed.
During the energy dump, the pool temperature will increase at a rate determined by the RPV pressure, the flow capacity of the SRV, the primary system heat-removal system capability, and the suppression pool water heat-removal capability.
Activation of ADS results in rapid depressurization of the RPV by the opening of a designated number of safety / relief valves. During this transient, the bulk suppression pool temperature rises.
In a typical case, the RPV is depressurized below 150 psia in about 10 minutes.
There are seven plant depressurization transients that were considered as limiting events (with rams heads) for energy released to the suppression pool. These events are numbered 1 through 7 for ease of reference and are described in the following paragraphs:
Event 1 is a stuck-open relief valve with the reactor at full power. The reactor is scrammed and depressurization begun via the stuck-open valve. The initial pool temperature is the maximum pool temperature allowed for continuous operation.
This is the only event that is not truly limiting, since all RHR heat exchanger equipment is considered operational.
Event 2 is identical to Event 1, except that one RHR heat exchanger is considered unavailable. The remaining heat exchanger equipment is placed in the suppression pool cooling mode.
6.1-5
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 6.2 SUPPRESSION POOL TEMPERATURE RESPONSE 6.2.1 Introduction The La Salle County Station (LSCS) (Units 1 and 2) take advantage of the large thermal capacitance of the suppression pool during plant transients requiring safety / relief valve (SRV) actuation. The discharged steam is piped from the reactor pressure vessel (RPV) to the suppression pool where it condenses, resulting in a temperature increase of the pool water, but a negligible increase in the containment pressure. Most transients that result in relief valve actu-ations are of very short duration and have a small effect on the suppression pool temperature. However, certain postulated events with conservative assumptions present the potential for substantial energy additions to the suppress.- on pool that could result in high nool temperature.
Commonwealth Edison was asked to demonstrate for several postulated transients at both LSCS units that the steam discharge from the rams heads into the suppression pool will take place so that the condensation stability limits will not be exceeded. Stable condensation is expected for rams heads if the suppression pool bulk temperature does not exceed 150' F when the rams head mass flux is greater 2
than 40 lbm/sec-f t . The condensation phenomenon is determined by the local temperature in the vicinity of the discharge device, whereas the calculations assume a bulk temperature.
The bases for the 10' F temperature difference between bulk and local temperature and the condensation phenomenon are given in document NEDE-21078.
The results of the pool temperature transient analysis show that the rams head design is adequate for LSCS. However, to provide additional margin and to conform with NUREG-0487, T-quenchers have been installed. The quencher local pool 6.2-1
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 temperature limit of 200* F will result in increased design margin. Reanalysis is being performed for T-quencher discharge cases. The results of the rams head calculations are presented in the following subsections to demonstrate the adequacy of the LSCS design for the more limiting discharge device.
Both LOCA and non-LOCA events were investigated. The LOCA event consists of an intermediate break accident with ADS (0.1 ft liquid break), and the non-LOCA events consist of:
- a. Stuck-Open Relief Valve
- 1. From power operation.
- 2. From hot standby.
- 1. Isolation and reactor depressurization (depres-surization starts when suppression pool temperature reaches 120* F) .
- 2. Isolation and reactor depressurization (depres-surization starts at 10 minutes after scram).
It should be noted that this analysis assumed the use of a rams head device on the SRV discharge lines in the supres-sion pool. The results reported herein are conservative for the use of a quencher device on these SRV discharge lines because the quencher device increases the bulk tempera-ture limit to 200* F as specified in NUREG-0487 and at the same time provides decreased containment loads due to SRV discharge.
6.2.2 Temperature Response Analysis This analysis was performed for the rams head SRV discharge 6.2-2
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 device. Therefore pool temperatures were not calculated for 2
SRV discharge mass flux below 40 lbm/sec-ft . These analyses will be extended for the T-quencher temperature limit and submitted in the first quarter of 1980.
6.2.2.1 Model Description Non-LOCA Events To solve the transient response of the reactor vessel and suppression pool temperature due to the postulated events, a coupled reactor vessel and suppression pool thermodynamic model was used. The model is based on the principles of conservation of mass and energy and accounts for any possible flow to and from the reacter vessel and the suppression pool.
The model incorporates a control volume approach for the reactor pressure vessel and suppression pool. It is capable of tracking a collapsed reactor vessel water level and having a rate of change of temperature or pressure imposed on it.
The various modes of operation of the residual heat removal (RHR) system can be simulated, as well as the relief valves, H PC S , RCIC, and feedwater functions. The model also simulates system setpoints (automatic and manual) and operator actions and accepts as input the specific plant geometry and equipment capability.
Intermediate Break Accident Model In the intermediate break accident analysis, the mass and energy conservation laws are applied to a control volume which includes all of the reactor vessel contents and its walls. This control volume is subjected to the boundary conditions of decay heat input. The break and the safety /
relief valve flow rates and the associated fluid enthalples are derived from the state of fluid in the control volume 6.2-3
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 undergoing the transient and the specified flow areas and locations.
The time-dependent break and safety / relief valve mass and energy flows are then input to another control volume containing the suppression pool. The pool temperature transient is obtained using the energy and mass balance equations on the suppression pool. As an added conservatism, the RHR system is not assumed to be in the pool cooling mode in the time period of this analysis.
6.2.2.2 General Assumptions and Initial Conditions The following common assumptions were used throughout the analysis of the LSCS suppression pool temperature response:
- a. Decay heat per ANS 5-20/10.
- b. Full crudded RHR heat exchangers.
- d. Wetwell air temperature equal to the suppression pool water temperature.
- e. Turbine-driven feedwater pumps operated at full rated flow until main steamline isolat'bn valvo (MSIV) closure. The coastdown of the turbine-driven pumps was included and motor-driven feedwater pump was available.
- f. Condensate storage tank temperature was 80' F.
- g. In calculating the overall heat transfer coefficient of the vessel wall and internal structures, it is 6.2-4
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 assumed that the heat transfer is dominated by conduction. The heat transfer area of the reactor internals is obtained by assuming that they have the same metal thickness as that of the vessel, which is assumed to be 0.333 foot uniformly.
- f. The control volume of the reactor includes the reactor vessel, the recirculation lines, the feedwater lines from the vessel to the nearest feedwater heaters and the steamlines from the vessel to the inboard main isolation valves (MSIV).
- i. The initial water level in the reactor vessel is calculated based on the assumption that the voids in the two-phase region collapse. Therefore, the ECCS ON/OFF volumes are based on the total liquid volume of the reactor vessel, the feedwater lines and the recirculation lines combined.
- j. The specific heat of the reactor vessel and the internal is assumed to be 0.123 Btu /lbm/'F.
The metal density is assumed to be 490 lbm/ft3,
- k. A stuck-open relief valve can be detected and the corresponding rams head within the suppression chamber identified.
- 1. Additional safety / relief valves are manually opened as necessary to depressurize the reactor.
- m. Minimum technical specification suppression pool water level,
- n. Maximum suppression pool initial temperature.
- o. 122.5% rated ASME safety / relief valve flow rate.
6.2-5
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 6.2.2.3 Description of Non-LOCA Events This subsection describes the safety / relief valve discharges for non-LOCA events, (Subsection 6.2.2.4 describes the LOCA event). A complete description of the sequence of events for all of the cases, i.e., Events a, b, c, d, and e, is given in Tables 6.2-1 through 6.2-5.
6.2.2.3.1 Stuck-Open Relief Valve (SORV) Conditions The first group of SRV discharge events considered herein are stack-open relief valve (SORV) conditions caused by a spurious valve opening and a mechanical failure of a valve to close. Two events were considered in this clas-sification, as follows.
Event a: SORV From Power Operation In this event, conservative plant data and initial conditions were userl. Operator action time to scram the reactor has been assumed to be 10 minutes. Other operator actions (e.g.,
opening additional SRV's) and their times, and the sequence of events is as follows.
The reactor is initially operating at the power level corre-sponding to 105% rated steam flow and the suppression pool temperature is at 100* F. An SRV is postulated to stick fully open at this point in time (time zero of the transient analyzed). The plant operator is alerted that an SRV has opened and tries to close it. Finding that the SRV cannot be closed (confirmed by other plant parameter indications),
the operator initiates a reactor scram at pool temperature of 110* F. The reactor water level reaches level 2, causing the main steam isolation valves (MSIV) to close. At 10.5 seconds after scram, the MSIV's are assumed to be fully closed. During this time period (i.e., from time 0 to 10 minutes + 10.5 seconds),
6.2-6
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 full feedwater flow is assumed into the reactor vessel. At the time the MSIV's are fully closed, the feedwater turbine-driven pump is assumed to coast down and drop to zero flow, and the motor-driven pump starts at 10% of rated feedwater flow.
The pool temperature rises due to the steam discharge from tP.e SORV into the suppression pool. At 15 minutes after the occurrence of the SORV, the plant operator initiates pool cooling utilizing the RHR heat exchangers in the pool cooling mode and is required to open two additional SRV's to depressurize the reactor vessel rapidly enough that when the bulk pool temperature reaches 150* F, the rams head 2
mass flux at the discharge point is below 40 lbm/sec-ft ,
Event b: SORV From Hot Standby In this event, the initial pool temperature is 100* F, and the reactor power level is initially at 105% of rated steam flow at the time of reactor scram. At 10.5 seconds after scram, the main steamline isolation valves are closed and the reactor is held in an extended hot shutdown condition.
during the first 30 ninutes after scram, the reactor pressure is maintained at SRV setpoint pressure (1090) by operating the SRV's intermittently. At 30 minutes after scram, one SRV is postulated to stick open and 10 minutes later the operator can manually open additional SRV's. At 60 minutes after scram, two RHR heat exchangers are activated in the pool cooling mode. During the entire event, automatic oper-ation of the HPCS and RCIC systems and SRV flow of 122.5%
of ASME rated flow is assumed.
6.2.2.3.2 SRV Discharge During RPV Isolation Conditions The second category of SRV discharge events considered is for the conditions which exist where the vessel is isolated 6.2-7
LSCS-MARK II DAR pey, 7 1/go from the main turbine and condenser (e.g., MSIV closure, loss of condenser vacuum). Under such conditions, the oper-ator has the option of either placing the reactor in the hot shutdown condition or manually depressurizing the vessel using SRV's at a specified cooldown rate.
Event c: Isolation and Reactor Depressurization The reactor is isolated and scrammed when the initial pool temperature is 100* F and the reactor power level is 105%
of rated steam flow. Reactor pressure is maintained at SRV setpoint pressure by operating the SRV's intermittently until the suppression pool bulk temperature equals 120' F (25 minutes after scram). Ten minutes later the operator initiates reactor cooldown by manually opening SRV's. At 30 minutes after the pool temperature reaches 120' F (55 minutes after scram), one RHR heat exchanger is activated in pool cooling mode. Automatic operation of the RCIC and HPCS system is available, and SRV flow of 122.5% of ASME rated flow is assumed.
Event d: Isolation and Reactor Depressurization In this event, the reactor is isolated and scrammed when the initial pool temperature is 100' F and reactor power level is 105% of the rated steam flow. Reactor pressure is maintained at SRV setpoint pressure by operating the SRV's intermittently. Ten minutes after scram the operator initiates reactor cooldown manually by opening SRV's. At 15 minutes after scram, one RHR heat exchanger is activated in the pool cooling mode. Automatic operation of the HPCS and RCIC systems is available and SRV flow of 122.5% of ASME rated flow is assumed.
6.2-8
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 6.2.2.4 Description of LOCA Event Event e: In_termediate Break Accident with ADS 2
This event assumes that a 0.1-ft break occurs on the recirculation line. HPCS is also assumed to be unavailable for the makeup of the vessel liquid inventory depleted due to the break flow. The ADS system is activated when the water level in the reactor vessel drops to level 1. The other necessary signal for ADS activation, high drywell pressure, will have occurred soon after the break. The opening of the ADS valves produces a rapid vessel depressurization.
In this event, the reactor is assumed to be scrammed at a high drywell pressure (2 psig) which occurs at t = 10 seconds after the line break. The vessel pressure after the line break remains constant at the SRV setpoint pressure (1090.7 psia) until the ADS is activated on the low water level signal at t = 215 sec. The depressurization of the vessel through SRV flow causes a rapid increase in the suppres-sion pool temperature. The pool temperature reaches 126* F when the vessel pressure drops to 253 psia. The reactor vessel pressure subsequently remains below 253 psia.
( vessel = 253 corresponds to G = 40 lbm/ft sec. at the rams head discharge.)
6.2.3 Results/ Conclusions The results obtained from the LSCS suppression pool temperature analyses are depicted in Figures 6.2-1 through 6.2-8. Summary results are presented in Table 6.2-6. Conservative assumptions were used for all transient events presented in this report.
For example, 122.5% of ASME rated steam flow for SRV discharge, maximum initial pool temperature, minimum initial pool mass, continued addition of feedwater energy into the reactor vessel, and the initial reactor power corresponding to 105%
6.2-9
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 of rated steam flow (105% rated steam flow is equivalent to 103% of rated thermal power) are conservative parameters that will affect the pool temperature.
For the case of a stuck-open relief valve from power (Figure 6.2-1), calculated suppression pool temperature slightly exceeds the defined condensation instability limit for the rams head discharge device. Considering the conservative assumptions utilized in this analysis, it is expected that stable condensation would, nevertheless, be maintained for this event, if it occurred. For the case of a stuck-open relief valve from hot standby (Figure 6.2-3) , the suppression pool temperature and rams head mass flux are maintained well below the condensation instability limit for the entire transient period. The stuck-open relief valve tends to increase the pool temperature rapidly, but two additional manually opened valves result in the rams head mass flux f alling below the critical valve of 40 lbm/sec-f t 2 prior to the pool temperature reaching 150' F.
The case of reactor depressurization following isolation is given in Figures 6.2-4 and 6.2-5. Figure 6.2-5 is similar to event (b) for the first 30 minutes. When reactor cooldown is initiated, it is done at a controlled depressurization rate as opposed to the uncontrolled rate of event (b).
Thus, depressurization is accomplished at a slower rate, and pool temperature increases accordingly before reaching the critical mass flux. For this event, condensation stability is still maintained at the discharge device, with a temperature of 149' F at the critical mass flux.
In addition to event (c), calculations were performed for an isolation depressurization case assuming the operator begins depressurization at 10 minutes after the isolation scram occurs. This is event (d). It is expected that this is a saore realistic case than event (c) , since the operator 6.2-10
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 would not attempt to achieve an isolated hot standby condition (which leads to 120' F in the pool in tl41s case) knowing that only one RIIR heat exchanger is available. Manual depres-surization would be undertaken as soon as possible. Figures 6.2-6 and 6.2-7 show that the pool temperature response is less severe and the condensation stability limit is still maintained with a temperature of 148' F at the critical mass flux.
The case of an intermediate break accident with ADS (Figure 6.2-8) yields the lowest suppression pool temperature for the events examined. As can be seen from Figure 6.2-8 the suppression pool temperature is 126' F at rams head mass 2
flux of 40 lbm/ft -sec.
In conclusion, stable condensation with the rams head discharge device can be maintained for all events considered in this report, given appropriate operator actions.
6.2-11
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 TABLE 6.2-1 STUCK-OPEN RELIEF VALVE FROM POWER OPERATION - F7ENT A Initial Conditions
- 1. Operation at 105% rated steam flow
- 2. Design maximum service water temperature
- 3. Suppression pool temperature at normal tech. spec.
limit 100* F
- 4. Other common initial conditions EVENT SEQUENCE Time (Min) Event Description 0.0 SRV fails open Pool temperature alarm at operating tech. spec. limit 10.0 Reactor scram (and isolation at 10.5 seconds later) 15.0 Single RHR loop lined up for pool cooling 15.0 Two additional SRV's manually actuated 9 Assumptions
- 1. Common assumptions
- 3. Single RHR loop available for pool cooling
- 4. Maximum operating condensate water temperature
- 5. 122.5% ASME rr.ted SRV flow rate Results Suppression pool bulk 2 temperature = 152' F at rams head mass flux = 40 lbm/ft -sec 6.2-12
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 TABLE 6.2-2 STUCK-OPEN RELIEF VALVE FROM HOT STANDBY - EVENT B Initial Conditions
- 1. Operation at 105% rated steam flow
- 2. Design maximum service water tempera ct.re
- 3. Suppression pool temperature at nor.aal tech. spec.
limit
- 4. Other common initial conditions EVENT SEQUENCE Time (Min) Event Description 0.0 Reactor isolation and scram 0<t<30.0 Reactor pressure maintained using SRV 30.0 Single SRV sticks open 40.0 Two additional SRV's opened (by operator) 60.0 Two RHR loops lined up for pool cooling Assumptions
- 1. Common assumptions
- 3. Two RHR loops available
- 4. Maximum operating condensate storage water temperature
- 5. 122.5% rated ASME SRV flow rate Results Suppression pool bulk temperature = 139' F at rams head mass flux = 40 lbm/ft 2-sec 6.2-13
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 TABLE 6.2-3 ISOLATION AND REACTOR DEPRESSURIZATION - EVENT C Initial Conditions
- 1. Operation at 105% rated steam flow
- 2. Design maximum service water temperature
- 3. Suppression pool temperature at normal tech. spec.
limit 100* P
- 4. Other common initial conditions EVENT SEQUENCE Time (Min) Event Description 0.0 Reactor isolation and scram 0<t<25.0 Reactor pressure maintained using SRV 25.0 Pool temperature at T x = 120* F 35.0 Initiate reactor cooldown using SRV's 35.0 Single RHR loop lined up for pool cooling Assumptions
- 1. Common assumptions
- 3. Single RHR loop available for pool cooling
- 4. Maximum operating condensate storage water temperature
- 5. 122.5% ASME rated SRV flow rate Results Suppression pool bulk 2 temperature = 149* F at rams head mass flux = 40 lbm/ft -sec 6.2-14
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 TABLE 6.2-4 ISOLATION AND REACTOR DEPRESSURI2ATION - EVENT D Initial Conditions
- 1. Operation at 105% rated steam flow
- 2. Design maximum service water temperature
- 3. Suppression pool temperature at normal tech. spec.
limit 100* F
- 4. Other common initial conditions EVENT SEQUENCE Time (Min) Event Description 0.0 Reactor isolation and scram 0<t<10.0 Reactor pressure maintained using SRV 10.0 Initiate reactor cooldown using SRV's 15.0 Single RHR loop lined up for pool cooling Assumptions
- 1. Common assumptions
- 3. Single RHR loop available for pool cooling
- 4. Maximum operating condensate storage water temperature
- 5. 122.5% ASME rated SRV flow rate Results Suppression pool bulk 2 temperature = 148' F at rams head mass flux = 40 lbm/ft -sec 6.2-15
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 TABLE 6.2-5 INTERMEDIATE BREAK ACCIDENT (LIQUID) WITH ADS - EVENT E Initial Conditions
- 1. Operation at 105% rated steam flow
- 2. Design maximum service water temperature
- 3. Suppression pool temperature at normal tech, spec.
limit 100 F
- 4. Other common initial conditions EVENT SEQUENCE Time (Min) Event Description 0 Break Occurs Pool bulk temperature = 100* F 10.0 Reactor scram on high Drywell pressure (2 poig) 10.5 MSIV fully closed 215.0 ADS activated following reactor low water level (level 1)
Assumptions
- 1. Common assumptions
- 3. Single RHR loop available for pool coo;ing
- 4. Maximum operating condensate storage water temperature
- 5. 122.5% ASME rated SRV flow rate Results Suppression pool bulk temperature = 126* F at rams head mass flux = 40 lbm/ft 2-sec 6.2-16
TABLE 6.2-6
SUMMARY
OF RESULTS SUPPRESSION POOL TEMPERATURE RESPONSE ANALYSIS OPERATOR ACTIONS RESULTS INIT SERV RHR POOL WATER MSIV HPCS HX NO. SRV T (*F)
EVENT REACTOR TEMP. TEMP. SCRAM CLOSURE ADD AND POOL OPENED G** AT AT VALVE RCIC COOLING MANUALLY T=150' F G=40 COMMENTS NO. POWER * ('F) (*F) TIME TIME 10 min. + 1 Hx SORV Prom Power a 105% 100 100 10 min. 10.5 see 15 min. Auto 15 min. 2 58 152 Operation t*
m 2 Hx SORV From Q b 105% 100 100 10 min. 10.5 sec 40 min. Auto 60 min. 2 27 139 Hot Standby tn 9
o 1 Hx Depressurization U 4 38 149 From 120' F x c 105% 100 100 0 min. O min. 35 min. Auto 55 min.
s Depressurization H 1 Hx d 105% 100 100 0 min. O min. 10 min. Auto 15 min. 2 38 148 at 10 min. g
- o UPCS Inop.,
RCIC Not Liquid IBA on Con- Recire, line.
sid- Six ADS valves E 4
100 100 No. Operator Actions ered N/A None N/A 126 are used.
e 105%
a 5
- Reactor power corresponding to 105% rated flow rate (N103% rated power) $
- G = mass flux (lbm/ft -sec)
Rev. 7 1/80 180 170 -
/
[
WURG ASSE N INSTABILITY
! REGION 160
/
/
/
C 22 min 253 psia,152
- F hg 150 -
///////////
?
! 21 min, w
350 psia, w 150
- F w
N 1 man,563 psia.140 4 140 -
co o
e 5
G U
f 130 - 14 min,889 psia,130 ' F 8
SCRAM 120 -
10 min 110 -
TIME O 1055 psia
,, t i I I I O 40 80 120 160 200 240
~
R AMSH E AD MASS FLUX (Ib/sec/ft i LA SALLE COUNTY STATION MARK 11 DESIGN ASSESSMENT REPORT FIGURE 6.2-1 P0OL TEMPERATURE VS. MASS FLUX -
EVENT A: 50RV FROM POWER OPERATION
Rev. 7 1/80 1800 190 1600 -
180 1400 -
- 170 i
2 ADD VALVES M OPEN 1200 -
160 C
t 1P E
-E E
~
w 152'F $
$ 1000 -
}
150 E U l 3 w r l
E I 5 d l S E I g
> 800 - I -
140 2 g
9 8 W l 5 I
r I a 600 - I -
130 l
I l
I 400 l -
120 I
i l
253 psia 200 -
110 g
I I I I I 100 0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 TIME (min)
LA SALLE COUNTY STATION MARK 18 DESIGN ASSESSMENT REPORT FIGURE 6.2-2 P00L TEMPERATURE RESP 0 HSE - EVENT A:
SORV FROM POWER OPERATION
Rev. 7 1/80 1800 190 1600 -
- 180 1400 -
- 170 1200 - 2 ADO. V ALVES -
160 OPEN .
Y $
2 E s ?
w E
1000 6
- 150 g
a * #
$ 5 I
E O e 800 - 140 2
$ z o l 0 5 N c l 139 'F w I
I a 600 -
1 - 130 1
I i
i 400 -
l 120 l
I i
2 ~
~
253 psia 0 '
100 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 TIME (mmi LA SALLE COUNTY STATloN MARK 11 DESIGN ASSESSM ENT REPORT FIGURE 6.2-3 POOL TEMPERATURE RESPONSE - EVENT B:
SORY FROM H0T STANDBY
Rev. 7 1/80 170 3
C I
43 men,253 psia.149'F C 140 -
9 Y
5 a
8 e
$ 130 -
a O
c S
35 min,1090 psia,110 'F -
120 110 -
i I I I I 30o O 40 80 120 160 200 RAMSHEAD MASS FLUX (Ibm /sec/ft )
LA SALLE COUNTY STATION MARK 11 DESIGN ASSESSMENT REPORT FIGURE 6.2-4 P00L TEMPERATURE VS. MASS FLUX -
EVENT C: ISOLATION AND REACTOR DEPRESSURIZATION
Rev. 7 1/80
- 800 1e0 1600 - - 180 1400 - - 170 i
TEMPER ATUR E 1700 - - 160 _
'I 1 PR ESSUR E $
i r ?
N $
1000 150 h
w
$ 149'F E b
- I s
=
a w l
> 8' l m g 800 - 140 G e 5 I a l
t I S 600 -
l 130 l
I I
400 - 120 I
I
----------- 253 ...
I 200 -
110 0 100 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 TIME (mm)
LA SALLE COUNTY STATION MARK ll DESIGN ASSESSMENT REPORT FIGURE 6.2-5 P0OL TEMPERATURE RESPONSE - EVENT C:
ISOLATION AND REACTOR DEPRESSURIZATION
,7a Rev. 7 1/80
/
h 160 -
s
_ - L_
E t
E E
140 -
$ 35 min. 253 psia,143'F U
w a3 s
g 130 -
R 320 -
110 10 min.1090 psia,110* F -
0 40 1 160 200 2
RAMSHEAD MASS FLUX Obm/sec/it )
LA SALLE COUNTY STATION MARK li DESIGN ASSESSM ENT REPORT FIGURE 6.2-6 P00L TEMPERATURE VS. MASS FLUX -
EVENT D: ISOLATION AND REACTOR DEPRESSURIZATION
Rev. 7 1/80 1800 190 1600 - 180 1400 -
170 1200 160 PRESSURE TEMPERATURE C t
b T ?
E E 3 1000 -
150 E
$ 2
$ 148'F 6
- I g
0 I a
> l O
800 -
140 tr s I z W I 8 E l U I
E b
600 -
130 I
I I
l 400 -
I -
i20 l
l 253 psia 200 -
110 0 100 0 10 20 30 40 50 40 TIME (mm)
LA SALLE COUNTY STATION MARK 11 DESIGN ASSESSMENT REPORT FIGURE 6.2-7 P0OL TEMPERATURE RESPONSE - EVENT D:
1 0LATION AND REACTOR DEPRESSURIZATION
Rev. 7 1/80 1800 190 1600 -
- 180 1400 -
- 170 4
1 i
1200 - h -
160 c
- Is VESSEL PRESSURE s
1000 l i
\
i \ SRV FLOW 1
- 150 g
3 1 1 \ ;
3 l \ s
$ BR E AK F LOW R ATE g ,
w ---- - - ---i s ,40 g i
e 8
N\
is 1 \ \
s
=
e
% i \ \ t 5 600 -
l 130 TEMPERATURE W l N E l \
l I $
400 -
l g\ - 120
\
g\-~---'/
/
\\
\\
l \s s %
I \
i N 200 -l \N %
g - 110 i
I 1
s 's*% g%
l
'%. % % eam I I I I I 's00 0
0 100 200 300 400 500 6eA TIM E (sect LA SALLE COUNTY STATION MARK 11 DESIGN ASSESSMENT REPORT FIGURE 6.2-8 P0OL TEf1PERATURE RESP 0flSE - EVEi4T E:
If4TERMEDIATE BREAK ACCIDEfli WITH ADS (0.1 ft2 LIQUID BREAK)
v f.
~~~
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 7.0 PLANT MODIFICATIONS AND RESULTANT IMPROVEMENT 7.1 STRUCTURAL MODIFICATIONS In general, the impact of the addition of the pool dynamic loads was minimal on a majority of the structures. The pri-mary reasons are:
- a. Except in local areas; the design of the contain-ment structure is generally governed by local ccmbinations involving safe shutdown earthquake d design-basis accident.
- b. The original design of reinforced concrete beams, slabs, and shear walls was made based on the con-servative working strength design method (ACI 318-63).
A summary of the structural modifications necessitated by the addition of pool dynamic loads is given below:
- a. Shear reinforcings have been added in the containment wall at the intersection of containment and reactor building basemat. (For details, see Figure 5.1-10.)
- b. The inner core of the reactor support pedestal has been filled with concrete up to elevation 699 feet 10 inches to reduce the bending stresses resulting from pool dynamic loads. Additional reinforcing bars and concrete studs have been provided to ensure structural integrity. (Refer to Figures 5.1-11 and 5.1-12 for details of the concrete fill.)
- c. Additional reinforcing bars ;n both the radial and hoop directions havs been provided in the 7.1-1
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 drywell floor to upgrade the capacity of the floor.
(For details, refer to Figures 5.1-13 and 5.1-14.)
- d. Additional embedment plates have been provided in the drywell floor, containment wall, and sacri-ficial shield to support the increased number of snubbers.
- 9. The CRD hydraulic system insert and withdrawal lines penetrating the reactor support pedestal were rerouted and enclosed in separate pipe sleeves to eliminate four large cpenings provided in the otiginal arrangement.
- f. Stiffeners were added to the basemat liner to provide capacity to carry the maximum probable negative pressure resulting from the pool hydro-dynamic loads.
- g. The downcomer vents have been upgraded to meet the requirements of ASME B&PV Code Section III, Class MC. Previously, the downcomers did not meet the requirements of Subsection NE of Section III (see Subsection 5.3.3).
- h. The downcomers in the suppression pool have been braced at elevation 721 feet, well above the pool swell impact zone, to reduce the pool dynamic loads transmitted to the drywell floor. Addition-al bracing for the downcomers is being installed at elevation 697 feet to support the downcomers against bounding submerged structures loads defined in Chapter 3.0. A detailed description of the downcomer bracing is given in Subsection 5.3.3.
7.1-2
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80
- 1. The flanges on every downcomer vent along with the tubular flange projections have been removed. This modification leaves the downcomer exterior smooth and eliminates the associated pool dynamic loads on the flanges.
- j. Embedments have been provided on the basemat to support the KWU quenchers.
- k. About 980 cable tray hangers in the reactor building have been upgraded with stiffer members to withstand the pool dynamic loads.
- 1. About 45 HVAC duct hangers in the reactor building have been stiffened to carry the pool dynamic loads,
- m. Containment galleries have been upgraded with stiffer members to accommodate ABS combinations of seismic and pool dynamic loads. The resulting modifications consist of changes to the steel beams by the addition of coverplates, or replacing them with stiffer members, changing the end con-nections, and stiffening of the steel columns for the gallery at elevation 740 feet 0 inch.
- n. Galleries outside the containment in the reactor building were stiffened to carry additional loads due to pool hydrodynamic loads.
7.1-3
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 7.2 BALANCE OF PLANT PIPING AND EQUIPMENT Wetwell Piping Modifications have been made to the wetwell piping systems to increase their capability to sustain the applied load-ings. Modifications to the piping include replacing sec-tions of pipe with heavier schedule pipe and rerouting the line when necessary. Modifications to the support systems include the addition of restraints and the upgrading of their load capacity when necessary. ECCS suction strainers have also been reinforced to increase their load carrying capabilities.
Non-Wetwell Piping The upgrading of the design basis of the piping to the design load combinations of Table 4.4-2, required modifi-cations to the piping systems. These modifications con-sisted of replacing restraints with models of higher load rating, relocation of restraints, and addition of restraints.
In some cases, sections of piping were replaced with higher schedule piping to meet the acceptance criteria.
Equipment Reevaluation has been completed for all equipment except valves. Reevaluation and requalification of the valves can be completed only after the piping analysis is com-pleted. The piping loads (e.g., levels and nozzle loads) at valve location will be checked against the loads used in the valve qualification.
New tests are planned for the following electrical equip-ment to meet the new loads.
7.2-1
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80
- 1. 480-V Motor Control Centers.
- 2. 250-Vac distribution equipment.
New testing was conducted on various HVAC control and instrumentation equipment as a result of the seismic response spectra and the SRV-ALL response spectra. The subject equipment, shown in Table 7.2-1, were retested i
to a multifrequency, random motion, biaxial excitation.
The results show that the test response spectrum for the instruments and controls in the three tabulated cate-gories were satisfied for each of the prescribed required response spectrum.
7.2-2
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 TABLE 7.2-1 RETESTED HVAC EQUIPMENT RIGIDLY MOUNTED FIELD INSTRUMENTS DESCRIPTION MODEL Chlorine Detector 50-125A Chlorine Detector 50-125D Level Switch 36497 Smoke Detector DIS-3/5A Control Unit CTZ-2 Indicating Unit FIU-6 Zone Unit ZIU-6 Temperature Switch 303 Diff. Transmitter 252A Diff. Transmitter 252A / X Temperature Switch 800 D. P. Switch 7PS 7.2-3
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 TABLE 7.2-1 (Cont'd)
RIGIDLY PANEL MOUNTED INSTRUMENTS Transfer Switch SB-1 Control Switch SBM Time Delay Relay 7012AD Solenoid Valve 8320 Temperature Controller 54 Current Relay 48 Current Relay 56 Control Relay HMA Control Relay HFA Ammonia Detector 38-H (Controller Only)
FLEXIBLY MOUNTED FIELD INSTRUMENTS RTD 601 Limit Switch EA700 Damper Motor AH91 Damper Mator NH91 Damper Motor AH95 Damper Motor NH95 Smoke Detector CDA-2 Smoke Detector DIA-ll NH Detector Head 350-H 3
7.2-4
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 7.3 NSSS PIPING AND EQUIPMENT Modifications have been incorporated (or planned) for NSSS components / equipment to accommodate the structural system feedback responses from suppression pool hydrodynamic and LOCA loads. The modifications include:
- a. Upgrading the primary system piping, maint steam and recirculation, snubber requirements for ad-ditional and increased sizes. The number of restraints was increased by approximately 40%.
- b. Installation of holddown clamps for the reactor pressure vessel top guide.
7.3-1
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 7.4 SRV DISCHARGE QUENCHER In addition to the structural and mechanical design changes discussed in previous sections, it was concluded that the plant safety margin could be increased further by removing the SRV discharge rams head and installing a quencher.
This quencher device provides increased safety margin in two respects: (1) it increases the threshold temperature limit for steam condensation vibration; and, (2) it provides reduced loads on the containment structure as well as those piping systems in the containment and reactor building.
Since the plant was assessed to a conservative SRV discharge load based upon a rams head device, installation of quencher devices will provide significant reductions in loads and consequently increases in the plant safety margin.
The rams head SRV discharge device performs well under the conditions expected in Mark II containments. !!owever , tests have indicated that high steam condensation loads may occur if high mass flux is discharged into a high temperature pool. Although analyses show that the pool temperature will not be high enough to cause problems, quencher devices have been installed to preclude any possibility of increased load.
The quencher eliminates the steam condensation loads by breaking the steam discharge into many small jets ensuring that no large steam bubble forms. Air bubble loads are also decreased because of the small size and dispersion of the air bubbles.
Even though all load magnitudes are reduced, some reanalysis was necessary to verify the adequacy of the design. The quencher arrangement in the pool is different from the rams head arrangement in order to minimize loads and promote pool thermal mixing. The frequency range of the quencher air 7.4-1
LSCS-MARK II DAR Pev. 7 1/80 bubble discharge is also somewhat different from that expected of the rams head.
The impact of these changes have been assessed by applying the T-quencher load definition (Susquehanna DAR, Chapter 4) to LSCS. The boundary loads specified for the T-quencher were used. Submerged structure loads were calculated by using the rams head submerged structure methodology with the T-quencher locations and a frequency range based on the T-quencher boundary load methodology. The source strength (i.e., pressure magnitude) was determined for first and subsequent SRV actuation using the correlations in NEDO-21061 Revision 3 (DFFR).
7.4-2
k s@?
(1
(-
l;;
~
imi- i
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 8.0 PLANT SAFETY MARGINS 8.1 CONSERVATISM IN PLANT DESIGN 8.1.1 Conservatism in Pool Dynamic Loads Conservatisms in the safety / relief valve pool dynamic loads have been discussed in detail in Subsection 3.2.1.1. The rams head load definition contains conservatism in each step of the calculation.
This procedure has resulted in a design which is very conservative for the loads expected from SRV rams head discharge. To eli-minate RC concerns about high pool temperature operation, quencher devices have been installed in the LSCS plant. An additional significant load reduction results from this change.
LOCA loads also have been treated in a very conservative manner. The design-basis accident is postulated as a double ended guillotine break, clearly an unlikely mode of failure for a large pipe. The pool swell transient, as described in Subsection 3.3.1.1.3, is predicted by a conservative model and has incorporated conservative factors as recommended by NUREG-0487. A bounding load approach has been utilized in calculating the steam condensation design loads, ignoring load reductions due to phasing and the low probability of maximum load magnitude.
Submerged structure loads calculated for both SRV and LOCA events have also been done in a conservative manner. In response to the NRC Acceptance Criteria (NUREG-0487) geo-metric and transient flow effects have been considered (Subsection 3.2.3) . Loads were increased when a potential for higher loads was found but no loads were decreased because of these effects.
8.1-1
LSCS-MARK II DAR Fev. 7 1/80 8.1.2 Structural Conservatism The margin factors obtained in the original assessment are very conservative for the following reasons:
- a. The peak responses of the individual transient loads are combined by the absolute sum method, even though probabilistically all peak effects will not occur at the same time and it would be more realistic to use SRSS of the peaks.
- b. The fact that the instantaneous peak response induced by loads such as earthquake, SRV dis-charge, LOCA, etc., do not occur simultaneously at all points along the circumference of the structure is conservatively neglected in the design.
- c. In load combinations, the effects of individual loads are magnified by a load factor to account for potential overloads.
- d. Current ASME Code for the design of concrete containment structures (ACI-359) treats thermal stresses as self-limiting secondary stresses and permits yielding of the reinforcing steel when thermal loads occur in a load combination.
However, the structural design criteria for the LSCS containment are very conservative and more stringent than the current practice and do not permit yielding of tle reinforcing steel even under thermal loads.
- e. Only the specified minimum material strengths were used in the design assessment even though the actual minimum strengths determined by quality 8.1-2
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 control tests are greater than the specified minimums.
8.1.3 Mechanical Conservatism The current piping design basis contains several conservatisms.
The acceptance criteria are more restrictive than those pre-sented in Table 4.4-2 (Table 6-1 of Rev. 2 of the DFFR) ,
thereby providing margins in the piping stress levels if the DFFR criteria are accepted.
The enveloped response spectra method was used for dynamic analyses, a more conservative approach than a time-history analysis. In addition, although the Mark II owners' position for + 5% peak broadening building response spectra for pool dynamic loads is technically justified, at least 15% peak broadening was used for the LSCS plant assessment.
The code allowables used were the minimum required; except for the downcomers, no advantage was taken of the option to use test results to provide higher allowables.
Damping values of 1/2% and 1% were used for OBE and SSE response spectra analyses on piping under any service limits.
The maximum horizontal response spectra for SRV related and LOCA related load are assumed to act on both N-S and W-E directions simultaneously.
8.1-3
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 The cut-off frequency generally exceeds the 33 Hz for seismic and 60 Hz for SRV and LOCA related loads.
The modal responses are combined using the square root of the double sum method which is conservative with respect to the SRSS method recommended by ASME Appendix L.
Elastic models were used in the analyses which are more conservative than elastic-plastic models.
The conservatisms summarized above provide a satisfactory basis on which to proceed with the operation of the piping systems in the plant.
Conservatisms in equipment reevaluation is assured by:
- a. Use of lower damping values than what is recom-mended by Regulatory Guide 1.61 and IEEE 344-1975.
- b. The resultant radial horizontal response spectrum curves were used in both the horizontal directions simultaneously along with the vertical curve,
- c. Used response spectrum curves than time-history analysis,
- d. Pool dynamics response spectra peaks were broadened at least 15%.
8.1.4 Conservatism in NSSS Design General Electric is conservatively reevaluating the nuclear steam supply system equipment using a bounding loads approach as discussed throughout this report. However, the conservatisms used are summarized in the following discussion.
8.1-4
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 The conservative dynamic analysis methods being used have been compared to the nuclear industry practiced methods.
The methods compared were:
- a. equipment damping values based on seismic, be response spectra peak broadening limits for suppression pool hydrodynamic and annulus pres-sur ization responses,
- c. combining of primary and secondary loads from the same dynamic event, and
- d. combining of closely spaced modes.
Additionally, the conservative approach for using envelop response spectra at all primary piping attachment points were discussed for nonbounding loads. A conservative screen-ing approach was used for analyzing structure mounted / supported mechanical enuipment (that is 1.5 times the peak n 3ponse spectra acceleration without reference to the equipment actual characteristic frequency) .
The reactor pressure vessel supports and internal components are being reviewed and reevaluated using the maximum trans-lation forces and moments within the load combination / accept-ance criteria levels.
To support the licensing of the lead Mark II plants the alternate " provisional assessment," using more restrictive load combination methods and acceptance criteria, is being conducted in parallel.
8.1-5
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 8.2 PLANT STRUCTURAL MARGINS DURING MAXIMUM TRANSIENT CONDITIONS The maximum hydrodynamic loads which will occur during plant operating transients are associated with the actuation of all 18 SRV's. This is the maximum hydrodynamic load antici-pated during the life of the plant.
Load combination Equation 1 in Table 4.1-1 represents this loading. It should be noted that the following overload factors have been applied to the loads in this load combina-tion equation:
OVERLOAD LOAD FACTOR Dead Load 1.4 Live Load 1.7 Prestress 1.0 SRV - ALL 1.5 Conservative margin factors for this load combination were reported in Ta'21es 5.1-1 through 5.1-13. These safety margins are available in addition to the load factors listed above.
Also, these margin factors will be much larger if the con-servatisms listed in Subsection 6.1.2 were removed.
Margin f actors for the containment structure during the maximum transients are presented in Table 8.2-1. Based on these margin factors, it can be concluded that public safety is not risked for normal and abnormal conditions.
8-8.2-1
G TABLE 8.2-1 MARGIN FACTORS FOR CONTAINMENT DURING MAXIMUM TRANSIENT CONDITIONS * (1.5 TIMES SRV-ALL)
REINFORCING TENSION CONCRETE COMPRESSION SHEAR STRUCTURAL STRESS MARGIN *** CRITICALt MARGIN CRITICAL ELEMENT **! COMPONENT MARGIN CRITICAL FACTOR SECTION FACTOR SECTION FACTOR SECTION Con tainment 12.09 1 1.95 1 1.44 13 Basemat 1.56 2 6.08 5
2 1.33 2 Q
l Reactor Support 3.7 1 8.31 1 7.52 16 $
b w Drywell Floor 5.6 3 11.2 3 4.1 1
U B
w N
- Refer to Table 4.1-1
- Margin Factor = Allowable Stress / Actual Stress H tRefer to Figure 5.1-2 and 5.1-3 NA = Not Applicable
);
o
I-
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80
9.0 CONCLUSION
S All suppression pool hydrodynamic forcing functions which are considered in the final assessmen: of the La Salle County Station are identified in this report. It is our belief that these forcing functions and assessment methods are consistent with the requirements of NUREG-0487 or alternative methods accepted by the NRC staff. The report includes summary descriptions and references appropriate documents for more detailed descriptions of the very conservative forcing functions applied for the final assessment of La Salle County Station. As described in this report, these forcing functions include the Mark II containment " Lead Plant" information and information which has been used in response to comments from the NRC staff and consultants.
With the information included in this report or referenced by this report, the NRC will have adequate information to determine that suppression pool hydrodynamic forcing functions have been satisfactorily identified and described for the final assessment of La Salle County Station.
For loss-of-coolant accident (LOCA) loads related to functioning of the main suppression pool vents, the forcing functions are defined with certainty, because the forcing functions are based primarily on the results of full-scale tests which simulate Mark II containment conditions. In our judgment, the description of these LOCA forcing functions in this report are conservative and consistent with our understanding of NUREG-0487.
For loads associated with operation of the safety / relief valves (SRV), the forcing functions used have been those developed for the " rams head" discharge device. On the basis of assessments described in this DAR, it is our judgment that La Salle County Station will satisfactorily carry the loads and load combinations resulting from the rams head 9.0-1
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 or T-quencher forcing function described in this report.
To bound any uncertainties in the SRV forcing functions and to expedite NRC approval, T-quenchers are being installed prior to startup.
The final assessment of La Salle County Station including suppression pool hydrodynamic loads is described in this raport. This assessment was performed using conservative load combinations, acceptance criteria, and methodology.
For La Salle County Station, some of these items are being treated in a more conservative manner than established in the Dynamic Forcing Function Report of the Mark II Owners Group. In our judgment, the Owners Group positionn are appropriate and technically preferred; however, to expe-dite NRC approval, a more conservative position consistent with NUREG-0487 will be used for the evaluation of the La Salle County Station. With the information included in this report or referenced by this report, the NRC will have adequate information to determine that suppression pool hydrodynamic forcing functions have been properly included in the final design assessment of La Salle County Station.
9.0-2
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 APPENDIX A COMPUTER PROGRAMS A.1 DYNAX DYNAX (Dynamic Analysis of Axisymmetric Structures) is a finite element program capable of performing both static and dynamic analyses of axisymmetric structures. Its formulation is based on a small displacement theory.
Three types of finite elements are available; quadrilateral, triangular, and shell. The geometry of the. structure can be general as long as it is axisymmetric. Both the isotropic and orthotropic elastic material properties can be modeled.
Discrete and distributed springs are available for modeling elastic foundations, etc.
For static analysis, input loads can be structure weight, nodal forces, modal displacements, distributed loads, or temperatures. Loads can be axisymmetric or nonaxisymmetric.
For the solids of revolution, the program outputs nodal dis-placements, and element and nodal point stresses in the global system (radial, circumferential, and axial). In the case of shells of revolution, the output consists of nodal displace-ments, and element and nodal point shell forces in a shell coordinate system (meridional, circumferential, and normal) .
For dynamic iaalysis, three methods are available; direct integration method, modal superposition mechod, and response spectrum method. In the case of dynamic analysis by direct integration method or modal superposition method, a forcing function can be input as, (1) nodal force components versus time for any number of nodes, or (2) vertical or horizontal ground acceleration versus time. For nonaxisymmetric loads the equivalent Fourier expansion is ured. In the case of dynamic analysis by response spectrum raethod, spectral velocity versus natural frequency for up to four damping
'A-1
LSCS-MARK II DAP Rev. 7 1/80 constants is input. The output of dynamic analysis is in terms of nodal displacements, element stresses and resultant forces and moments at specified time steps. When the modal superposition method is used, and in the case of earthquake response analysis, the requested number of frequencies and modo shapes are computed and printed together with the cumula-tive response of all the specified modes, as computed by the root sum square (R.S.S.) method and the absolute sum method.
DYNAX was originally developed under the acronym ASHAD by S. Ghosh and E. L. Wilson of the University of California, Berkeley, in 1969. It was acquired by Sargent & Lundy in 1972 and is operating under EXEC 8 and a UNIVAC 1106.
A.2 FAST FAST is used primarily for the dynamic analysis of linear axisymmetric structures using transfer functions (modeled as a multi-degree-of-freedom system). The structural model is given as input either in the form of its eigenvalues, eigenvectors, participation factors and modal damping ratios, or in the form of its responses for a typical dynamic load.
This program is used to obtain the time history, transfer function and response spectra for various response components of the model. The results are given in print and plot forms.
FAST was developed at Sargent & Lundy in 1975. It is currently maintained on a UNIVAC 1106 operating under EXEC 8.
A.3 KALSHEL KALSHEL (Kalnins' Shell of Revolution) is a computer program used to analyze thin axisymmetric shells of revolution for arbitrary load conditions. The solution is obtained by transforming the H. Reissner-Neisser equations to eight first-order ordinary differential equations. An Adams method A-2
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 of numerical integration is used as a basis for the solution of transformed equations. Since the program is based on classical shell theory, it is the same limitations.
The shell wall may vary in thickness along the meridian and consists of up to four layers of different isotropic or orthotropic materials. Branch shells may be connected to the main shell. Surface loads and line loads in the radial, tangential and/or meridional directions and meridional moments as well as temperature distributions, which are assumed to vary linearly across the thickness, may be considered in the analysis. All loads may be asymmetric.
The program output includes shell displacements in the radial, tangential and meridional directions, meridional rotations, meridional moment, hoop moment, meridional force, hoop force, transverse shear force and twist shear force. In addition, outer fiber stresses calculated from the stress resultants may be obtained.
The program was originally developed by A. Kaltins of Lehigh University. It was acquired by Sargent & Lundy in 1969.
This version was modified by Sargent & Lundy to sum displace-ments and stress resultants of the individual Fourier harmonics along meridians at specified angles. The program is currently maintained on the Sargent & Lundy UNIVAC 1106 operating under EXEC 8.
A.4 TEMCO TEMCO (Reinforced Concrete Sections Under Eccentric Loads and Thermal Gradients) analyzes reinforced concrete sections subject to separate or combined action of eccentric loads and thermal gradients. The effect of temperature is induced in the section by reactions created by the curvature rentraint.
A-3
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 The analysis may be done assuming either a cracked or an uncracked section. Material properties can be assumed to be either linear or nonlinear. The program is capable of handling rectangular as well as nonrectangular sections.
The program input consists of section dimensions, areas and location of each layer of reinforcing steel, l o a:I s , load combinations and material properties.
The curvature and axial strain corresponding to the given eccentric loads (axial load and bending moment) are deter-mined by an iterative procedure. Thermal gradient is applied on the section by inducing reactions created by the curvature restraint, i.e., there is no curvature change due to a thermal gradient on the section. The axial expansion is assumed to be free after thermal gradient is applied.
An iterative procedure is employed again for finding the final strain distribution such that equilibrium of internal and external loads is satisfied.
The program output consists of the echo of input, combined loads, final location of neutral axis, final stresses in steel and concrete and final internal forces. Similar intermediate results (before themal gradient is applied) can be output if desired.
The program has applications to a wide variety af reinforced concrete beams and columns, slabs, and containment structures,
' subject to various combinations of external 1] ads and thermal gradients.
The program was developed and is maintained by Sargent & Lundy.
Since February 1972, the program has been ased extensively at Sargent & Lundy on UNIVAC 1106 hardware operating under EXEC 8.
A-4
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 A.5 PIPSYS PIPSYS (Piping Analysis Information System) is the primary program used in the analysis of stresses on piping systems.
It is a composite of several lesser programs. It combines thermal, weight, and seismic analysis into one program. It may also be broken down into a static analysis portion, a dynamic analysis portion, and a stress combination portion which is in accordance with ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code,Section III, Articles NB-3000 and NC-3000.
NUPIPE subroutine is the nuclear code part which combines and computes the stresses in piping components according to ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code,Section III, Articles NB-3000 and NC-3000. It was validated by intercomparison with the results of a Teledyne Corporation program for the same sample problem. The final results were essentially identical.
Like NUPIPE, TEE is also an independent program as well as a subroutine of PIPSYS. It also was validated by hand calculation for an identical problem to that processed by the computer.
TEE determines the blowdown force at the discharge pipe due to the sudden opening of a safety / relief valve. It calculates the stress levels at the branch intersection points and valve outlets according to Power Piping Code ANSI B31.10. Finally, it checks the proper discharge pipe sizing at tF.e valve outlet in order to sustain the dynamic force due to the valve blowout.
DYNAPIPE analyzes the dynamic model and upper bound response of a structure (modeled as a space frame) subjected to prescribed dynamic forces at discrete points or subjected to A-5
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 earthquake type motion prescribed as acceleration response spectra. Elbows and tees are treated as per piping code.
A.6 RSG RSG (Response Spectrum Generator) generates dynamic response spectra (displacment, velocity and acceleration) for single-degree-of-freedom elastic systems with various dampings, sub-jected to a prescribed time dependent acceleration.
The program may also be used to obtair a response spectrum-consistent time-history in which the response spectrum of the generated time-history closely envelopes the given spectrum. The differential equation of motion is solved usirg Newmark's 6-method of numerical integration.
Tha program has the capability of plotting the input time-acceleration function and the response spectra output on the tripartite and/or acceleration versus period frequency grids.
Depending on the option, the program output includes the response spectra of a given time-history or the response spectrum-consistent time-history.
RSG was developed by Sargent & Lundy in 1969. Since 1972 the program has been maintained on UNIVAC 1106 hardware operating under EXEC 8.
A.7 SRVA SRVA is a finite difference program for the analysis of transient flow in a relief valve line discharging to the suppression pool through a rams head or quencher. Transient forces and the pressures at the water column and the valve outlet are calculated for relief valve lines with up to 20 straight segments. Frictional effects as well as losses at A-6
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 at elbows and the rams head outlet are included.
Output force-time data is compatible with PIPSYS, and force-time history is plotted by a plot subroutine.
The discharge pipe is idealized as straight and uniform. An effective friction coefficient increased to account for the effects of elbows is used.
A finite difference method is used to solve the Eulerian formulati.on of the basic one-dimensional flow equations, with the effects of friction and of heat transfer to the pipe wall included. The submerged end boundary conditions are found by integrating the equation of motion of the water slug step by step in time. After the water column is expelled, choked flow at the outlet is assumed.
A-7
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 B.O RESPONSE TO NRC QUESTIONS Appendix B provides a list of the NRC questions by date, which were submitted after Revision 0 of the DAR, and an index giving the particular section(s) of the DFFR or DAR report, where the detailed answers have been provided. Some of the answers have been incorporated in both reports, while others only in one of the reports according to their appli-cability.
In the interest of completeness and continuity, the responses to NRC questions are presented in this appendix as they were originally submitted or last revised. The revision and date at the top of each page indicates when the respective response was submitted /last revised. It should be noted that the DAR/
DFFR sections referenced in the responses may have been re-numbered in subsequent revisions and that redesign or more recently submitted responses to NUREG-0487 may have super-seded the original responses as presented here.
B.0-1
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 12/79 OUESTION 020.62 "For the suppression pool temperature monitoring system, provide the following additional information:
- 1. Type, number and location of the temperature instru-mentation that will be installed in the pool.
- 2. Discuss and justify the sampling or averaging technique that will be applied to arrive at a definitive pool temperature."
RESPONSE
See revised Chapter 6.0.
B.2-51 ..
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 12/79 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK B.2-52
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 C.0 SUBMERGED STRUCTURE METHODOLOGY C.1 Introduction Mark II suppression pools are expected to experience fluid motion as a result of safety / relief valve (SRV) actuation and postulated loss-of-coolant accident (LOCA). "he veloc-ity and acceleration fields will cause drag loado on sub-merged structures in the pool. These loads have been cal-culated in the past by assuming the existence of a uniform flow field and applying steady-state standard and accelera-tion drag coefficients. The NRC Lead Plant Acceptance Criteria (NUREG-0487, October 1978) pointed out that this method might not be conservative under certain flow condi-tions and for certain structure geometries. This appendix explains the methods used by the lead plants to ensure that the design loads are conservative.
Subsection C.2 presents a method of evaluating the correc-tion to both standard and acceleration drag coefficients in unsteady flow and a method to evaluate the transverse (lif t) force in this flow. Subsections C.3 and C.4 describe the effect of neighboring structures on the submerged struc-ture drag loads. This method provides modified drag coeffi-cients for the range of geometries existing in Mark II plants.
Subsection C.5 presents the results of sensitivity studies which verify the adequacy of the nodalization used in pre-dicting loads. These studies show that increasing the number of points at which loads are calculated will not make significant changes in the result.
All of the drag coefficients used for submerged structure load calculations for each particular accident condition ggy were determined directly from the data that are presented in the References shown in Section C.7. In addition, all C-1
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 modifications made to the drag coefficients describing the effects of neighboring structures and unsteady flow were also based on actual data listed in the References in Section C.7. The theory provided in this section is utilized as background information and provides support to the load calculations performed on this plant. The theory presented also addresses the concerns raised in the NRC Lead Plant Acceptance Criteria (NUREG-0487, Oc-tober 1978).
C-2
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 C.2 Drag and Lift Coefficients for Unsteady Flow C.2.1 General Considerations Drag and lift loads on submerged structures in the suppres-sion pool due to the LOCA charging air bubble, pool swell, fallback, and the SRV air bubble are considered. In calcu-lating these loads on submerged structures, acceleration and standard drag and lift coefficients are used whenever they are applicable to a specific situation. The effects of unsteady flow on the above mentioned coefficients are treated in this subsection, and interference effects, if present, are addressed in Subsections C.3 and C.4. The steady-state drag coefficients are corrected appropriately to include the effects of unsteady flow.
Because the majority of the available data for unsteady flow have been developed for a cylinder, the discussion provided herein is in terms of a cylinder. The structures in the La Salle suppression pool are all cylindrical. If different-ly shaped structures were present, a cylinder with an equiv-alent diameter would be used for calculations. This ap-proach is conservative for drag load calculations, with the possible exception of the prediction of initiation of vortex shedding. Lift forces due to vortex shedding on sharp-edged structures would be calculated conservatively based on avail-able data.
Possible shapes of submerged structures in a Mark II suppres-sion pool include circular cylinders, box beams and I-beams.
Equivalent diameters can easily be determined for these structures.
First, to determine the unsteady effects on a submerged structure, a circular cylinder with an equivalent diameter C-3
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 is considered. Then, from the appropriate literature, the drag coefficients due to unsteady flow for cylinders are determined, and a drag coefficient multiplier is calculated es the ratio of the unsteady drag coefficients to the steady-state drag coefficients. Finally, these multipliers are applied to the steady-state drag coefficients of the particular submerged structure of interest. However, in computing the loads, the actual dimensions of the structure are utilized in order to properly determine the loads.
To dets "mine the equivalent diameter, the length of the par-ticular structure is conserved and an equivalent diameter is then determined by circumscribing a circle about any structure (Reference 1, pg. 4-14). For a cylinder, the equivalent diameter is equal to the diameter of the cylinder.
If'a box beam is considered, its equivalent diameter is:
n D = a +b EQ o
~ v hb-j For an I-beam, the equivalent diameter is:
n
~
f \
D = a +b I I I la EQ v
Hb-j The nondimensional numbers on which drag coefficients depend are based on the equivalent diameter. They are:
m Q
- a. Reynolds number - Re =
C-4
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 UT
- b. Perlod parameter - K =
EQ D
- c. Strouhal number - S = g m
where: '
U,= maximum velocity at the location of the loaded structure during the transient, D = equivalent diameter, EQ T = period of flow oscillation, f = vortex shedding frequency, and v = kinematic viscosity.
In order to properly determine the effect of unsteady flow, a drag coefficient multiplier is defined as the ratio of the unsteady to steady-state drag coefficients:
E d* D f
m" M where:
C D
= steady-state standard drag coefficient, CD1 = unsteady standard drag coefficient, Cg = steady-state acceleration drag coefficient, CM1 = unsteady acceleration drag coefficient, f
d
= standard drag coefficient multiplier, and f, = acceleration drag coefficient multiplier.
C-5
LSCS-MARh II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 These factors are based on drag coefficients for circular cylinders. Once they are determined for cylinders utilizing the appropriate data, the factors are applied to the steady-state drag coefficients for the particular structure of interest. These steady-state drag coefficients are described in Reference 1. The factors are applied in the following menner:
CD3 " d D2 C
M3
- E m C M2 where:
CD2.= steady-state standard drag coefficient for the particular submerged structure, C = corrected unsteady standard drag coefficient, D3 CM2 = steady-state acceleration drag coefficient for the particular submerged structure, and C rrected unsteady acceleration drag coeffi-M3 =
cient.
The lift coefficients are determined utilizing the actual lift data for the specific structure analyzed for the applic-able transient conditions.
However, if suomerged structures of unique shapes are en-countered in the suppression pool, they need to be considered on a plant-unique basis.
Finally, when all the coefficients are determined, the stan-dard and acceleration drag forces are calculated based on the corrected drag coefficients and the actual structure dimensions. The sum of these forces is the in-line force.
C-6
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 The transverse force consists only of lift. The following equations present the contributions of the standard and ac-celeration drag forces to the in-line force:
p ,CD3 Ap U(t) lU(t)l 2g e
p ,C M3 S P II A
C IN-LINE S+ A where:
F S = standard drag force, F
A = acceleration drag force,
/ p IN-LINE = total in-line force, C = rrected unsteady standard drag coefficient, D3 C = corrected unsteady acceleration drag coefM -
M3 cient, A = projected area of submerged structure, Vg = volume of submerged suucture, p = fluid density, U(t) = velocity in the in-line direction, and b(t) = acceleration in the in-line direction.
The determination of the lift force is considered separately in each of the following sections.
C-7
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 C.2.2 LOCA Charging Air Bubble The LOCA charging air bubble is considered to be a non-os-cillatory accelerating flow. It is readily observed from the velocity and acceleration time histories of the tran-sient (Figures C-1 and C-2) that the transient exhib-ited an increasing velocity and high positive values of acceleration. In addition, the fluid flow never reverses and the acceleration is nearly constant. This is true for all locations in the suppression pool. Comparing typical velocity time histories (Figure C-1) to acceleration time histories (Figure C-2), one can observe that the accelera-tion is the major contributor to the drag load, since the velocity is small. The velocity and acceleration time his-tories were generated utilizing the LOCA charging air bubble model described in Reference 1.
The geometric configuration that was utilized to determine the LOCA charging air bubble transient on a submerged struc-ture is shown in Figures C-3 and C-4. A 36' segment of a typical Mark II suppression pool was utilized which contained 10 downcomers. The LOCA charging air bubbles were used at these downcomer locations to determine the velocity and acceleration time histories on a vertical submerged structure in the pool.
For this transient, Reference 2 is utilized in determining the standard and acceleration drag coefficients, which are conservatively taken as 1.2 and 2.0, respectively.
Due to the low velocities and small duration of this tran-sient, lift due to vortex shedding is not present. In Refer-ence 2, the author indicates that for unsteady flow, no lift force due to vortex shedding is present for small-period parameters. In addition, the author states that for a fluid starting from rest, a certain finite time is required for separation to occur if vortex shedding is to be present.
C-8
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 With the information in Reference 2, it was determined that the time required for separation to occur was longer than the duration of the LOCA charging air bubble transient (see the following discussion) . Therefore, lift due to unsteady flow effects is not considered for this transient.
Lift Due to Vortex Shedding According to Reference 2, the separation necessary for vor-tex shedding to be present does not occur until a fluid has moved a distance:
S = 0.293D where:
S =, traveled distance, and D = cylinder diameter.
The authors also state in Reference 2 that:
S=fVt where:
V = velocity, and t= time for separation to occur.
Assuming a representative case for LOCA charging air bubble velocity in a Mark II suppression pool, the maximum pipe diameter required for separation to occur can be determined.
A linear velocity increace from 0.0 to 3.0 ft/see was as-sumed to closely resemble the actual transient velocity with a transient duration of 60 msec. Integrating the velocity, a traveled distance S of 0.09 foot was determined. Utiliz-ing the above mentioned equations, the traveled distance C-9
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 translates to a maximum pipe diameter of 3-1/2 inches. In other words, for a pipe with a diameter of 3-1/2 inches that experienced a velocity transient increasing linearly from 0.0 to 3.0 ft/sec, separation would occur at 60 msec. This is the time when the LOCA charging air bubble transient has ended.
Following this procedure for other piping within the suppres-sion pool experiencing the LOCA charging air bubble trans-ient, it can be concluded that lift due to vortex shedding is not present and does not need to be considered for Mark II pool geometries.
C.2.3 Pool Swell Pool swell is regarded as being an oscillatory flow, with the pool swell duration considered to be the half period of the flow field. This flow is exhibited by experimental data, namely, the EPRI and 4T terts. For Reynolds numbers in the suberitical region, the drag coefficients are deter-mined from Reference 3. These drag coefficients are depen-dent only on the period parameter. However, if the Reynolds number is in the supercritical region (>4x10 5 ), the steady-state standard drag coefficient reduces from 1.2 to 0.71 (Reference 4). To determine the unsteady standard and ac-celeration drag coefficients for flow at the supercritical Reynolds numbers, Reference 5 is utilized which correlates the Reynolds number, period parameter, and the pipe rough-ness to both the standard and acceleration drag coefficients.
The correlations for smooth pipes are used since these cor-relations best represent the structures within the Mark II suppression pool.
In addition, lift due to vortex shedding is considered.
Reference 6 provides the necessary information to determine lift loads. As before, the lift coefficient is based on the period parameter and the Reynolds number where both are C-10
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 evaluated at the maximum velocity observed in the transient.
Moreover, the vortex shedding frequency must also be defined.
Reference 5 provides a correlation of f r, the relative fre-quency, to the period parameter and the Reynolds number evaluated at the maximum velocity.
f f
r"f where:
f = relative frequency, r
f y
= vortex shedding frequency, and f, = oscillating fluid frequency.
However, if the relative frequency falls out of the range shown in Figure 21 of Reference 5, Reference 6 indicates that a Strouhal number of 0.3 should be utilized at high Reynolds numbers.
When determining the lift force due to vortex shedding, the maximum amplitude is based on the maximum velocity the struc-ture sees (Reference 6):
p ,C g Ap0 sin 2 wf y t 2g c
where:
F g = lift force (transverse to flow direction),
Cg = lift coefficient, A = projected area of structure, p = fluid density, C-11
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev 7 1/80 U, = maximum in-line velocity the structure observes, f
y
= vortex shedding frequency, and t = time.
The vortex shedding frequency is specified from the correla-tion mentioned previously. With the n.aximum amplitude and frequency, the lift force is defined. The lift force varies with time and is sinusoidal in nature for viscous lift.
In this case, the acceleration drag force considers the effect of gravity and is determined in the following manner:
p =
Vo g C (t)
M3 A
9C where:
F A = acceleration drag force, Vg = volume of submerged structure, CM3 = corrected unsteady acceleration drag coeffi-cient, b(t) = acceleration in the in-line direction, 9c = gravitational acceleration, and p = fluid density.
C.2.4 Fallback Fallback is considered to be a constantly accelerating flow.
It is assumed that fallback behaves as a falling water slug.
For this case, the standard and acceleration drag coeffi-cients are determined from Reference 2. As with pool swell, C-12
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 the lift coefficients due to vortex shedding are also deter-mined. The lif coef ficient is given by Reference 7 as Cg = 1.0 for Karmin vortices. In order to determine the vortex shedding frequency, Reference 7 indicates that a Strouhal number of 0.22 should be utilized. This is also substantiated by Reference 8. The force is then determined as:
, C g ApU sin 2 xf y t L 2g c
where:
F g = lift force, C g = lift coefficient, A = project area, p = fluid density, U
m
= maximum in-line velocity the structure observes, f
y = vortex shedding frequency, and t = time.
In this case, the acceleration drag force is determined in the following manner:
P = H 9 S P
A 9C where:
F g = acceleration drag force, C
H
= hydrodynamic mass coefficient (C H =C M ~ II' C-13
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 V3 = volume of submerged structure, g = gravitational acceleration, and p = fluid density.
C.2.5 SRV Air Bubbles SRV air bubbles are considered to be of oscillatory nature.
Reference 3 is utilized to determine the unsteady standard and acceleration drag coefficients. These drag coefficients are based on the period parameter evaluated at the maximum velocity. However, if the unsteady drag coefficients are less than the steady-state drag coefficients, then the steady-state drag coefficients are utilized for load deter-mination. If any lift is present, Reference 3 is used, which also bases the lift coefficients on the period parameter.
This reference mentions that no lift is present for period parameters less than 5. The drag loads are determined as described in Subsection C.2.1.
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 C.3 Interference Effects on Acceleration Drag When submerged structures are closely located in a flow field, they can interfere with one another, affecting the accelera-tion drag. The proximity effect can be accounted for by either
- 1) utilizing actual data that is presented in References 12, 14, and 15, 2) performing a detailed analysis, or 3) applying a conservative factor of 4 on the acceleration drag. For the La Salle plant, actual data that are presented in References 12, 14, and 15 were utilized to determine the interference effects on acceleration drag.
A detailed method is presented for determining interference effects of nearby cylinders and/or a boundary on the acceler-ation drag for circular cylinders and is based on References 9 through 14.
According to the method, the interference effect between any two stationary cylinders can be completely determined by six force coefficients which are functions solely of the radius ratio and the relative spacing. For the case of more than two cylinders, the total proximity effect on a given cylinder may be approximately obtained simply by superimposing each interference effect between cylinder pairs.
C.3.1 Method of Analysis The following assumptions are considered in the method:
- a. Two-dimensional potential flow without separa-tions and wakes is considered.
- b. The velocity and acceleration in the flow field are the same as those seen locally by the sub-merged structure (cylinder).
- c. The containment and pedestal walls are consid-ered as plane boundaries.
C-15
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80
- d. Coordinate system
+x : radially outward from reactor pressure vessel centerline.
+y : vertically upward.
+z : by right-hand rule parallel to the plane boundary.
Origin: at the center of cylinder in question.
C.3.2 Two Stationary Cylinders (Real Cylinders)
If the p-th cylinder is isolated in a free stream, the hydro-dynamic (acceleration drag) force per unit length of the cylinder is:
2 F =2px A pg p U=n where:
F = acceleration drag force per unit length, pg p = fluid density, A = radius of p-th cylinder, and p
b = cceleration normal (in-line) to p-th cyl-
=n inder.
When the n-th cylinder is in the vicinity of the p-th cyl-inder, as shown in Figure 1, the change in the force of the p-th cylinder, A F pn' 8'
- pn " # # Ap an I l-1)**EIi"1)-C 2expti(2spn "l Il
~
2
+oA p Iu nl yn)-C sexp ti(3 s y,-2a 2)3
{(C+C)execis 3 4
- C sexp r i (2" 2-8 pn)l }
C'6
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev 7 1/80 where:
U-n = vel city normal (in-line) to the p-th cylinder, a = Arg (U,), angle of acceleration with respect 1
to z-axis, a = Arg (Uan) , ngle f vel ity with respect to 2
z-axis, and S = angle between the line through centers of cyl-pn inders and the z-axis.
=
b C1 = 1+2 l,2j+1 3=1 2 -
C =2 {bl,2j+1 2
\ ^p / j=1
= "
b l,2k-1 2' i C3
- 4" lfL pn i
C4 = 4N ( A--p k=1 j=1[L n
_g - 9 1,2k -
A p
2,2j-1 f9 2 =
- A b C
nh E l'2k-1 2,2i-1 s = 4 "((r i pj k=1 j=lf,L 9n
- 9 1,2k-1 - _Il 3
A p 92 ,2j-1 t (o ]
,A, 2g ib 1,2k b 2,23 C6* [p j=1 k=l[Lpn _ q _ p 9 2,2333l C-17
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 where:
1,1 "
2,1 " I by ,, = b2,m-1 91,m rm32 2
for m > 2 b
2,m =b _y q2,m -
in which:
91 ,7 = 0, 92 ,1 = 0, A
P for j >2, 91 ,j = b -A pn n 92 ,j-1 u
n f r j>2, 9 ,j = b 2
-u p 91 ,j-1 pn A = radius of the n-th cylinder, and n
L pn = distance between the centers of cylinders.
C.3.3 Stationary Cylinders Near a Plane Boundarv (Real and Imaginary Cylinders)
A single stationary cylinder in a uniform stream, Dan, s hydrodynamically equivalent to a cylinder moving at a speed
-U n in a still fluid, except that the former cylinder ex-2 periences an extra force, p n A U an, fr m the pressure field that has been created to provide the fluid acceleration, U This is also true for any number of cylinders if the
=n.
cylinders ~ move together.
C-18
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 When a cylinder is moving in an arbitrary direction (on a line or on a curve) with respect to the plane boundary, it can be considered as two equal cylinders moving symmetri-cally with respect to the plane boundary, since the plane acts as a perfect reflector (mirror) of the hydrodynamic pressure. A similar argument can be applied to multiple cylinders.
Based on the above discussion, the plane boundary can be removed and replaced by an imaginary cylinder of the same size as the original (real) cylinder and located at twice the distance between the real cylinder and the plane boundary away from the original cylinder. Similarly, multiple imag-inary cylinders can be obtained by reflecting those mul-tiple real cylinders near the plane boundary.
Now if the n-th imaginary cylinder is in the proximity of the p-th cylinder, the change in the hydrodynamic force of the p-th cylinder, A F pn, can be derived from Reference 9 and is:
AF pn *#*A p I an ! I 1-1) **E II"1) 2 exp [i (al+28 pn Il
+p AplUanl (C 3 C4) exp(18 pn)-C exp(i38 pn)-C 5 6 **P I-IO pn) f where:
C y through C re the same as described earlier.
6 C.3.4 Total Acceleration Drag Force Summing up each effect from all the surrounding N real and imaginary cylinders, the force on the p-th cylinder is ap-proximately given as:
n 2 . n F =F + ## A +
p pg n1 pn " p U an - AF pn n
n/p n/p C-19
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 or:
2 9 F =C m ^p ! v P ^p l "n!
p "n ! +
where:
C, = acceleration drag coefficient, and C y = convective force coefficient.
C.3.5 Practical Application When the increase in force on the p-th cylinder arising from interference effects is calculated, only those real and imaginary cylinders which have a significant contribution should be considered. Significant contributions to the sum-mation equations presented in Subsection C.3.4 arise only from those cylinder pairs within a gap distance of 3D, where D is the larger diameter of the pair being considered.
If the flow is omnidirectional during a specific transient, a magnification factor K may be oMained from de maximum M
lCm l that is determined in the range of 0*5ay<180". This is performed to account for the interference effect on the acceleration drag. Similarly, to account for the lift force, the maximum lC y l can be determined by varying 2 a in th? range o f 0* 1a 2#180*. Then the maximum lift coefficient is com-bined witi? the standard drag coefficient, D C, by the square root of the sum of the squares to include the lift force due to the proximity effect.
The acceleration and drag forces are determined as follows:
2 KM *" A p "n I lp =
9c C-20
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 lFspl = $ C + k l2 N plU-nlU=n 2g c
where:
F gg = acceleration drag per unit length on p-th cyl-inder, Kg =lCml/2 magnification factor andlC,lis the maxi-mum acceleration drag coefficient, p = fluid density, A
p = radius of p-th cylinder, b
=n = acceleration in the normal (in-line) direction to the cylinder, U = vel city in the normal (in-line) direction
=n to the cylinder, C = standard drag coefficient, D
! L I = maximum lift coefficient, and F
gp = standard drag per unit length on p-th cylinder.
The directions of the acceleration and standard drags are the same as those without the interference effect.
However, if the flow field is well defined and the direction of flow known, then the actual acceleration drag and lift coefficients are utilized. In this case, the lift force is applied in the transverse direction. The equations used are then:
2 C, nA g an 2
F =
Ap g C-21
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 C pap lU =n an LP 2g c
where:
C, = acceleration drag coefficient determined through the analysis, Cg = lift coefficient determined through the analy-sis, and F =
lift force in the transverse direction.
gp C.3.6 Model/ Data Comparisons The method has been tested numerically as well as experimen-tally and the results (Figure C-5) indicate excellent agreement with both known numerical values (References 9, 10, 12) and experimental data (References 11, 13).
C-22
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 C.4 Interference Effects on Standard Drag When submerged structures are located closely together in a flow field, they can interfere with one another causing an effect on the standard drag, actual data presented in the references can be utilized, a detailed analysis can be used or a factor of four can be applied to the standard drag force. For the La Salle plant, actual data that are pre-sented in Reference 17 were utilized to determine the inter-
'ference effects on standard drag.
This section deals with the detailed analysis to determine the interference effects on standard drag.
Three technical papers (References 16 through 18) have de-scribed this phenomenon and presented experimental data on interference effects. Most of the data presented in refer-ences are applicable to interference between two cylinders.
Reference 17 has presented some data for thra- cylinders whose axes are coplanar. Cylinder spacing, :ynolds number ,
and the angle between flow direction and the plane contain-ing cylinder axes were varied in the above investigations.
In many instances the data obtained from the above refer-ences can be applied direcly to Mark II suppression pool conditions.
A procedure has been developed to utilize the above data for interference between more than two cylinders. The results have been compared with measured data of three cylinders and are found to be conservative.
C.4.1 Interference Between Two Cylinders of Equal Diameter As indicated by the data given in References 16, 17, and 18, the interference between two parallel cylinders alters the flow direction drag and also induces a lift force nor-mal to flow direction. For two cylinders of equal diam-eter, the interference effect on drag forces is small, and C-23
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev, 7 1/80 in most cases negative (i.e., the drag is reduced due to interference). The lift force, however, is not always insignificant.
The following bounding values for interference between two cylinders of equal diameter can be utilized without anv further detailed analysis. A bounding value of C D
for Reynolds number greater than 8,000 and S/d ratio greater than 0.2 is 1.4, and the bounding value for C g is 1.0.
C.4.2 Interference Between More Than Two Cylinders of Equal Diameter To evaluate the drag coefficient of a cylinder which is interfered by more than one cylinder, the maximum of C i Do CDi; and D Di,j should be used.
n CDi - CDo " .
( Di,j ~ Do}
]=1 j/i where:
C = standard drag coefficient for the i-th cyl-Di inder, C = standard drag coefficient for a single cyl-Do inder without any interference, and Di,j = drag coefficient of i-th cylinder when it C
is interfered by Cylinder j alone.
Figure C-6 illustrates an arrangement of cylinders. The standard drag coefficient of Cylinder 1 would be:
CD1 = CDo + (C D1,2 -CDo) + (C Dl,3 -CDo) + (C Dl,4 -CDo)
C-24
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 From this, the maximum value of CD1; CDo; CDl,2; CDl,3; and C Dl,4 w uld be used for the standard drag coefficient.
To evaluate the lift coefficient, the maximum of Cgi and C
ni,3 should be used:
n C gi =
,E C gg,$
]=1 J/i where:
C gi = lift coefficient of i-th cylinder, and C gg $ = lift coefficient of i-th cylinder when it is interfered by Cylinder j alone.
From Figure C-6, the lift coefficient would be determined in the following manner:
Cgi = CL1,2 + CL1,3 + Cgy,4 The maximum value of Cgy; CL1,2; CL1,3; and Cgy,4 would be used for the lift coefficient.
The above described method yielding interference on standard drag between more than two cylinders of equal diameter (bounding procedure) is illustrated in the following ex-amples:
C-25
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 Example 1 Consider the three cylinder arrangement shown in the follow-ing figure:
d S
d u
S Y 2 O
N I
Leth=1,e=60*, andre =2.78*10. 4 For this arrangement.
C Dl,2 = Drag coefficient of Cylinder 1 when inter-fered by Cylinder 2 only.
= 1.01; (h = 1)
C Dl,3 = 1.02; (h=3)
C Do
= 1.16 [ Reference 4, pg. 341]
=
C Di -C Do (C Dl,2 -CDo) + (C Dl,3 -CD1)
C Di = 1.01 + 1.02 - 1.16
= 0.37
.". Maximum of CDi; CDl,2; CDl,3; CDo is 1.16
..Use C D = 1.16 From measurements (Reference 17):
C D
= 0.97, which is less than the calculated drag coefficient.
C-26
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 Example 2 Consider the three cylinder side-by-side arrangenent.
(Re = 2.78
- 10 4, f = 1) h 3 d n
S v
I 2 d
\s "
s U
I d a
C = 1.03 Dl,2 (h=1)
C Dl,3 = 1.05 (h=3)
C = 1.16 Do
..CD1-1.16 = 1.03 - 1.16 + 1.05 - 1.16 or C = 0.92 D1 Maximum of CDo; CDl; CDl,2; CDl,3 is 1.16 Use C D = 1.16 The measured value is 0.98, which is less than the calculated value.
C-27
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 C.4.3 Drag on Small Cylinder Upstream of Large Cylinder Figure C-7 presents the flow around cylinders of unequal diameters.
The coordinates of point A (center of smaller cylinder) are
(-a,b). Let R and R y be the radii of larger and smaller cylinders. The velocity potential of flow around the larger cylinder in the absence of smaller cylinder is R
9 = Ux (1 +
x 2+y)2 where:
9 =. velocity potential, U = free stream velocity, and R = radius of large cylinder.
If u and v are the x and y components of velocity at point "A" (smaller cylinder absent) then, u=U l+R -"
U (a2 + b2 )2j_
and v= 2ab R U 2
(a2+b)2 where:
u = tho velocity parallel to the free stream velocity at the centerline of t he smaller cylinder, and v = the velocity perpendicular to the free stream velocity at the centerline of the smaller cyl-inder.
C-28
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 In order to use the above velocity correction, it is more convenient to increase the standard drag coefficient and use the corrected standard drag coefficient with the free stream velocity. The standard drag force on the smaller cylinder with interference present is:
C D
- ^ (u2,y2)
Fy= 2g c
where:
F1 = standard drag force with interference, C
D
= standard drag coefficient, p = fluid density, A = projected area of smaller cylinder.
The direction of flow is:
~1 8= tan (V)
The standard drag force without interference is:
C D p AU F=
2g c
where:
F = standard drag force without interference, and U = free stream velocity.
C-29
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 The ratio of the two standard drag forces yields the follow-ing expression for the correction of the standard drag co-efficients:
CD (interference)
C ** 2 + "2 D (without interference) where:
~
m= 1+R (a 2+b)2]_,and 2
2ab R (a2+b)2 2 If the determined ratio of the standard drag coefficients is less than 1, then a ratio of 1 is used. However, if the de-termined ratio is greater than 1, then the determined ratio is utilized.
The standard drag force on the smaller cylinder is then de-termined by:
C D p AU lUl F y= 2g c
where:
Fy = standard drag force on smaller cylinder, C
D
= the corrected standard drag coefficient for in-terference, and U = free stream velocity in the in-line direction.
C-30
LSCS-MARK II DAR ev. 7 1/80 The lift force on the smaller cylinder is determined in the same manner as was the standard drag force:
Cg (interference) 2 C g (without interference) "" "2 where m and n are the same as previously described. Once again, if the determined ratio is less than 1, then the ratio of 1 is utilized. However, if the determined ratio is greater than 1, then the determined ratio is used. The lift force is then determined by:
C g p AU lUl L" 2g c
where:
F g = lift force, and C g = corrected lift coefficient for interference.
The lift force is applied in the transverse direction to the resultant flow.
C.4.4 Standard Drag on Smaller Cylinder Downstream of Large Cylinder If the smaller cylinder is located downstream of the larger cylinder, then the lift and standard drag coefficients are evaluated corresponding to S/d (where S is the distance be-tween the cylinder surfaces and d the diameter of the cyl-inders) ratios for both cylinders, assuming equal diameters.
The coefficients are first determined by assuming both cyl-inders equal to the diameter of the small cylinder, and then assuming both cylinders equal to the diameter of the large cylinder. When determining the coefficients, the centerline C-31
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 distance between the two submerged structures is maintained at the actual distance.
Afterwards, the larger coefficients are used for determin-ing submerged structure loads. In addition, if the lift and standard drag coefficients are less than the coefficients without interference, then the coefficients without inter-ference are utilized.
C.4.5 Standard Drag on the Large_ Cylinder The method described in Subsection C.4.4 is used to de-termine the standard drag and lift on the large cylinder.
C.4.6 Structures of Non-Circular Cross-Section The methodology of determining an equivalent diameter de-scribed in Section 6.4.2 is used to determine the coeffi-cients due to interference effects.
C.4.7 Interference Between Non-Parallel Cylinders To estimate the interference effects between non-parallel st uctures, the lift and standard drag coefficients are de-termined by assuming that the structures are parallel. The distance utilized between them would be the minimum distance between the two structures. In the same manner, the larger coefficients of either with or without interference effects are chosen for submerged structure load determination.
C-32
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 C.5 The Uniform Velocity and Acceleration Evaluated at the Geometric Center of a Structure In evaluating drag forces, the velocities and accelerations at the geometric center are utilized. These velocities and accelerations are used since the standard and accelera-tion drag coefficients are defined at the geometric center of a structure. However, if a flow field is not axially uniform along a particular submerged atructure, the struc-ture is segmented into smaller sections. Then the velocity and acceleration closely resemble uniform conditions over the segment. In addition, the flow is always assumed to be locally uniform as evaluated normal to and on the axis of the structure at the midpoint of each segment. The parameter L/D (where L is the segment length and D the outside diameter of the structure) is utilized to segment a submerged structure in order to provide an adequate repre-sentation of the flow field along the structure. This parameter is a structural criterion and is used in the analysis of submerged structures. It was determined that a segmentation that yields approximately a 1.0 < L/D < l.5 is adequate to properly describe the flow field along a structure. This segmentation range is valid for all struc-tures and can be utilized for all transients in the suppres-sion pool. Furthermore, as the outside diameter of a sub-merged structure is increased, the segment length should decrease. When the segment length is decreased, a better representation of the flow field is obtained. If the out-side diameter is less than 1.0 foot, the segmentation should be equal to an L/D of 1.5. However, if the outside diameter is equal to or greater than 1.0 foot, a segmentation equal to an L/D of 1.0 should be used. If the determined number of segments along a structure is a fraction, i.e. not an integer number, then the fraction number of segments should be rounded up to the greater integer number of segments.
C-33
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 In order to determine the adequacy of the segmentation, a computer program was utilized for evaluating the velocities and accelerations along a structure. Two submerged struc-tures were used to assess the adequacy of the segmentation.
The first structure was a 1.0-foot-diameter, 6-foot-long horizontal cylindrical structure. A vertical structure 21 feet long and 3.5 feet in diameter was also used. A bubble was utilized to load both submerged structures, and the method of images was used to provide the velocities and accelerations in the suppression pool. The first struc-ture was segmented into four sections, each 1.5 feet long.
this provided for an L/D of 1.5. Then the structure was segmented into eight sections, each 0.75 foot long, which provided for an L/D of 0.75. The segmentation of the struc-ture is shown in Figure C-8. The structure was placed horizontally in the suppression pool, with the bubble located 3.5 feet vertically below and 4.13 feet horizontally away froin the centerline of the structure. In addition, the bubble was placed 1.4 feet away from an end point of the structure. The location of the submerged structure in the suppression pool is shown in Figure C-9. In order to represent the actual velocities and accelerations along th( structure, the structure was segmented into 32 sections.
The second structure was also segmented into four and eight sections, each 5.25 feet and 2.625 feet, respectively.
This provided for an L/D of 1.5 and 0.75 when the structure was segmented into four and eight sections. Moreover, to provide an L/D of 1.0, the structure was segmented into six sections, each 3.5 feet in length. In the same manner, to represent the actual velocities and accelerations along the structure c the structure was segmented into 32 sec-tions. The structure was placed vertically in the suppres-sion pool, and the bubble was located 4.0 feet horizontally away from the centerline of the structure and 6.0 feet from an end point of the structure. The segmentation schemes C-34
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 are shown in Figure C-10, and the location of the struc-ture in the suppression pool in Figure C-ll.
Figures C-12 and C-13 illustrate the velocities and accelera-tions along the horizontal submerged structure. Figures C-14 and C-15 show the velocities and accelerations along the vertical structure for the various segmentation schemes described earlier. One can readily observe from these figures that as the segment length was reduced, the veloc-ities and accelerations were more accurately described in the suppression pool. Figures C-12 and C-13 reveal that the velocities and accelerations for the small hori-zontal structure do not vary greatly when the number of segments is increased from four to eight. However, Figures C-14 and C-15 indicate that for a large structure, the minimum number of segments that can be used to sufficiently describe the velocities and acceleration along the struc-ture is six, which translates to an L/D of 1.0.
In order to properly assess the adequacy of the segmenta-tion, standard and acceleration drag loads were determined for each segmentation scheme. When the standard drag load along the structure for both the four- and eight-segmented structures was determined, only a 0.12% change resulted from reducing the segment size. When the acceleration drag load was determined along the same structure, a change of approximately 0.07% was attained when the number of segments was increased from four to eight. However, when
- ompared to the results of segmenting the structure into 32 sections, the largest change in the acceleration drag load of 0.09% was exhibited when the segmentation was in-creased from 4 to 32 sections. A change of only 0.02%
resulted in the acceleration drag load when the segmenta-tion was increased from 8 to 32. The increase in the stand-ard drag load was 0.15% and 0.03% when the segmentation was increased from 4 to 32, and 8 to 32, respectively.
C-35
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 When the standard drag load was determined for the verti-cal submerged structure and compared with the actual stand-ard drag load (32 segments), changes of 14.47%, 1.1%, and 0.11% resulted when the segmentation was increased from 4 to 32, 6 to 32, and 8 to 32, respectively. In the same manner, when the acceleration drag load for the same struc-ture was compared with the actual acceleration drag load (32 segments), changes of 3.5%, 0.23%, and 0.03% resulted when the segmentation was increased from 4 to 32, 6 to 32, and 8 to 32,. respectively. Comparing the standard drag load of the structure when segmented into 4 sections with the structure segmented into 32 sections yielded re-sults that inaccurately described the flow field in the suppression pool. As previously noted, a change of 14.47%
resulted when the four-segmented structure was compared with the actual representation. The four-segmented struc-ture yielded an L/D of 1.5, which is considered to be in-appropriate for large cylinders. When utilizing six seg-ments, an L/D of 1.0 was obtained, which showed very good agreement of the standard drag load with the actual load that resulted in a change of only 1.1%. The acceleration drag load did not vary considerably when the segmentation schemes were differed. This shows that a segmentation of a structure yielding a 1.0 1 L/D j 1.5 is sufficient to provide an adequate description of both the velocities and accelerations for design purposes.
C-36
C.6 La Salle-Specific Parameters Submerged Structure Spacing Structures Considered Minimum Spacing ( ()
Downcomer to Downcomer . 3'-6" to 8'-0" Downcomer to Column 4'-6" to 5'-3" Downcomer to SRV Line 2'-3" to 4'-6" Submerged Structure Size Structure Diameter Downcomer 24" g Column 36" @l g SRV Line 12" 2 i
U -Flow Characteristics
- Re U Phenomena Flow Type Period Parameter
- max 6 D LOCA Charging Constant Acceleration <0.28 s10 y LOCA Fool Swell Oscillatory Flow ** 50-75 10 5 -10 6 LOCA Fallback Constant Acceleration *** 10 6 SRV Discharge Decaying Oscillation <4 10 6 to
- Period Parameter = U mt /d (Oscillatory Flow) o s/d (Constant Acceleration) w
- Pool Swell is considered a portion of a single cell of an oscillatory flow.
s N
- Varies greatly with structure size and location. Vortex shedding is m assumed and lift force calculated.
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 C.7 References
- 1. " Analytical Model for Estimating Drag Forces on Rigid Submerged Structures Caused by LOCA and Safety Relief Valve Ramshead Air Discharges," NEDO-21471, September 1977.
- 2. T. Sarpkaya and C. J. Garrison, " Vortex Formation and Resistance in Unsteady Flow," Journal of Applied Mechanics, pp. 16-24, March 1963.
- 3. T. Sarpkaya, " Forces on Cylinders and Spheres in a Sinusoidally Oscillating Fluid," Transactions of the ASME, pp. 32-37, March 1975.
- 4. G. K. Batchelor, An Introduction to Fluid Dynamici pg. 341, Cambridge, England, 1967.
- 5. T. Sarpkaya, "In-Line and Transverse Forces on Cylin-ders in Oscillatory Flow at High Reynolds Number,"
Journal of Ship Research, Vol. 21, No. 4, pp. 200-216, December 1977.
- 6. T. Sarpkaya, " Vortex Shedding and Resistance in Har-monic Flow About Smooth and Rough Circular Cylfiders at High Reynolds Numbers," NPS-59SL76021, February 1976.
- 7. J. P. Den Hartog, Mechanical Vibrations, Fourth'edi-tion, pp. 305-306, McGraw-Hill Book Co., Inc., New York, 1956.
- 8. J. A. Roberson and C. T. Crowe, Engineering Fluid Mechanics, pp. 338-340, Houghton Mifflin Co., Illinois, 1975. '
C-3S
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80
- 9. T. Yamamoto, " Hydrodynamic Forces on Multiple Cir-cular Cylinders," Journal of the Hydraulics Division, ASCE, pp. 1193-1210, September 1976.
- 10. T. Yamamoto and J. H. Nath, " Hydrodynamic Forces on Groups of Cylinders," Paper No. OTC 2499, presented at the Offshore Technology Conference, Houston, Texas, May 3-7, 1976.
- 11. T. Yamamoto and J. H. Nath, " Forces on Many Cylinders Near a Plane Boundary," Preprint 2633, presented at the ASCE National Water Resources and Ocean Engineer-ing Convention, San Diego, California, April 5-8, 1976.
- 12. C. Dalton and R. A. Helfinstein, " Potential Flow Past a Group of Circular Cylinders," Journal of Basic En-gineering, ASME, pp. 636-642, December 1971.
- 13. T. Yamamoto, J. H. Nath, and L. S. Slotta, " Wave Forces on Cylinder Nearby a Plane Boundary," ASCE Journal of Waterways, Harbors and Coastal Engineering Divi-sion, pp. 345-359, November 1974.
- 14. T. Sarpkaya, " Forces on Cylinders Near a Plane Boundary in a Sinusoidally Oscillating Fluid," Journal of Fluids Engineering, ASME, pp. 499-505, September 1976.
- 15. T. Sarpkaya, "In-Line and Transverse Forces on Cylin-ders Near a Wall in Oscillatory Flow at High Reynolds Numbers," Paper No. OTC 2898, presented at the Offshore Technology Conference, Houston, Texas, May 2-5, 1977.
- 16. E. I. Hori, " Experiments on Flow Around a Pair of Parallel Circular Cylinders," proceedings of the.9th Japan National Congress for Applied Mechanics, pp.
231-234, 1959.
C-39
\
/
t/ \
$5 V+f)+%, ,
,_E E A<eA1,em sj<%'
TEST TARGET (MT-3) 1.0 M H4 BM g m gg m ia l,l ,h I# bb -
. l 1.8 1.25 1.6 J.4
< 6~ >
MICROCOPY RESOLUTION TEST CHART 4% 'S 4 'b
- &ff///f y/ // .
7; 4As4 A- LOAD g F
- POINT o 8 J NO.2
$' $ 4.0 H u 2 o LOAD P ca -
- POINT
. y NO.3 w
g 3.0 a.
2 LOAD o - RADIAL .
POINT o
J NO.4
{ 2.0 w
e !r a
- > =
m b
~
^ ~ O -
O g 1.0 TANGENTIAL pp 3 b
- (h 8 a
-@A o z o
>8 g<
]*y L lC$ " gg M __J--- - - -l - - ---l--- - - - -t - -- -- r - l l r x 4 0.0 .01 .02 .03 .04 .05 .06 .07 .08 o m C Z TIME (SECONDS) r
, >d m
~
3o az C 8
O 6.0 G
LOAD P
- POINT b NO. I
>- 5.0 o D E o LOAD o gj POINT 3
=
> NO.2 2 $ 4.0
- u)
F LOAD
$ POINT z NO.3 2 3 .0 2
O O LOAD d POINT NO.4 5 RADIAL w 2.0 m o
> r c-0 E> <z r -
9 =
$ o
> gr g G E; n eE I.O P O $- TANGENTIAL
- g m >o 4 -
"an L : C =
5 @$ O.O X___L__ _ _ l- - - - - -
-I - }- - -t - l 3%
8 E[
- H O.O .01 .02 .03 .04 TIME (SECONDS)
.05 .Os .07 .08 m
Z 2
- E D_
8O ,
EZ 8
6.0 G
w
- LOAD POINT b NO. I
>- 5.0 E E g 8 -
LOAD J
- POINT o w S > NO. 2 5 o 4.0 z
P 0 z LOAD w w POINT n.
NO. 3
- E 3.0 o
LOAD d -
- POINT 5 NO. 4 x $ 2.0 r-o
$5 x
Z RADIAL 9 =; a
- E Rp 5 E" 3 m a 1.0
- mP e
- o Eo 5 a w g m
- o
- O g
,c _ TANGENTIAL
/
o., 8 1. m 2 u <
- m
$j r oo E _ _ J _ _ _ _ _ - l- - - - - - F - - - - -l- /-- - -l- -
G g ui O.O .01 .02 .03 .04 .05 .Os .07 .08 C *
" $ TIME (SECONDS) E A d T 3o mz
~
- m CO O
6.0 I U LOA 9 W *
- ~
POINT s
u.
NO. I r-9 ~
5.0 a
LOAD 5 _
POINT z _J
- NO. 2 2 >
P u. 4.0 O
M LOAD F
- POINT z
w NO. 3 z
23.0 2
O LOAD o
- 8 POINT 4 NO.4 E -w g j5 5 2.0 9 =m E RADIAL
> c h % -
w x m ; r a k>m h
> 0 s I.O
- " u, C 4 TANGENTIAL o E P m 5 -
+ o -
- f l A < ut <E
~
E l".j 0.0 R ___L_-_--_l------l--- - - - l-l- - l- - l
- O.0 .01 .02 .03 .04 .05 .06 .07 .08 x
[- @
qdO TIME (SECONDS) o w 3Z C
8
Nkl B 90 e LOAD g
- POINT g NO. I E
~
5 z 75 E 9 LOAD
, F
- POINT S $ NO. 2 5 $
g d 60
- o
" LOAD ti.
o POINT m NO.3 F
z La 45 RADIAL z
LOAD POINT
- 5 O NO. 4 Ir d 30
> ;> i-3 n
- (A
> h w
- n 0 r z eM m > o EE o
i$
15 Q
Q iS E z O
>5 [ $@ TANGENTIAL
> I @ d ""
O,,
- n ~ ,, z <
O * -4 5 3E E< g 00 __J___ ___1___ __J___ ___L__..__l_____L_ l l z S 0.0 .01 .02 .03 .04 .05 .Os .07 .Os E
~ ~ 4 w y
g g#g TIME (SECONDS) 2O y
4 2 8
6W 90 R LOAD o
w -
- POINT m
> NO. I G b 75
[o LOAD S
Q POINT
$ NO. 2 g d 60 o
N y -
LOAD
- u. POINT O
NO. 3 m
$ 45 w
z RADIAL LOAD ks -
- POINT o NO. 4 o
r- _a 30 R
Er 5 E> $w t.n E - > 0
- o EF E ER m 2-2 m 9 o h o 15 Q$2 E m Z O {
>. o TANGENTIAL n $c p
%R 4 m 2 g ,
~
a A $j g 00 __d__..__d__*l .l _ _ _ _ 1__ __d-----_b- !
m Em 0.0 .01 .02 .03 .04 .05 .06 .07 .08 3 5g TIME (SECONDS) x s= : - :
35 -
3Z C
8
O g 90 LOAD D _ POINT
$ NO. l A
r-S 75 g z LOAD 9
- POINT 5 k NO. 2 E 5
- J 60 2 uJ P y LOAD w _ POINT o NO. 3 u)
$ 45 E LOAD 2 -
POINT
@ NO.4 o
g g g 30 RADIAL
~m M > @
.. n EF g
$2 3 9k 15 AE e ?n S H g A > O TANGENTIAL o >
o i $Cz d sy g00 __J___ ___L__ __J___ ______-__l--
- a~ L- I
.05 .07 .08
~
R E, 0.0 .01 .02 .03 .04 .Os
-4 TIME (SECONDS) x d 2 e
=
m >d -
3o ~
5z 8
3w 90 R LOAD S
POINT
- NO. I o
S 75 E Z LOAD g
g POINT E y NO.2 H w 2 -. 60 o
w
^ 8 4
- LOAD POINT o NO. 3
$ 45 z
$ LOAD 2
POINT 2 NO. 4 o
E
> i r $30 a > $
> RADIAL m $
8 7
ma G ;E i'S m=
- - x e-o o
, g m > 0 $ TANGENTIAL Q yC ,
o., >
o ~ n z <
cS iO 1m
- 00O.0_ _1_ _.01 9 ___L__ ___L__ __1__ _ _ J _ _ _ _ _ _ l- - 1
.07 .08 E
.02 .03 .04 .05 .06
- -4 m d , > TIME (SECONDS) Q g m d -
3oz 2
~
8
Rev. 7 1/80 36' A
f 24*
SEE FIGURE C-4 FOR SCHEMATIC 0F SECTION A-A
/ /
/ / 12*
A V
RADII FROM CENTERLINE _ _ __ O_ O --
- O' 0F V U
^CONTAINMENT l l l l l 12.8' 15.O' 17.8' 24.3' 30.8' 35.8'
- DOWNCOMERS
$ - SUBMERGED STRUCTURE LA SALLE COUNTY STATION MARK 11 DESIGN ASSESSMENT REPORT FIGURE C-3 TOP VIEW 0F 36 SECTOR OF A TYPICAL MARK II SUPPRESSION P00L
Rev. 7 1/80 DRYWELL FLOOR l m
x 21.8' n
8.8, l DOWNCOMERS SUBMERGED 2 STRUCTURE WITH LOAD 7.8' 3 POINTS I THROUGH 4 4
I'O y v v I-12.8'M RADil FROM ' l 5.O'*
CENTERLINE OF 24.3, ;
CONTAINMENT ARE: , 30.8 35.8' ;
LA SALLE COUNTY STATION MARK 11 DESIGN ASSESSM ENT REPORT FIGURE C-4 SCHEMATIC VIEW 0F SECTION A-A 0F TYPICAL MARK II SUPPRESSION POOL
Rev. 7 1/80 a
U.U d o,
10 -- a 2
- F = pu a2 (1+C ) U + p a C U M L REFERENCE 9 o MODEL (I
C -
51.0 CM o _
E -
b -
8 -
~
C 3 _
E 5
p
$ o.i -
0 u
CL
.01 1 I I liI l l 1 1 I IIlll 0.1 1.0 10 e/a LA SALLE COUNTY STATION MARK 11 DESIGN ASSESSM ENT REPORT FIGURE C-5 MODEL/ DATA COMPARIS0NS (SHEET 1 of 4)
Rev. 7 1/80 IX Z+
F = (1 + CM ) pu a2U + pa C where a = D/2 o.O. .--- REFERENCE 10 OOOO e - . 0000 TOA O -z VM D
U,0 1
4 4 b
\
3 i YLINDER I
\
- 2
/YLINDER O C 2
y N
O I ~"~~
l 2 3 4 Z/D 135 -
CYLINDER 2 90 3O O OO O o Ar0 (C y) 45 -
CYLINDER I O %g g _.Q - +- -o- Arg (C g)
-45 I ! I ! l !
l 2 3 4 LA SALLE COUNTY STATION MARK 11 DESIGN ASSESSMENT REPORT FIGURE C-5 MODEL/ DATA COMPARISONS (SHEET 2 of 4)
Rev. 7 1/80 l I al o
U,0 y
'r 2
2 F=Cg on a 0 + C pa o U REFERENCE 12 o 4 MODEL C
?
3 n 8
- A J 4.0 2 O E
C
$ 3.5 I CYLINDER 1 c-S ~
tt 3.0 - 0 0 E 0 5
p c CYLINDER 1 0
2.0 -
~
O O /
O I 2 3 4 5 6 7 y/a j LA SALLE COUNTY STATION MARK 11 DESIGN ASSESSM ENT REPOR F FIGURE C-5 MODEL/ DATA COMPARIS0NS (SHEET 3 of 4)
Rev. 7 1/80
- ///////
U, J y e o
7 --
l 1
m ; (
& 1
$6 2 -
F = p Yr a2 U+C g P *rr a2 b + p aC IU l UI
- u. ;
Ui .
O C i, Referencesil and 13(Oregon State University Data 1975) o 5 U -
z
., O Cy References 11 and 13(oregon State University Data 1975) 9 8 .
F 4 . .......
- Ref erences 11 and 13
< e e 0. O Model ul .
3 -
0 O ?
Q g '.
z 2o g,
< A .. s. ' " t .%: -
....... g ...........
a 1 o C
M
......a~
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .g. _ .
0 0 .1 .2 .3 .4 .5 .6 .7 .8 .9 1.0 e/a LA SALLE COUNTY STATION MARK 11 DESIGN ASSESSMENT REPORT FIGURE C-5 MODEL/ DATA COMPARISONS (SHEET 4 of 4)
Rev. 7 1/80 d
2 J
4/ '
7 2d U m FLOW " '
2,
_ ) / _ _
"l d
I o
g 4 d y DR G,D LA SALLE COUNTY STATION MARK ll DESIGN ASSESSM ENT REPORT FIGURE C-6 CYLINDER LOCATIONS
Rev. 7 1/80 v
di Y
A n p
I zu g 6
b l
0 ln U v - -
- x I
c 0 :
s LA S ALLE COUNTY STAT ION MARK 18 DESIGN ASSESSMENT REPORT FIGURE C-7 FLOW AROUND UNEQUAL CYLINDERS
Rev. 7 1/80 TOP VIEW 0F STRUCTURE STRUCTURE SEGMENTED INTO 8 SECTIONS LOAD LOAD LOAD LOAD ! LOAD LOAD LOAD LOAD P0 INT POINT POINT P0 INT POINT POINT POINT POINT N0. 1 NO. 2 N0. 3 NO. 4 N0. 5 NO. 6 NO. 7 N0. 8 I I I I I I I I N N, N N Nf N N N,P0INTNNNN .
H LOAD POINT LOAD POINT LOAD LOAD P0 INT NO. 1 N0. 2 NO. 3 NO. 4 STRUCTURE SEGMENTED INTO 4 SECTIONS 1 FOOT DIAMETER CYLINDER O' SCURCE FROM CENTERLINELOCATION OF STRUCTURE 4.13 FEET
- -- l . 4 FT --*
SIDE VIEW 0F STRUCTURE
- 4.13 FT :
1 FOOT DIAMETER CYLINDER 3.5 FT LA SALLE COUNTY STATION
" MARK H ESIGN ASSESSM ENT REPORT SOURCE FIGURE C-8 TOP AND SIDE VIEW 0F STRUCTURE AND SOURCE LOCATIONS
Rev. 7 1/80 TOP VIEW OF 36* SECTOR 36*
/
/ /
24*
/ /
/
A
/./
,/c SUBMERGED STRUCTURE p8*
)
- O ~ BUBBLE O*
RADil FROM CENTERLINE OF 1 I2.8 i
CONTAINMENT ARE : 19.O' 35.8, 13.0,15.0 SIDE VIEW OF SECTION x-A a
SUBMERGED
/ STRUCTURE n O: BUBBLE 8.75' ir ir u LA SALLE COUNTY STATION MARK 11 DESIGN ASSESSM ENT REPORT FIGURE C-9 LOCATION OF HORIZONTAL SUBMERGED STRUCTURE IN THE SUPPRESSION POOL
TOP VIEW 0F STRUCTURE Rev. 7 1/80
+ 4.0 FT -
o SOURCE i 3.5 FOOT DIAMETER CYLINDER o
SIDE VIEW 0F STRUCTURE h
LOAD POINT +- N, NO. 1
- LOAD POINT NO. 2 LOAD POINT A 21 FOOT VERTICAL N0. 2 STRUCTURE SEGMENTED
- LOAD POINT INTO 6 AND 8 SECTIONS - NO. 3 LOAD POINT
- LOAD POINT N0. 3 N0. 4 LOAD P0 INT LOAD POINT + +
NO. 5 N0. 4 SOURCE LOCATION LOAD POINT 4.0 FEET FROM _
~
, N0. 6 CENTERLINE OF STRUCTURE LOAD N0. 5 INT \ . LOAD POINT
- N0. 7
~
LOAD POINT N0. 6 LOAD POINT N0. 8 LA SALLE COUNTY STATION MARK 11 DESIGN ASSESSM ENT REPORT FIGURE C-10 TOP AND SIDE VIEW 0F (SECOND)
STRUCTURE AND SOURCE LOCATION
W. 7 1/80 TOP VIEW OF 36* SECTOR 36'
/
/ '
18 BUBBLE I UBMERGED }
STRUCTURE A ,
O RADll FROM CENTERLINE OF CONTAINMENT ARE: 12.B' 21.0' 25.O' 35.8' SIDE VIEW OF SECTION A-A o
1 21.0' BUBBLE SUBMERGED
, # STRUCTURE n U 6.0' I u o LA SALLE COUNTY STATION MARK 11 DESIGN ASSESSM ENT REPORT FIGURE C-11 LOCATION OF VERTICAL SUBMERGED STRUCTURE IN THE SUPPRESSION POOL
1.0 w
-. _ h g--,
0.9 N
^ ~ '~~h I 4 SEGMENTED x 0.8 5- ~l STRUCTURE g
b O.7 N
I 32 SEGMENTED STRUCTURE N \ - -l 5 0.6 o N 8 SEGMENTED STRUCTURE o
O.5 I \
N - --
N N
-J O.4
>r E g
eS sp Er
= >
O Z O.3
=>E Im
- % o 0.2
$6$ $ $A SOURCE LOCATION w g ;g g z O O.I
~mz m >o wm9 o ; c z y 8s~ .L ; O.0 l dM? "
- M O I 2 3 4 5 6 g 2; ,= gm DISTANCE ALONG STRUCTURE (FT)
"OP 2 -i 5'
R = % ?
!3 jj
~
=
8
"8 dam M R'#
g9 O5g8m Aegdm > EOM
=g5 y 2g 'e Emgen MMH 9<
wLn A83 53 " 'm p ":> zyma - ">x O
2odjm < ZC0o mr >m >r Z0e$iNWa <OOwJwm<FOz s4:y-s 0 0 0 0 0
0 o o
. .O O. I 0 1
.2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 o -
l S
O U -
Y R C -
E r_~
L O
D2 . ? C I
A S T T I O
A N
C E
N
~-
O A
L3 O
N G
iW, S
T R
U N
C T
U 4 x R
E
.1
(
F S4 T TS
) RE 5
. x S3 C UG T2 T R
M UE US R N N S8 T
RS UM D 6 '__ TM UE E
U G RE C
EN T E
RN D ET E D
O OD- s 5g
Rev. 7 1/80 1.0 t
O. 9
! i l i I
O.8 I X
> 0.7 i I
h l l N O.6 O i g ,____. _p_q __
$ O.5 ! l l
o I i
N 0.4 l I I
1 3 i i i l 4 SEGt/.crJTED
@ l e 1
' l , 1 STRUCTURE O O.3 3- -
i l l--- - _1_--
0.2 I l [6STRUCTURE SEGMENT 32 SEGMENTED I -- 8 SEGMENTED I
O.1 STRUCTURE STRUCTURE SOURCE LOCATION O.0 '-t i=5 - "
O 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 DISTANCE ALONG STRUCTURE (FT)
LA SALLE COUNTY STATION MARK 11 DESIGN ASSESSM ENT REPORT FIGURE C-14 RADIAL COMP 0NENT OF VELOCITY ALONG A STRUCTURE SEGMENTED INTO 4, 6, 8 AND 32 SECTIONS
Rev. 7 1/80 1.0 8 g i i O.9 i i
U O.8 l ,
2 1
?
6 0.7 z
i
____L~~7 i l 8 l
O I I I p i 8 1 4 SEGMENTED
$ O.6 : I STRUCTURE
'iw l- -u l
I i I i
8 o.s i L__ _ _ _ _ _
6 SEGMENTED I
O i l TRUCTURE d 0.4 -
l 8 SEGMENTED d __
STRUCTURE 3
O.3 32 SEGMENTED STRUCTURE O.2 o.: _ _ _. _
_ _j SOURCE LOCATION b
V O -= " !
O 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 DISTANCE ALONG STRUCTURE (FT)
LA SALLE COUNTY STATION MARK 11 DESIGN ASSESSMENT REPORT FIGURE C-15 RADIAL COMPONENT OF ACCELERATION ALONG A STRUCTURE SEGMENTED INTO 4, 6, 8 AND 32 SECTIONS
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 APPENDIX D NSSS OPERABILITY ASSURANCE All active Class 1r 2, and 3 components are being evaluated for all transients associated with upset, emergency, and faulted plant conditions as identified in the DFFR Report (NEDO-21061).
All active components of the NSSS are being evaluated for the transients and load combinations identified in the DFFR (Section 6, Table 6-1) as well as the effects of annulus pres-curization.
Qualification of Valves The RCPS valves (Class 1, listed in FSAR Table 5.2-6) are qualified by functional tests, including the HPCS Injection valve and the SLC explosive valve. The other HPCS valves are also test qualified. The other Class 2, active valves and pumps, are qualified by analysis. The RCIC turbine and CRD hydraulic unit are not covered by the ASME code but are qualified for operability by a combination of test and analy-sis.
Qualification of Pumps The essential NSSS pumps are qualified for operability by:
- a. Design analysis - an analysis is performed to determine:
- 1. That the running clearances of selected parts within the pump internal do not effect opera-bility of the pump during the abnormal condi-tions.
D-1
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80
- 2. That the stresses caused by the combination of normal upset, emergenc.v and faulted, opera-ting loads will be limited to the material elastic limit as in FSAR Table 3.9-3. The average membrane stress (Tm) for the faulted conditions loads 4.s maintained at 1.25, or approximately 0.75 Ty (Ty, yield stress) and the maximum stress in local fibers (Tm + bending stress (Tb)) will be limited to 1.85, or approxi-mately 1.1Ty. The maximum seismic nozzle loads will also be considered in analysis of the pump supports and mounting bolting to assure that misalignment cannot occur.
- b. In-shop tests, incluaing:
- 1. hydrostatic tests of pressure-retaining parts to 1.5 times the design pressure;
- 2. seal leakage test; and
- 3. performance tests while the pump is operated with flow to determine the total developed head at zaro flow, minimum bypass flow, maximum allowable ein out flow, and net positive suc-tion head (NPSH) requirements. Also monitored during these operating tests are the vibration levels which will be shown to be below speci-fled limit.
- d. After the pump is installed in the plant, it under-goes the cold hydro tests, functional tests, and the required periodic in-service inspection and operation. These tests demonstrate reliability of the pump for the design life of the plant.
D-2
r,"
h L.
I il
(.
e.
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/A0 ll) APPENDIX E RPV INTERNALS LUMPED MASS MODEL ANALYSIS METHODS The suppression pool dynamic loads, annulus pressurization, and seismic event impart primary loads on the containment structures and secondary accelerations en the reactor build-ing equipment. The secondary accelerations on the equipment are based on structural system response data, developed using a composite soil-structure interaction model with a represen-tation of the reactor pressure vessel. Resulting acceleration time histories are used for a local system analysis.
The local system analysis is based on a composite lumped mass model of the pedestal shield wall and a detailed representa-tion of the reactor pressure vessel complex. The excitation inputs for this local system analysis are based on acceleration time histories for the suppression pool hydrodynamic forcing functions and seismic vibratory motions, and pressure time histories from annulus pressurization for postulated pipe breaks.
The local system analysis is conducted using the DYSEA (Dynamic and Seismic Analysis) computer program. This program is a General Electric proprietary program developed specifically for seismic and dynamic analysis of the reactor pressure vessel, internals and reactor building system. It calculates the dynamic response of linear structural systems by either temporal model superposition or response spectrum method. Fluid-structure interaction effect in the reactor pressure vessel is taken into account by way of hydrodynamic mass.
The DYSEA program was based on the SAP-IV program (see Appen-dix F) with added capability to handle the hydrodynamic mass effect. Structural stiffness and mass matrices are formulated E-l
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 similar to SAP-IV. Solution is obtained in time domain by calculating the dynamic response mode by mode. Time integra-tion is performed by using Newmark's method. Response spectrum solution is also available as an option.
Program Version and Computer The DYSEA version now operating on the Honeywell 6000 computer of General Electric Nuclear Energy Systems Division, was devel-oped by modifying the SAP-IV program. Capability was added to handle the hyrodynamic mass effect due to fluid-r.ructure interaction in the reactor. It can handle 3-dimensional dynamic problems with beam, trusses and springs. Both acceleration time histories and response spectra may be used as input.
History of Use The DYSEA Program was developed in the Summer of 1976. It has been adopted as a standard production program since 1977 and it has been used extensively in all dynamic and seismic clysis of the reactor pressure vessel supports and internal components.
Extent of Application The current version of DYSEA has been used in all dynamic and seismic analysis since its development. Results from test problems were found to be in close agreement with those obtained from either verified programs or analytic solutions.
Test Problems Problem 1:
The first test problem involves finding the eigenvalues and eigenvectors from the following characteristic equation:
(w [M] - [K]) {x}=0 E-2
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 where w is the circular frequency, x is the e:genvector, and
[K] and [M] are the stiffness and the mass matrices given by:
~ ~
4 4 4 lg 7- 2 4
[M] = 1- 2 gn n 4
Symmetric 1- 2 25n -
1+ 3 2
[K] =
1+h 15 Symmetric 1+ 4 The analytic solution and the solution from DYSEA are:
a) Eigenvalues wf:
i DYSEA SOLUTION ANALYTIC SOLUTION 1 5.7835 5.7837 2 30.4889 30.4878 3 75.0493 75.0751 b) Eigenvectors op:
- 1. DYSEA SOLUTION ANALYTIC SOLUTION 1.000 1.000 1.000 1.000 1.000 1.000
-0.0319 -1.5536 -1.2105 -0.0319 -1.554 -1.211
-0.0072 -0.0666 2.0271 -0.0072 0.0666 2.027 E-3
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 Problem 2:
The second test problem compares the dynamic responses of the reactor pressure vessel, internals and reactor building subjected to earthquake ground niotion.
The mathematical model of the reactor pressure vessel, internals and reactor building is given in Figure B-1. The input in the form of ground spectra are applied at the basemat level.
~
Response spectrum analysis was used in the analysis.
Natural frequencies of the system and the maximum responses at key locations have been calculated by both DYSEA and SAMIS.
Result comparisons are given in Tables E-1 and E-2. It can be seen that the results calculated by DYSEA agree closely with those obtained by SAMIS.
E-4
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 TABLE E-1 COMPARTSON OF NATURAL FREQUENCIES OBTAINED BY DYSEA X-DIRECTION X-DIRECTION FREQUENCY FREQUENCY MODE OLD ANALYSIS DYSEA OLD ANALYSIS DYSEA 1 2.810 2.727 2.678 2.649 2 3.000 2.999 2.810 2.728 3 3.764 3.763 3.762 3.758 4 3.791 3.781 3.771 3.769 5 4.588 4.576 4.578 4.531 6 5.041 5.044 5.040 5.039 7 5.776 5.791 5.486 5.431 8 6.071 6.047 6.069 6.025 9 8.731 8.625 8.598 8.524 10 10.950 11.270 9.614 9.824 11 12.796 12.800 12.563 12.760 E-5
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 TABLE E-2 COMPARISON OF MAKIMUM LOADS OBTAINED BY DYSEA STRUCTURAL COMPONENT DYSEA SOLUTION SAMIS SOLUTION
- 1. RPV and Internals Fuel Moment 17.11 (in-K) 18.64 (in-K)
Top Guide Shear 188 (K) 204 (K)
Shroud Head Shear 198 (K) 213 (K)
Shroud Head Moment 16,783 (in-K) 18,150 (in-K)
Shroud Support Shear 479.3 (K) 503.3 (K)
Shrcud Support Moment 119,020 (in-K) 126,600 (in-K)
- 2. Building RPV Pedestal
-Shear 602 (K) 575.9 (K)
-Moment 94,200 (in-K) 91,500 (in-K)
Containment
-Shear 2,902 (K) 2,908 (K)
-Moment 1,413,000 (in-K) 1,434,000 (in-K)
-Shear 34,037 (K) 38,060 (K)
-Moment 38,494,000 (in-K) 37,270,000 (in-K)
E-6
s jo o y ,e K ,e 2
5 2 -
s Z ' ,
sQ0 "@ ,
, u "
g , -
e Z'
RHR I I GNGEF E
5S,a I
D ER Y E M N
- E C _
M E -
B _
E N _
R O D
E
_ _Q
@ _ a aa a o*s s eoiEWz, fm$ ,
n"7 7
_ e' : e * =n 3h b gs !1
_ ,elj A"
- L _
U M
P E
M A L
_ w;t:i . e .e 0
eh AM D R A K
K m _ 0g g ,gee = ,r - , .
NA l S .
e y _
. . . ,e o A
4,u DS l
R S
D L E = 7K
. s c EM F L AO I IS E CD G G pg TE U OL R
R E
N C ,
, ld s K ;I ^ 9 K
A O BF U
0 E
S S U
@ s O<e n@,@
. ,- ' p*
, ogoOo,oq O,g O g <go @ o @ %A ,,'
IR 1 E N e 4 >4 u u
% % .,<a., . u, i5
@on9 LP 1 iC, .
S T . .
D I
N
,V S M Y f;- ^
^
s 8
,x
. fd,, .
O 4
e",
@,@,O o g l
E -
GI N S .
$8o -
N T T T " ,e ,, = " . -
R A o , . - ,
E ,
^ .
a
_ R R
N E T 1j ^
g .
e P
I 0 go .
v A
L S
OO R N *5uf bom a= .
. Ed T :
q
, 0 " e
, 4, >< o <<
, o< .,
>@<@< 7 7
'@73g'ep' .Q 0
- i leie s
o ,*- O ,f $ $,ff-- l
=
i 3
3 1
/
8 0
o m
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 APPENDIX F NSSS PIPING SYSTEMS ANALYSIS METHODS General Electric analyzes the lumped mass models of the primary piping systems (main steam and recirculation), using a proprie-tary version of SAP-IV computer program. The procedures for preparing the structural system dynamic input responses are based on:
- a. For seismic vibratory motions and suppression pool structural system dynamic responses, an amplified response spectrum which envelopes the amplified response spectra for all attachment points within the piping system is constructed. Dynamic analyses are performed using the " envelope spectrum" as the uniform piping system excitation.
- b. For postulated pipe ruptures annulus pressuriza-tion dynamic responses on the unbroken piping system, the dynamic analysis of the piping system is performed using multiple acceleration time histories corre ponding to am-11fied response spectra at each attachment point; i.e., distinct acceleration excitations are specified at each piping support and anchor points.
The input for multiple excitation time-history method is deter-mined in one of two ways:
- a. Independent cynthetic time histories conforming to the broadened response spectra are generated.
- b. The support point time histories are used directly.
The time histories are time scaled to simulate response spectrum broadening.
F-1
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 If the results using the first method for seismic vibratory motions and suppression pool structural system responses cause unacceptable results for the piping or pipe mounted / connected equipment, then method 2 is used in a refined analysis to demonstrate NSSS piping and equipment adequacy.
SAP-IV Computer Program This computer program was constructed from three earlier pro-grams developed under the direction of Professor E. L. Wilson, Deoartment of Civil Engineering, University of California at Berkeley. The element library and static analysis options were taken from the " SOLID / SAP" program, (Reference 1) the eigenvalue extraction algorithms were incorporated from coding that was originated by Dr. K. J. Bathe (Reference 2) and the forced vibration and response spectrum analyses were adapted from the original version of Professor Wilson's " SAP" pro-gram (Reference 3).
The method of analysis for this program version is presented in some detail in a recent report by Bathe (Reference 4).
Systems composed of large numbers of joints and members may be analyzed. The capacity of the program depends mainly on the total number of joints in the system. There is practically no restriction on the number of elements, number of static load cases, or the equation " bandwidth". Note that while the program has the capacity to analyze very large models, the system is relatively efficient in the solution of smaller problems.
Multiple Excitation Methods The equations of motion used in the formulation of the multiple excitation methods conform to the fundamental laws of mechanics.
F-2
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 The theory is based on the same assumptions used for the uniform excitation methods, that is: small system damping, damping matrix orthogonal and applicable for linear systems. A general acceptance by the technical community has been made for the multiple excitation method. The procedure has briefly been described in textbooks and procedural details were presented in a General Electric publication at the Fourth SMIRT conference, August 1977. The use of the multiple excitation method was accepted by the NRC Staff on the GESSAR docket. Acceptance was also indicated on the memo L. C. Shao to R. R. MacCary, dated January 14, 1975, as shown in the following memo excerpt
" General Electric proposed three methods for generating design time histories applicable as inputs to seismic analysis of multiple supported systems and components. They are (A) the time history of an envelope of the floor response spectra (for all cases analyzed) of all attachments points in a given input direction, (B) the time history of an envelope of the floor response spectra (for all cases analyzed) for each attach-ment point and (C) the worst time histories selected from all the cases analyzed on the basis of matching the first and secc id mode component frequoTcies with the peak spectral frequency of a given case study. After a lengthy discussion, the AEC Staff stated that the use of methods (A) and (B) above are acceptable, however, acceptance of method (C) requires further presentation of justification data from General Electric" F-3
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 References
- 1. E. L. Wilson, " SOLID / SAP--A Static Analysis Program for Three Dimensional Solid Structures," Structures and Mater-ials Research, Dept. of Civil Engrg. University of CA at Berkeley, Report SESMUC/7119, September 1971 (revised March 1972).
- 2. K. J. Bathe, " Solution Methods for Large Generalized Eigenvalue Problems in Structural Engineering," Structures and Materials Research, Dept. of Civil Engrg., University of Ca at Berkeley, Report UCSESM/7120, November 1971.
- 3. E. L. Wilson, "SAPA General Structural Analysis Program,:
Structural Engrg. Lab, Report UCSESM/7020, University of CA at Berkeley, September 1970.
- 4. K. J. Bathe, E. L. Wilson, and F. E. Peterson, " SAP IV--A Structural Analysis Program for Static and Dynamic Response of Linear Systems" Earthquake Engrg. Research Center, University of CA at Berkeley, Report EERC 7311, June 1973.
F-4
d s-4 s
a 1
J
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80 APPENDIX G CALCULATION OF PRESSURE TIME HISTORIES IN THE ANNULUS The pressure responses of the RPV-shield wall annulus to a postulated pipe rupture at the RPV nozzle safe-end to pipe weld for a recirculation suction line and a feedwater line were investigated using the RELAP4 computer code. A symmetric model consisting of 38 nodes and 86 flow paths was used in the analysis of the recirculation line break while a similar model using 33 nodes and 70 flow paths was developed for the analysis of the feedwater line break. Further description of these analytical models and detailed discussion of the analyses may be found in Subsection 6.2.1 of the La Salle County Final Safety Analysis Report.
The pressure histories generated by the RELAP4 code were in turn used to calculate the loads on the sacrificial shield wall and the reactor pressure vessel for each of the line breaks considered. The annulus was divided into several zones and a sixteenth order Fourier fit to the output pressure histories made for each zone to produce the Fourier coefficients required for the structural analysis of the shield wall. The specific loading data requested by GE for the NSSS adequacy evaluation for both postulated line breaks consisted of the time-pressure (psia) and time-force (lbf) histories for each node within the annulus. These time-force histories represent the resultant loads on the RPV for each node through its geometric center and were generated by taking the product of the node pressure and its ' effective' surface area, ab, r m re f rmally as:
G-1
LSCS-MARK II DAR Rev. 7 1/80
+A0/2 y , PtR ggy cos Od6 - EP g n D.
V 3 i i
- 60/2
= Pf 2EfyR sin (60/2) -P gE nD.
3 i
=
Pgn where:
F y, =
Nodal Resultant Force on RPV (lbf) 1 P = Node Absolute Pressure (psia) i E = Node Height (inches) i Ry =
RPV Radius (inches)
A0 = Azimuthal Width of Node (degrees)
D. = Pipe OD (inches) 3 G-2